COLLECTIBLES USA INC
S-1/A, 1998-07-29
RETAIL STORES, NEC
Previous: DREYFUS INSTITUTIONAL PREFERRED MONEY MARKET FUND, 485BPOS, 1998-07-29
Next: STARNET COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL INC/ FA, NT 10-K, 1998-07-29




   
      AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JULY 29, 1998
    
                                                     REGISTRATION NO. 333-29181
================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
    
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                               ------------------
                                 AMENDMENT NO. 4
    
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                   <C>                            <C>
                  DELAWARE                        5999                     13-3906920
     (State or other jurisdiction     (Primary Standard Industrial      (I.R.S. Employer
  of incorporation or organization)    Classification Code Number)   Identification Number)
</TABLE>

                      ONE BATTERY PARK PLAZA, 24TH FLOOR
                           NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004
                                (212) 344-1271
(Address,  including  zip  code,  and  telephone number, including area code, of
                   registrant's principal executive offices)

                              RONALD P. RAFALOFF
                             CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
                       ONE BATTERY PARK PLAZA, 24TH FLOOR
                           NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004
                                (212) 344-1271
(Name,  address,  including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)

                                  COPIES TO:

    DAVID W. POLLAK, ESQ.                                 PAUL JACOBS, ESQ.
MORGAN,  LEWIS  &  BOCKIUS  LLP                     FULBRIGHT  & JAWORSKI L.L.P.
      101 PARK AVENUE                                     666 FIFTH AVENUE
  NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10178                              NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10103
     (212) 309-6058                                         (212) 318-3000
                              ------------------
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
  AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.
                              ------------------
     If  any  of  the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered
on  a  delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act
of 1933, check the following box. [ ]

     If  this  Form  is  filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant  to  Rule  462(b)  under the Securities Act, please check the following
box  and  list  the  Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

     If  this  Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to 462(c) under
the  Securities  Act,  check  the  following  box  and  list  the Securities Act
registration  statement  number  of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]

     If  delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box.  [ ]

     THE  REGISTRANT  HEREBY  AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES  AS  MAY  BE  NECESSARY  TO  DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL  FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL  THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE  SECURITIES  ACT  OF  1933  OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE  ON  SUCH  DATE  AS  THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
================================================================================
<PAGE>

   
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 29, 1998
    

PROSPECTUS

                                2,700,000 SHARES
                                [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
                                       
                                  COMMON STOCK
                              ------------------
     All  of  the  2,700,000  shares  of  Common  Stock offered hereby are being
issued  and  sold  by Collectibles USA, Inc. ("Collectibles USA"). Prior to this
offering,  there has been no public market for the Common Stock. It is currently
anticipated  that  the  initial  public offering price will be between $8.00 and
$9.00  per  share.  See  "Underwriting"  for  a  discussion of the factors to be
considered  in  determining  the  initial public offering price. The Company has
applied  for  quotation  of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market under
the symbol "CUSA."
                              ------------------
     SEE  "RISK  FACTORS"  BEGINNING  ON  PAGE  10  FOR  A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN
FACTORS  THAT  SHOULD  BE  CONSIDERED  IN  CONNECTION  WITH AN INVESTMENT IN THE
COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY.
                              ------------------
    THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
     AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
          PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
             REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
================================================================================

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        UNDERWRITING
                           PRICE TO     DISCOUNTS AND     PROCEEDS TO
                            PUBLIC      COMMISSIONS(1)     COMPANY(2)
<S>                        <C>          <C>                <C>
Per Share .........           $            $                  $
Total(3) ..........          $            $                  $
</TABLE>

================================================================================
(1) Excludes  (i)  the  value  of  warrants  to  be  issued  to  Cruttenden Roth
    Incorporated,  as  the  representative  of  the  several  Underwriters  (the
    "Representative"),  to  purchase  up  to 270,000 shares of Common Stock (the
    "Representative's  Warrants")  and  (ii) a financial advisory fee payable by
    the  Company  to  the  Representative in the amount of $450,000. The Company
    has  agreed  to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against  certain liabilities,
    including  liabilities  under  the  Securities  Act of 1993, as amended. See
    "Underwriting."

(2) Before  deducting  expenses  of  this  offering  payable by Collectibles USA
    estimated  at  $       ,  including  the Representative's financial advisory
    fee.

(3) Collectibles  USA  has  granted  to  the Underwriters an option, exercisable
    within  45  days  of  the  date hereof, to purchase up to 405,000 additional
    shares  of  Common  Stock  solely  to  cover over-allotments, if any, on the
    same  terms  and  conditions as the shares offered hereby. If such option is
    exercised  in  full,  the  total Price to Public, Underwriting Discounts and
    Commissions  and  Proceeds  to  Company  will  be  $     ,  $     and  $   ,
    respectively. See "Underwriting."

     The  shares  of  Common Stock are offered by the several Underwriters when,
as  and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters, subject to their right
to  reject  any order in whole or in part and to certain other conditions. It is
expected  that  delivery  of the share certificates will be made against payment
therefor  at  the offices of Cruttenden Roth Incorporated, in Irvine, California
or  through  the facilities of The Depository Trust Company on or about        ,
1998.
                              ------------------
                                CRUTTENDEN ROTH
                                 INCORPORATED


                   The date of this Prospectus is     , 1998

Information   contained   herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.  A
registration  statement  relating  to  these  securities has been filed with the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  These securities may not be sold nor may
offers  to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration becomes effective.
This  prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an
offer  to  buy  nor  shall there be any sale of these securities in any state in
which  such  offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration
or qualification under the securities law of any such state.


<PAGE>

INSIDE COVER (LEFT)
1) Giuseppe Armani -- figurine
2) Kitty Cantrell -- figurine
3) Goebel -- figurine
4) Knickerbocker Company -- figurine
5) Enesco (Precious Moments and Cherished
   Teddies) -- two figurines
6) Swarovski -- crystal figurine
7) Department 56 -- Snowbabies figurine



INSIDE COVER (RIGHT)
1) Warner Brothers -- Looney Line-up lithograph
2) Peanuts -- Aauugghhh lithograph
3) The Simpsons -- Bart-O-Lounger lithograph
4) Warner Brothers -- Bad Ol' Puddy Tat figurine
5) Paws -- The Doctor's Office lithograph
6) Lladro -- Allegory of Liberty figurine
7) Giuseppe Armani -- Baccus and Arianna figurine
8) The Boyds Collection -- Courtney with Phoebe... Over
    the River and Through the Woods figurine
9) Department 56 -- The Heritage Village Collection



INSIDE BACK COVER
   
1) Interior of Little Elegance
    
2) Interior of North Pole City
3) Interior of American Royal Arts
   
4) Map of USA, indicating location of stores and corporate headquarters
    



















     CERTAIN  PERSONS  PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT  STABILIZE,  MAINTAIN  OR  OTHERWISE  AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK,
INCLUDING  OVER-ALLOTMENT, STABILIZING AND SYNDICATE SHORT-COVERING TRANSACTIONS
AND  THE IMPOSITION OF A PENALTY BID. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE
"UNDERWRITING."

     Garfield(Reg.  TM) is a registered trademark of Paws, Incorporated and Bugs
Bunny(Reg.  TM),  Elmer  Fudd(Reg.  TM),  Yosemite  Sam(Reg. TM), and Tweety and
Sylvester(Reg.  TM)  are  registered  trademarks  of  Time  Warner Entertainment
Company,  L.P.  This  Prospectus includes trademarks other than those identified
in  this paragraph. Such trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
The  use  of  any such trademark herein is in an editorial form only, and to the
benefit  of  the  owner  thereof,  with  no  intention  of  infringement  of the
trademark.
<PAGE>


                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     Concurrently   with   the   closing   of  the  offering  made  hereby  (the
"Offering"),  Collectibles  USA, Inc. plans to acquire, in separate transactions
(collectively,  the  "Acquisitions"),  in  exchange  for consideration including
cash  and  shares  of  its  common  stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common
Stock"),   four  separate  retailers  of  contemporary  collectibles  and  three
separate   marketers   of   animation   art  (each,  a  "Founding  Company"  and
collectively,  the "Founding Companies"). Unless otherwise indicated, references
herein  to "Collectibles USA" mean Collectibles USA, Inc., and references to the
"Company" mean Collectibles USA and the Founding Companies, collectively.

   
     The  following  summary  is  qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information  and  financial  statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in
this  Prospectus.  Unless  otherwise indicated (I) all information and share and
per  share  data  in  this  Prospectus (i) give effect to the Acquisitions, (ii)
assume  the  Underwriters'  over-allotment option is not exercised, (iii) assume
an  initial public offering price of $8.50 per share, (iv) assume the conversion
of  all  outstanding  shares  of  the  Company's  Series A Convertible Preferred
Stock,  liquidation  value  $50  per  share (the "Series A Convertible Preferred
Stock"),  into  approximately  $1.0  million in cash and 79,902 shares of Common
Stock,  of  which  67,916  shares  will be issued by the Company, (v) assume the
conversion  of  all  of the Company's $1,550,000 12% notes due February 28, 1999
(the  "CUSA Notes") into 364,705 shares of Common Stock, of which 285,642 shares
will  be  issued by the Company, and (vi) give effect to a 1,016.604-for-1 share
dividend  on  the  Common  Stock effected as of May 12, 1997 (the "Stock Split")
and  (II)  all  references  to  Common  Stock  include  both  Common  Stock  and
restricted  voting  common stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Restricted Vote
Common Stock"), of the Company.
    

     The  Company has adopted a 52/53 week fiscal year ending on the last Sunday
in  January.  With  respect to the Company, references to "Fiscal 1998" mean the
year  ended  January 25,  1998. With respect to the financial information of the
combined  Founding  Companies,  references  to  "Fiscal 1996," "Fiscal 1997" and
"Fiscal  1998"  mean  a  combination of the fiscal years of each of the Founding
Companies for such year.

                                  THE COMPANY

     Collectibles  USA was founded to create a national retailer of collectibles
merchandise  and  marketer  of  animation art. Collectibles USA has entered into
agreements  to  acquire  four  retailers  of contemporary collectibles and three
marketers  of  animation  art  simultaneously  with the closing of the Offering.
Upon  the  consummation of these Acquisitions, the Company believes that it will
be  a  leading  retailer  of contemporary collectibles and a leading marketer of
animation  art  in  the  United States. The Company's 11 collectibles stores are
located  in Florida, Illinois (6), New Jersey (2) and Oklahoma (2). In addition,
certain  stores  sell  collectibles  through database direct mail, telemarketing
and  the  Internet.  The  Company sells animation art primarily through database
direct  mail,  telemarketing  and  the  Internet  to  both  retail and wholesale
customers,  and operates five animation art galleries located in California, New
York (2), Pennsylvania and Washington.

     The  Company's  collectibles  merchandise includes figurines and sculptures
made  from  porcelain,  ceramic  and  resin,  and  a  selection of crystal items
including   functional   and   decorative   products.  The  Company  also  sells
collectible   cottages   and   villages,  collectible  prints  and  lithographs,
collectible  Christmas  ornaments  and other holiday collectibles. The Company's
merchandise  is  produced  by  leading  vendors  such  as  Lladro, Department 56
(manufacturer  of  The Original Snow Village and The Heirloom Village Collection
product  lines),  Giuseppe  Armani,  Goebel  U.S.A.  (manufacturer of the Hummel
product  line),  Swarovski,  Disney  and  Enesco  (manufacturer  of the Precious
Moments  and  Cherished  Teddies  product  lines). See "Business -- Collectibles
Stores."  The  Company's  animation  art  galleries  carry  a  full  spectrum of
animation  artwork,  including  original  production cels (i.e., a painting of a
character   or  object  on  a  transparent  acetate  sheet),  limited  editions,
sericels,  model  sheets  and  original  drawings.  In addition, the Company has
licenses  or  rights, some of which are exclusive, to design, produce and market
animation  art  featuring  a  wide  variety  of well known characters, including
Garfield(Reg.  TM),  and  is  also  an authorized dealer of limited editions and
sericels created by Disney and Warner Brothers.

     According  to  Unity  Marketing's  The  Collectibles  Industry  Report 1997
("Unity  Marketing"),  the  collectibles  industry  grew  approximately 11.9% in
1996,  generating  over  $9  billion  in  primary  sales  (i.e.,  sales  of  new
merchandise),  of  which  approximately  79%  were  generated  by  retail  sales
(including TV shopping) and


                                       3

<PAGE>


approximately  21% were generated by direct response marketing. The contemporary
collectibles  industry  is  serviced  by  approximately  10,000 specialty retail
collectibles  stores nationwide, most of which have less than a 1% market share.
Collectibles  are also sold by mid-to-upscale department stores, home furnishing
stores,  small  specialty  import  stores, gift stores, card shops, TV shopping,
collectors  clubs,  and  other  gallery  and  print  stores.  According to Unity
Marketing,  an estimated 31 million Americans identify themselves as collectors.
 

     The  Company  believes  that  the  typical  collector  makes  more than one
collectibles  purchase  per year, and the typical collecting household maintains
more  than  one  collection.  The Company's target retail customer is between 45
and  64  years old, and encompasses a broad range of income levels. According to
the  U.S.  Department  of  Commerce  Bureau of the Census, the 45 to 64 year old
population  reached  approximately 45 million in 1996 and is expected to grow to
approximately  66  million  during  the next ten years, representing a projected
growth  rate  of  close  to three times the rate for the overall population. The
Company   believes  that  collecting  will  become  increasingly  popular  among
consumers  ages  45  to 64 because this generation of collectors has high levels
of discretionary income and has demonstrated nostalgic characteristics.


     The  Company's  goal  is  to  become  the  leading  specialty  retailer  of
contemporary  collectibles  and  the  leading  marketer  of animation art in the
United  States. The Company will seek to achieve this goal by emphasizing growth
through  acquisitions  and  implementing  a  national  operating  strategy  that
enhances internal revenue growth and profitability.


     Key elements of the Company's growth strategy include:


   o  Grow Through  Acquisitions.  The  Company  believes  that the collectibles
      industry   is   highly   fragmented  with  significant  opportunities  for
      consolidation.  The  Company  intends  to acquire profitable, well-managed
      collectibles  retailers  and  animation art marketers that may provide new
      categories  of  merchandise  that  may  be  cross-sold  to  the  Company's
      existing   customer  base.  The  Company  believes  that  it  will  be  an
      attractive  acquiror  due  to  its  (i)  strategy  of retaining owners and
      management  of  acquired  companies,  (ii)  access  to  capital  and (iii)
      ability  to  offer  sellers immediate liquidity for their business as well
      as  an  ongoing  equity stake in the Company. The Company has developed an
      extensive  database  of acquisition candidates within the collectibles and
      animation  art  industries  and  believes  it  will  be well positioned to
      implement   its  acquisition  program  promptly  following  the  Offering.
      Although   the   Company   will  consider  opportunities  to  make  larger
      acquisitions,  the  Company's target candidate for acquisition is expected
      to  have  $2 to $5 million in annual sales, demonstrated profitability and
      one to four retail locations.


   o  Develop Prototype  Store  Formats.  Although  the Company intends to focus
      initially  on  acquiring  other retailers of collectibles and marketers of
      animation  art,  the  Company expects to complement its acquisition growth
      with  new  store  openings.  Over the next 12 months, the Company plans to
      develop   two   prototype   store   formats:   a  "superstore"  format  of
      approximately  18,000  square  feet,  designed for either free-standing or
      strip  mall  locations,  and  a  mall-based format, of approximately 1,500
      square  feet. The Company does not intend to open new stores over the next
      12 months.


     Key elements of the Company's national operating strategy include:


   o  Strengthen and  Expand  Vendor  Relationships. Vendors in the collectibles
      industry  often  recognize  retailers  based  on certain volume levels and
      reputation.  At  the  discretion  of  vendors, preferred gallery status is
      awarded  to  collectibles  stores  based  on  factors such as (i) a proven
      ability   to  market  and  sell  large  quantities  of  merchandise,  (ii)
      exceptional  customer  service  and  (iii)  creditworthiness.  Many of the
      Founding  Companies  have  achieved  preferred  gallery  status  with  key
      vendors  which entitles them to volume discounts, co-op advertising funds,
      shipping  allowances  and  other  benefits. The Company believes that as a
      leading  retailer  of  collectibles  merchandise and a leading marketer of
      animation  art  in the United States, it will have a competitive advantage
      in  leveraging its vendor relationships. In addition, the Company believes
      that  it  will  be  able to establish exclusive relationships with vendors
      for  certain  product  lines  and  items which generally lead to increased
      sales.  Certain  vendors  already  have expressed a willingness to develop
      products,  such  as  porcelain  figurines, resin figurines and cels, on an
      exclusive basis for the Company.


                                       4

<PAGE>

 
   o  Expand  and  Improve Database  Direct  Mail,  Telemarketing  and  Internet
      Marketing  Programs.  The Founding Companies have developed databases that
      often  detail  the buying patterns and merchandise preferences of existing
      and  potential  customers  and  enable  the  Founding Companies to conduct
      targeted  database  direct  mail,  telemarketing  and  Internet  marketing
      programs  at  Founding Companies and future companies to be acquired which
      are   not   already  utilizing  such  programs.  In  order  to  develop  a
      comprehensive  marketing  program  for  use  on  a Company-wide basis, the
      Company  intends to combine and enhance the existing customer databases of
      its   Founding   Companies   and   to   introduce  database  direct  mail,
      telemarketing  and  an  Internet  ordering  site at Founding Companies and
      future companies to be acquired which are not utilizing such programs.

   o  Improve   Operating  Procedures.   The  Company  intends  to  implement  a
      centralized  financial  management  system  that  will enable consolidated
      financial   reporting  and  cash  management.  The  Company  is  currently
      negotiating  with  and  intends  to partner with an integrated provider of
      outsourcing  services  in  the  supplier  management,  procurement,  order
      processing  and payment settlement processes. The Company has entered into
      a   partnering   relationship   with   a   leading  professional  employer
      organization  to serve as an off-site human resources department. Although
      in  the  near term the Company expects to incur higher operating expenses,
      the  Company  anticipates  that  in  the  future it will achieve long-term
      economies  of  scale  and  enhanced store-level performance as a result of
      these efforts.

   o  Capitalize  on  Local  Strengths.  By  maintaining  significant  operating
      autonomy  at  the  local level, the Company intends to capitalize on local
      strengths,  such  as  name  recognition,  customer loyalty and service. In
      addition,  the  Company  anticipates that certain of the principals of the
      Founding  Companies will assist in establishing and refining practices for
      Company-wide operations.


                                   MANAGEMENT

     Upon  consummation  of  the  Offering,  the management group of the Company
will  consist  of  two  senior  management  members  and  four current owners of
certain  of  the  Founding  Companies.  The  two  senior management members, the
President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of the Company and the Executive Vice
President  and  Chief  Financial Officer of the Company, will be responsible for
the  day-to-day  operations  of  the  Company  and  will work primarily from the
Company's  corporate  headquarters. The other four managers will not be required
to  relocate  to  the  corporate  headquarters.  Each of these four managers has
organized  a management team at their respective Founding Company that functions
independently.  The  employment agreement of each member of the management group
provides  that  each such member will devote his or her full-time and efforts to
the  affairs  of  Collectibles USA. The Company's senior management group, other
than  the  executives  of  the  Founding  Companies,  was  assembled during June
through August of 1997.


                                THE ACQUISITIONS

   
     Collectibles  USA  was  incorporated  in  Delaware  in January 1996 and was
founded  to  create a national retailer of collectibles merchandise and marketer
of  animation  art  products.  Prior  to the Acquisitions, the Company will have
conducted  no  operations  and generated no revenue. Concurrently with, and as a
condition  to,  the  closing  of  the Offering, Collectibles USA will acquire by
merger  all  of  the  issued  and  outstanding  capital  stock of seven Founding
Companies,  four  of  which are retailers of contemporary collectibles and three
of  which  are marketers of animation art. The aggregate consideration that will
be  paid  by  Collectibles  USA  to  acquire  the Founding Companies consists of
approximately  $7.8  million  in  cash  and 1,761,354 shares of Common Stock. In
addition,  approximately  $3.5  million of the net proceeds of the Offering will
be  used  to  repay  indebtedness of the Founding Companies as of June 30, 1998,
including  indebtedness  incurred  to  fund  S  corporation  distributions  to a
stockholder of a Founding Company. See "The Company."
    

     The  Company's  executive offices currently are located at One Battery Park
Plaza,  24th  Floor,  New York, New York 10004, and its telephone number at that
address  is  (212)  344-1271.  Following  the  consummation of the Offering, the
Company intends to relocate its executive offices to Houston, Texas.


                                       5

<PAGE>


                                  THE OFFERING



<TABLE>
<S>                                                  <C>
Common Stock offered by the
  Company .................................  2,700,000 shares

Common Stock to be outstanding 
 after the Offering........................  6,006,094 shares(1)

Use of Proceeds............................  To  pay  the  cash  portion  of the
                                             purchase   price  of  the  Founding
                                             Companies;       repay      certain
                                             indebtedness    of   the   Founding
                                             Companies,  including  indebtedness
                                             incurred  to  fund  S   corporation
                                             distributions to a stockholder of a
                                             Founding Company; pay required cash
                                             amounts  in  connection   with  the
                                             conversion    of   the   Series   A
                                             Convertible  Preferred  Stock  upon
                                             consummation of the Offering; repay
                                             the  principal  amount  outstanding
                                             under  certain  subordinated  notes
                                             held   by  an   affiliate   of  the
                                             Company;  and for general corporate
                                             purposes,   which  is  expected  to
                                             include  future  acquisitions.  See
                                             "Use  of  Proceeds"   and  "Certain
                                             Transactions." 
Proposed Nasdaq National
  Market Symbol  ........................... CUSA
</TABLE>

- ----------
   
(1)  Includes (i) 1,191,182  shares issued to the sponsors and management  which
     are  outstanding  prior  to the  Offering,  of  which  638,847  shares  are
     Restricted Vote Common Stock held by sponsors of the transactions described
     herein  and  100,000  shares  are  Restricted  Vote  Common  Stock  held by
     management,  (ii)  1,761,354  shares  to be  issued  to the  owners  of the
     Founding Companies,  (iii) 79,902 shares to be issued to the holders of the
     Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  of which  11,986  shares  will be
     transferred from the sponsor shares listed in (i) above,  364,705 shares to
     be issued to the holders of the CUSA Notes,  of which 79,063 shares will be
     transferred  from the sponsor shares listed in (i) above and 241,706 shares
     to be  issued  to the  holders  of the CEFC  Notes,  all of  which  will be
     transferred  from the  sponsor  shares  listed in (i) above.  Excludes  (i)
     1,150,914  shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Company's
     stock option plans, of which options to purchase 90,000 shares  exercisable
     at  $4.00  have  been  granted  and  options  to  purchase  495,000  shares
     exercisable  at  the  initial   public   offering  price  will  be  granted
     concurrently with the consummation of the Offering, and (ii) 270,000 shares
     of  Common  Stock   reserved   for  issuance   upon  the  exercise  of  the
     Representative's  Warrants  to be  issued  to the  Representative  and  its
     designees,  exercisable at 120% of the initial public offering  price.  See
     "Management  --  1997  Long-Term   Incentive  Plan,"  "Management  --  1997
     Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan" and "Underwriting."
    



                                  RISK FACTORS

     Collectibles  USA  was  founded  in  January  1996  but  has  conducted  no
operations  and  generated no revenue to date. Collectibles USA has entered into
agreements  to acquire the Founding Companies simultaneously with the closing of
the  Offering.  Approximately  $7.8  million of the net proceeds of the Offering
will  be paid in cash to the owners of the Founding Companies (some of whom will
become  officers,  directors  or key employees of the Company). The Common Stock
offered  hereby  involves  a  high  degree of risk and immediate and substantial
dilution. See "Risk Factors."

                                       6

<PAGE>



                   SUMMARY PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)


     Collectibles  USA  will acquire the Founding Companies simultaneously with,
and  as  a  condition  to,  the  consummation  of  the  Offering.  For financial
statement  presentation purposes, however, American Royal Arts Corp., one of the
Founding  Companies,  has  been  identified  as  the  "accounting acquiror." The
following  table  presents  the  unaudited pro forma combined financial data for
the  Company,  as  adjusted  for  (i)  the effects of the Acquisitions; (ii) the
effects  of certain pro forma adjustments to the historical financial statements
described  below; and (iii) the consummation of the Offering and the application
of  the  net  proceeds  therefrom. This information should be read together with
"Selected   Financial   Data,"   the  Unaudited  Pro  Forma  Combined  Financial
Statements  and  the  notes  thereto and the historical financial statements for
American  Royal  Arts  Corp. and certain of the other Founding Companies and the
respective notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.





   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PRO FORMA(1)
                                                              ----------------------------------------
                                                                  YEAR ENDED        THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                               JANUARY 31, 1998       APRIL 30, 1998
                                                              ------------------   -------------------
<S>                                                           <C>                  <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA(2):
 Net sales ................................................       $   22,449           $    4,972
 Cost of sales ............................................           10,664                2,384
                                                                  ----------           ----------
 Gross profit .............................................           11,785                2,588
 Selling, general and administrative expenses(3) ..........            9,117                2,082
 Goodwill amortization(4) .................................              517                  129
                                                                  ----------           ----------
 Operating income .........................................            2,151                  377
 Interest and other income (expense), net(5) ..............              147                   42
                                                                  ----------           ----------
 Income before taxes ......................................            2,298                  419
 Income taxes .............................................            1,126                  219
                                                                  ----------           ----------
 Net income ...............................................       $    1,172           $      200
                                                                  ==========           ==========
 Net income per share .....................................       $     0.22           $     0.04
                                                                  ==========           ==========
 Shares used in computing net income per share(6) .........        5,370,100            5,370,100
 
</TABLE>
    


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         APRIL 30, 1998
                                                              -------------------------------------
                                                                   PRO FORMA
                                                                  COMBINED(7)        AS ADJUSTED(8)
                                                              -------------------   ---------------
<S>                                                           <C>                   <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Cash and cash equivalents ................................      $      707             $ 6,113
 Working capital (deficit) ................................          (8,824) (9)         12,622
 Total assets .............................................          38,810              38,639
 Long-term obligations, net of current maturities .........             321                  --
 Stockholders' equity .....................................          17,612              33,802
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
 (1) The  year  ended January 31, 1998 includes American Royal Arts for the year
     ended  January  31,  1998, Stone's Hallmark for the year ended November 30,
     1997  and  North  Pole  City, Little Elegance, Reef Hallmark, Animation USA
     and  Filmart  for  the year ended December 31, 1997. The three months ended
     April  30,  1998  includes  American  Royal Arts for the three months ended
     April  30,  1998,  Stone's Hallmark for the three months ended February 28,
     1998  and  North  Pole  City, Little Elegance, Reef Hallmark, Animation USA
     and Filmart for the three months ended March 31, 1998.


 (2) The  pro  forma  combined  statement  of  operations  data  assume that the
     Acquisitions  and  the Offering were closed on February 1, 1997 and are not
     necessarily  indicative  of the results the Company would have obtained had
     these events actually then occurred or of the Company's future results.


 (3) The  pro  forma  combined statement of operations data reflect an aggregate
     of  approximately $334,000 and $120,000 for the year ended January 31, 1998
     and  the  three  months  ended  April  30, 1998, respectively, in pro forma
     reductions  in  salary and benefits to the owners of the Founding Companies
     to  which  they  have  agreed  prospectively and certain other adjustments,
     including  the  effect of revisions of a lease agreement between one of the
     Founding  Companies  and  its stockholder and the reduction in compensation
     expense  of  approximately  $673,000  relating to a non-recurring, non-cash
     compensation charge for the year ended January 31, 1998.


                                       7

<PAGE>



 (4) Reflects  amortization  of  the  goodwill to be recorded as a result of the
     Acquisitions  over  a 40-year period and computed on the basis described in
     the Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements.

 (5) Includes  the  reduction  of  pro  forma interest expense attributed to the
     repayment of debt with a portion of the net proceeds from the Offering.

   
 (6) Includes  (i)  1,191,182 shares issued to the sponsors and management which
     are  outstanding  prior to the Offering, (ii) 1,761,354 shares to be issued
     to  the  owners of the Founding Companies, (iii) 79,902 shares to be issued
     to  the  holders  of  the  Series  A  Convertible Preferred Stock, of which
     11,986  shares  will  be  transferred from the sponsor shares listed in (i)
     above,  and  364,705  shares to be issued to the holders of the CUSA Notes,
     of  which  79,063 shares will be transferred from the sponsor shares listed
     in  (i)  above  and  241,706 shares to be issued to the holders of the CEFC
     Notes,  all  of which will be transferred from the sponsor shares listed in
     (i)  above,  and  (iv)  2,076,794 of the 2,700,000 shares to be sold in the
     Offering   to   pay   the   cash  portion  of  the  consideration  for  the
     Acquisitions,   repay  indebtedness  of  the  Founding  Companies  and  pay
     expenses of the Offering.
    

 (7) The  pro  forma  combined  balance  sheet data assume that the Acquisitions
     were  closed  on  April 30, 1998. The pro forma combined balance sheet data
     are  based  upon  preliminary  estimates, available information and certain
     assumptions  that  management  deems  appropriate  and  should  be  read in
     conjunction  with the other financial statements and notes thereto included
     elsewhere in this Prospectus.

 (8) Reflects the consummation of the Offering. See "Use of Proceeds."

 (9) Includes  $7.8  million  payable  to  owners  of  the  Founding  Companies,
     representing  the cash portion of the consideration for the Acquisitions to
     be paid with a portion of the net proceeds from the Offering.
 

                                       8

<PAGE>



               SUMMARY INDIVIDUAL FOUNDING COMPANY FINANCIAL DATA

     The  following table presents certain summary statements of operations data
for the Founding Companies for the periods indicated.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         THREE MONTHS
                                                                      FISCAL(1)(2)                   ENDED APRIL 30(1)(2)
                                                        ----------------------------------------- --------------------------
                                                             1996          1997          1998          1997         1998
                                                        ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
American Royal Arts
 Sales ................................................  $ 4,051,072   $ 4,288,612   $ 4,133,318   $1,100,477    $  806,489
 Gross profit .........................................    2,491,154     2,782,828     2,616,802      754,035       514,573
 Selling, general and administrative expenses .........    1,759,886     1,778,138     1,957,708      482,519       400,530
Stone's Hallmark
 Sales ................................................  $ 4,281,040   $ 4,985,549   $ 5,744,826   $1,845,501    $1,868,674
 Gross profit .........................................    2,012,350     2,488,975     2,982,197      898,100       927,633
 Selling, general and administrative expenses .........    1,787,457     2,117,010     1,818,203      441,996       411,124
North Pole City
 Sales ................................................  $ 2,865,249   $ 3,726,332   $ 4,752,176   $  581,424    $  640,496
 Gross profit .........................................    1,373,610     1,993,701     2,129,949      292,107       290,430
 Selling, general and administrative expenses .........    1,077,684     1,521,669     2,044,521      447,199       498,818
Little Elegance(3)
 Sales ................................................  $ 2,707,793   $ 2,598,270   $ 2,509,667   $  376,818    $  480,081
 Gross profit .........................................    1,238,268     1,251,609     1,179,673      181,965       227,269
 Selling, general and administrative expenses .........    1,179,842     1,229,978     1,097,089      303,703       264,689
Reef Hallmark
 Sales ................................................  $ 1,838,788   $ 2,492,809   $ 2,725,129   $  581,159    $  623,011
 Gross profit .........................................      737,030     1,191,341     1,260,549      258,379       282,777
 Selling, general and administrative expenses .........      628,543       934,764       943,686      262,120       237,695
Animation USA(3)
 Sales ................................................  $ 1,731,856   $ 1,716,410   $ 1,319,162   $  340,760    $  344,236
 Gross profit .........................................      833,341       876,127       723,188      204,138       215,682
 Selling, general and administrative expenses .........      773,523       845,100       762,330      187,556       149,792
Filmart
 Sales ................................................  $ 1,053,089   $ 1,445,848   $ 1,323,867   $  231,456    $  209,059
 Gross profit .........................................      541,720       947,928       891,464      117,725       129,180
 Selling, general and administrative expenses .........      492,577       539,178       541,459      163,604       118,074
Total
 Sales ................................................  $18,528,887   $21,253,830   $22,508,145   $5,057,595    $4,972,046
 Gross profit .........................................    9,227,473    11,532,509    11,783,822    2,706,449     2,587,544
 Selling, general and administrative expenses .........    7,699,512     8,965,837     9,164,996    2,288,697     2,080,722
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1) The  fiscal years presented are as follows: American Royal Arts -- the years
    ended  October  31,  1995  and  the  years  ended January 31, 1997 and 1998;
    Stone's  Hallmark  --  the  years  ended  November  30, 1995, 1996 and 1997;
    North  Pole  City  --  the  years  ended  March 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998; and
    Little  Elegance,  Reef  Hallmark,  Animation  USA  and Filmart -- the years
    ended  December  31,  1995, 1996 and 1997. The interim periods presented are
    as  follows:  American  Royal  Arts -- the three months ended April 30, 1997
    and  1998;  Stone's  Halllmark  --  the three months ended February 28, 1997
    and  1998;  North  Pole  City, Little Elegance, Reef Hallmark, Animation USA
    and Filmart -- the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998.

(2) Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  have not been adjusted for
    aggregate  reductions  in  salary and benefits to the owners of the Founding
    Companies  to  which  they  have agreed prospectively and for revisions to a
    lease  agreement  between one of the Founding Companies and its stockholder,
    or   for  increased  costs  associated  with  the  Company's  new  corporate
    management and with being a public company.

(3) The  summary  statements  of  operations data is unaudited for the following
    companies:  Animation  USA  for  Fiscal 1996; and Little Elegance for Fiscal
    1996, 1997 and 1998.


                                       9

<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

     In  addition  to  the  other  information in this Prospectus, the following
factors  should  be  considered  carefully  in  evaluating  the  Company and its
business   before  purchasing  shares  of  Common  Stock  offered  hereby.  This
Prospectus  contains,  in  addition  to  historical information, forward-looking
statements  that  involve  risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results
could  differ  materially  from those discussed herein. Factors that could cause
or  contribute  to  such  differences  include,  but  are  not limited to, those
discussed  in the following risk factors, "Management's Discussions and Analysis
of  Financial  Condition and Results of Operations," "Business" and elsewhere in
this Prospectus.


ABSENCE  OF  COMBINED  FINANCIAL  AND  OPERATING HISTORY; INABILITY TO INTEGRATE
OPERATIONS

     Collectibles  USA  was  founded  in  January  1996  but  has  conducted  no
operations  and  generated no revenue to date. Collectibles USA has entered into
agreements  to acquire the Founding Companies simultaneously with the closing of
the   Offering.   The  Founding  Companies  have  been  operating  as  separate,
independent  entities  and  there  can  be no assurance that the Company will be
able  to  integrate  these  businesses  on  a cost-effective basis or at all. In
addition,  there  can be no assurance that the Company's senior management group
will  be  able  to  oversee  the  combined  entity and effectively implement the
Company's  operating  or  growth  strategies.  The  pro forma combined financial
results  of the Founding Companies cover periods when the Founding Companies and
Collectibles  USA  were  not  under common control or management and, therefore,
may  not  be  indicative of the Company's future financial or operating results.
The  success  of  the  Company will depend on management's ability to centralize
and  integrate  certain  administrative  and  accounting functions and otherwise
integrate  the Founding Companies and businesses acquired in the future into one
organization  in  a  profitable  manner. In particular, the Company will need to
consolidate  its internal systems for reporting financial and other information,
including  inventory  levels,  deemed  significant  by  management. The internal
systems  for  accumulating  such  information  at each of the Founding Companies
vary  in  degree of sophistication, and, in some cases, are not adequate for the
Company's  anticipated  needs.  Failure  to  successfully develop a consolidated
system  for  reporting  such information could have a material adverse effect on
the  Company's  financial  condition and results of operations. The inability of
the  Company  to  successfully  integrate  the  Founding  Companies would have a
material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company's financial condition and results of
operations  and  would  make  it unlikely that the Company's acquisition program
will  be  successful.  See  "Business  --  Growth  Strategy"  and "-- Management
Information  Systems  and  Controls."  The  Company  expects to incur additional
management  and  other administrative expenses after the Acquisitions. There can
be  no  assurance  that  these expenses will be offset by savings resulting from
the  consolidation  of  the Founding Companies. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."


RELIANCE  ON  THE  IDENTIFICATION  AND  INTEGRATION  OF SATISFACTORY ACQUISITION
CANDIDATES; RELIANCE ON ACQUISITION FINANCING

     The  Company's  future  growth  depends  in  large  part  on its ability to
increase  its  sales  and  the  markets  it  serves  through  the acquisition of
additional  collectibles  retailers  and  animation art marketers. The Company's
inability  to achieve its acquisition goals could have a material adverse effect
on  the Company's financial condition and results of operations. There can be no
assurance  that  the  Company  will  be  able  to identify or acquire additional
businesses  on  acceptable  terms, effectively and profitably integrate into the
Company  businesses  acquired  in the future, or achieve sales and profitability
that  justify  the  investment  therein.  Acquisitions  may  involve a number of
special  risks,  including  adverse short-term effects on the Company's reported
operating   results;   diversion   of   management's  attention;  dependence  on
retaining,   hiring   and   training   key   personnel;  risks  associated  with
unanticipated  problems  or  legal  liabilities;  and  amortization  of acquired
intangible  assets, some or all of which could have a material adverse effect on
the  Company's  financial  condition  and results of operations. In addition, to
the  extent  that  consolidation  becomes  more  prevalent  in the industry, the
prices  for  attractive acquisition candidates may increase. The Company intends
to  use  shares  of  Common  Stock for a portion of the consideration for future
acquisitions.  If  the  Common  Stock does not maintain a sufficient value or if
potential  acquisition candidates are unwilling to accept shares of Common Stock
as  part of the consideration for the sale of their businesses, then the Company
may  be  required  to utilize more of its cash resources, if available, in order
to  pursue its acquisition program. If the Company does not have sufficient cash
resources,  its  growth  could be limited unless it is able to obtain additional
capital  through  financings  or  alternative  means.  See  "Business  -- Growth
Strategy"  and  the  Unaudited  Pro  Forma Combined Financial Statements and the
notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.


                                       10
<PAGE>

MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH; INEXPERIENCE MANAGING A CONSOLIDATED COMPANY

     The  Company  expects  to  grow  primarily through acquisitions. Management
expects  to  expend  significant  time  and effort in evaluating, completing and
integrating   acquisitions.  The  Company  will  need  to  implement  additional
systems,  procedures and controls to support adequately the Company's operations
as   they   expand.  Any  future  growth  will  also  impose  significant  added
responsibilities  on  members  of  senior  management,  including  the  need  to
identify,  recruit and integrate new senior level managers and executives. There
can  be  no  assurance  that  such  additional management will be identified and
retained  by  the Company. The Company's officers and senior management have had
limited  experience managing a consolidated company, which requires, among other
things,  the  ability  to manage many individual stores geographically dispersed
throughout  the  country.  The  inability  of  the  Company to manage its growth
efficiently  and  effectively,  or  to  attract  and retain additional qualified
management  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect on the Company's financial
condition and results of operations. See "Business -- Growth Strategy."

FLUCTUATION OF QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS

     The  Company's  quarterly results of operations have fluctuated in the past
and  may  continue  to  fluctuate  in  the future. Variations as a result of the
amount  and  timing  of  sales contributed by special events and artist signings
have  significantly  affected net sales and gross profits. Quarterly results may
also  be  materially  affected  by  the  timing  of acquisitions, the timing and
magnitude  of  acquisition  assimilation costs, the costs of opening new stores,
the  timing  of  new  product  introductions,  the  gain  or loss of significant
customers  or product lines and variations in merchandise mix. The Company makes
decisions  about  purchases  of  inventory  well in advance of the time at which
such  products  are  intended  to be sold. Significant deviations from projected
demand  for collectibles merchandise could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's  financial  condition  and  quarterly or annual results of operations.
Accordingly,  the  Company's  performance  in  any particular quarter may not be
indicative  of the results that can be expected for any other quarter or for the
entire  year.  See  "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations."

DEPENDENCE ON LICENSES

   
     The  Company  markets many of its animation art products through retail and
wholesale  channels pursuant to licensing arrangements. The Company has licenses
or  rights  to  design,  produce  and  distribute animation art featuring a wide
variety  of  well known characters such as Garfield(Reg. TM). These arrangements
are  limited in scope, expire at various times through March 2000, and authorize
the  sale of specified licensed products for a defined period of time, generally
two  to  four  years. The agreements may be terminated prior to their expiration
date  under  certain  circumstances,  including  the Company's failure to comply
with  the  product  approval  provisions.  The success of licensing arrangements
depends  on  many  factors,  including  the  reasonableness  of  license fees in
relation  to  revenue  generated by sales of licensed products and the continued
popularity  of the licensed products. The termination, cancellation or inability
to  renew  any  existing  licensing  arrangements, coupled with the inability to
develop  and  enter  into  new  licensing  arrangements,  could  have a material
adverse  effect  on the Company's financial condition and results of operations.
In  addition,  certain  of  the  Founding  Companies  are  authorized dealers of
limited  editions and sericels manufactured by Disney and Warner Brothers, which
are  sold  through  retail  channels. There can be no assurance that such status
will  not  be  revoked  or  that  any  such revocation would not have a material
adverse  effect  on the Company's financial condition and results of operations.
In  addition,  the  Company  is  an  authorized dealer of art produced by Warner
Brothers/Hanna-Barbera,  Disney and artist Chuck Jones. The Company's authorized
dealer  agreements  can  generally  be  terminated  by  the  other party with or
without  cause  on  short notice. Termination of any of the Company's authorized
dealer  agreements  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the Company's
financial  condition and results of operations. Certain of the authorized dealer
agreements  require  the  vendor's  consent to the Acquisitions. The Company has
received  several  of  these  consents,  and  is  in  the process of seeking the
others.  There  can be no assurance that any of those consents will be obtained.
The  failure to obtain any such consents could have a material adverse effect on
the  Company's  financial  condition and results of operations. See "Business --
Licenses."
    

NEED FOR ADDITIONAL CAPITAL

     The  Company  expects  that  it will use significant amounts of capital for
acquisitions  of  other  collectibles retailers and animation art marketers, for
operating   purposes   (including   the  acquisition  and  implementation  of  a
management  information  system)  and to facilitate internal growth. The Company
intends to use shares of Common


                                       11
<PAGE>

Stock  for a portion of the consideration for future acquisitions. If the Common
Stock  does  not  maintain  a  sufficient  value  or  if  potential  acquisition
candidates  are  unwilling  to  accept Common Stock as part of the consideration
for  the  sale  of their businesses, then the Company may be required to utilize
more  of  its  cash  resources, if available, in order to pursue its acquisition
program.  If  the  Company  does  not have sufficient cash resources, its growth
could  be  limited.  Using  cash  to  complete acquisitions and finance internal
growth  could  substantially  limit  the  Company's financial flexibility; using
debt  could  result  in  financial covenants that limit the Company's operations
and  financial  flexibility; and using equity may result in significant dilution
of  the  ownership  interests  of the then existing stockholders of the Company.
The timing and amount of any such capital requirements cannot be predicted.

   
     The  Company has received a commitment letter for a senior revolving credit
facility  of  up  to  $25.0  million  with  a  commercial  bank  to  be used for
acquisitions,  working  capital and other general corporate purposes. The credit
facility  is  subject  to  various conditions, including receipt of net proceeds
from  the Offering of at least $14.5 million. There can be no assurance that the
Company  will  be  able to obtain this credit facility or other financing it may
need  on terms the Company deems acceptable, if at all. As a result, the Company
might  be  unable  to implement its acquisition strategy or to achieve operating
efficiencies,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect on the Company's
financial  condition and results of operations. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of Operations -- Liquidity and
Capital Resources -- Combined" and "Business -- Growth Strategy."
    


DEPENDENCE  ON  KEY COLLECTIBLES VENDORS AND RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH DEPENDENCE ON
FOREIGN VENDORS

     The  Company's  performance  depends,  in  large  part,  on  its ability to
purchase  contemporary  collectibles  merchandise  in  sufficient  quantities at
competitive  prices.  Although  the  Company  purchases collectibles merchandise
from  over 100 vendors, one vendor, Hallmark, accounted for approximately 11% of
the  Company's  pro  forma  net  sales in Fiscal 1998. The loss of Hallmark as a
vendor  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company's  financial
condition  and  results  of  operations.  The  Company has no long-term purchase
contracts  or  other  contractual  assurances  of  continued  supply, pricing or
access  to  new  products.  Because  customers of collectibles merchandise often
collect  specific  product  lines,  the  inability  of  the  Company  to  obtain
collectibles  merchandise from a particular vendor could have a material adverse
effect  on  its  financial  condition and results of operations. Moreover, there
can  be  no  assurance  that  vendors  will  continue  to  manufacture desirable
collectibles  merchandise  or  that  vendors  will not discontinue manufacturing
product  lines  that  have  proved  popular.  In  addition,  one of the Founding
Companies,  as  a  retailer  of  merchandise  imported from Italy, is subject to
certain  risks  that typically do not affect other retailers, including the need
to  order  merchandise significantly in advance of delivery, fluctuations in the
value  of  currency,  and the obligation to pay for such merchandise at the time
it  is  loaded  for  transport  to designated U.S. destinations. There can be no
assurance  that  the  Company  will  be  able  to acquire desired merchandise in
sufficient  quantities  on terms acceptable to the Company, or that an inability
to  acquire  suitable  merchandise, or the loss of one or more key vendors, will
not  have  a  material  adverse  effect on the Company's financial condition and
results of operations. See "Business -- National Operating Strategy."


FACTORS AFFECTING INTERNAL GROWTH

     The  Company's  ability  to  generate  internal  earnings  growth  will  be
affected   by,  among  other  factors,  its  ability  to  expand  the  range  of
merchandise   offered  to  customers,  increase  sales  to  existing  customers,
increase   market  share  in  a  given  market,  attract  and  retain  qualified
employees,  purchase  inventory at acceptable prices, open additional stores and
reduce  operating  costs  and  overhead.  The  Company's  inability  to generate
internal  earnings  growth could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
financial condition and results of operations.


MISREPRESENTATIONS  AND  BREACHES  BY  THE SELLERS AND THE FOUNDING COMPANIES IN
THE ACQUISITIONS

     In  consummating  the  Acquisitions,  the  Company  is relying upon certain
representations,  warranties  and  indemnities  made by the former owners of the
Founding  Companies  and  the Founding Companies themselves with respect to each
of  the Acquisitions, as well as its own due diligence investigations. There can
be  no  assurance  that  such  representations  and  warranties will be true and
correct,  that  the  Company's  due  diligence will uncover all material adverse
facts  relating  to  the  operations  and  financial  condition  of the Founding
Companies  that  are  acquired  or  that  all of the conditions to the Company's
obligations  to  consummate  the  Acquisitions  will  be satisfied. Any material
misrepresentations  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the Company's
financial condition and results of operations.


                                       12
<PAGE>

SIGNIFICANT MATERIALITY OF GOODWILL

   
     The   Company's  balance  sheet  immediately  following  the  Offering  and
consummation  of  the  acquisition  of  the  Founding  Companies will include an
amount  designated  as  "goodwill"  that represents 53.6% of the pro forma total
assets  and 61.2% of stockholders' equity. Goodwill arises when an acquiror pays
more  for  a  business  than  the  fair  value  of  the  tangible and separately
measurable  intangible  net  assets.  Generally  accepted  accounting principles
require  that  this and all other intangible assets be amortized over the period
benefited.  Management  has determined that the period benefited by the goodwill
will  be no less than 40 years. If management were not to separately recognize a
material  intangible  asset  having a benefit period less than 40 years, or were
not  to  give  effect  to  shorter  benefit  periods of factors giving rise to a
material  portion  of  the  goodwill,  earnings  reported in periods immediately
following  the  acquisition  would  be  overstated.  In later years, the Company
would   be  burdened  by  a  continuing  charge  against  earnings  without  the
associated   benefit   to  income  valued  by  management  in  arriving  at  the
consideration  paid  for  the  businesses. Earnings in later years also could be
significantly  affected if management determined then that the remaining balance
of   goodwill  was  impaired.  Management  has  reviewed  with  its  independent
accountants  all  of  the  factors  and  related  future  cash  flows  which  it
considered  in  arriving  at the amount incurred to acquire each of the Founding
Companies.   Management   concluded  that  the  anticipated  future  cash  flows
associated  with  intangible assets recognized in the acquisitions will continue
indefinitely,  and  there  is  no  persuasive evidence that any material portion
will dissipate over a period shorter than 40 years.
    


COMPETITION

     The  collectibles  and  animation  art industries are highly fragmented and
competitive.  In  addition  to  other  collectibles  retailers and animation art
marketers,  the  Company  competes  with  mid-to-upscale department stores, gift
stores,  card  shops,  TV shopping, collectors clubs and other gallery and print
stores.  The  Company's  animation art galleries compete, in certain cases, with
the  owners  of  the  licensed characters, including Disney and Warner Brothers,
who  sell  products  through their own stores and other marketing channels. Many
of   the  Company's  competitors  are  larger  and  have  substantially  greater
financial,  marketing  and  other  resources  than  the  Company.  In  addition,
although  the  primary  points  of  competition  are service and availability of
desired  merchandise,  there  can  be no assurance that pricing competition will
not  develop.  Other  retailing companies with significantly greater capital and
other  resources  than  the  Company may enter or expand their operations in the
collectibles  industry,  which  could  change  the  competitive  dynamics of the
industry.  In  addition,  as  the  Company's  animation  art licenses and rights
expire,  the  Company will compete with other marketers of animation art for the
right  to  design, produce and market artistic creations based on the applicable
licensed   character.   Because  retailers  of  collectibles  and  marketers  of
animation  art  products  generally  do  not  own  the proprietary rights to the
products  that  they  sell,  the  barriers  to entry to these industries are not
significant.  Therefore,  there can be no assurance that additional participants
will  not  enter  the  market or that the Company could compete effectively with
such entrants. See "Business -- Competition."

     In  addition,  it  is  possible  that  there will be competition to acquire
additional  businesses  if  the collectibles or animation art industries undergo
broader  consolidation.  Such competition could lead to higher prices being paid
for  such  companies.  The  Company  believes  that its decentralized management
strategy  and other operating strategies make it an attractive acquiror of other
collectibles  retailers  and  animation  art marketers. However, there can be no
assurance that the Company's acquisition program will be successful.


SEASONALITY

     The  collectibles  industry,  and  to  a  lesser  extent  the animation art
industry,  can be subject to seasonal variations in demand. For example, most of
the  Company's collectibles operations experience the greatest demand during the
winter  holiday shopping period. Although the animation art industry experiences
less  seasonal  variations  in  demand,  sales  of  animation art also generally
increase  during  the  winter  holiday  season.  Consequently,  certain  of  the
Founding  Companies  have  historically  been  most profitable during the fourth
quarter  of the Company's fiscal year. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

EFFECT OF FLUCTUATIONS IN THE GENERAL ECONOMY

     Demand  for  collectibles  merchandise and animation art is affected by the
general  economic  conditions in the United States. When economic conditions are
favorable  and  discretionary income increases, purchases of non-essential items
like  collectibles  merchandise  and  animation  art  generally  increase.  When
economic conditions


                                       13
<PAGE>

are  less  favorable,  sales  of  collectibles merchandise and animation art are
generally  lower.  In  addition,  the  Company  may  experience more competitive
pricing  pressure during economic downturns. Therefore, any significant economic
downturn  or  any  future  changes  in  consumer  spending  habits  could have a
material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company's financial condition and results of
operations.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations."


CHANGES IN CUSTOMER TASTE

     The  markets  for  the  Company's products are subject to changing customer
tastes  and  the need to create and market new products. Demand for collectibles
and  animation  art  products is influenced by the popularity of certain themes,
cultural  and  demographic  trends,  marketing  and advertising expenditures and
general  economic conditions. Because these factors can change rapidly, customer
demand  also can shift quickly. Some collectibles appeal to customers for only a
limited  time.  The  success  of  new  product  introductions depends on various
factors,  including  product selection and quality, sales and marketing efforts,
timely  production  and  delivery  and  consumer acceptance. The Company may not
always  be  able to respond quickly and effectively to changes in customer taste
and  demand  due  to  the  amount  of  time  and financial resources that may be
required  to  bring  new  products  to market. If the Company were to materially
misjudge  the  market,  certain  inventory of the Company may remain unsold. The
inability  to  respond  quickly  to market changes could have a material adverse
effect  on  the  Company's  financial  condition  and results of operations. See
"Business -- Marketing."


RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH MARKETING AND TELEMARKETING STRATEGY

     One  of  the Company's significant strategies for improved marketing is the
consolidation  of  the  databases  of  the various Founding Companies and of any
companies  acquired  in  the  future for database direct mail, telemarketing and
Internet  marketing  efforts. There can be no assurance that the Company will be
able  to  integrate  these databases successfully or that, once integrated, some
of  the  databases will not be discovered to contain overlapping information. In
addition,  the  Company  has  not  previously  conducted  its marketing programs
according  to  practices  common  to the database direct mail, telemarketing and
Internet  industries,  including practices such as the systematic measurement of
the  response  rates  generated  from  its  databases  or  the categorization of
entries  in  the  databases  by  past  behavior. The costs for a new information
technology  system to effect such integration could be substantial, as could the
amount  of  time needed to acquire and implement such a system. The inability to
integrate  the various databases successfully, or in a timely and cost effective
manner,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company's financial
condition  and  results of operations. In addition, while the Founding Companies
have  historically  charged customers the costs of overnight and ground delivery
of  merchandise,  they  have  not  charged,  and  the Company does not intend to
charge,  customers  for  the  costs  of  catalog  mailings  and  paper. Material
increases  in  paper  or  catalog  delivery  costs  or  the  inability to charge
customers  for  the  costs  of overnight or ground delivery of merchandise could
have  a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition and results
of operations. See "Business -- Marketing."


RISK OF YEAR 2000 NONCOMPLIANCE

     As  the  year  2000  approaches,  many date sensitive computer applications
will  fail because they are unable to process dates properly beyond December 31,
1999.  Businesses  will  thus  be  required  to  devote significant resources to
converting  their  information  systems  over the next several years. Certain of
the  Founding  Companies'  computer  programs  are currently partially Year 2000
noncompliant.  The  costs  of  updating  such  programs  are  not expected to be
material,  but  there  can be no assurance that such conversion programs will be
successful  at  the  expected  cost.  The Company relies on a number of computer
software  programs,  including  programs used to manage the Company's financial,
accounting,  sales  and  marketing activities. The inability of such programs to
interpret  properly  data  relating  to  the  year  2000 and beyond could have a
material  adverse  effect  on  the Company's, financial condition and results of
operations.


SALES TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     Various  states  are  increasingly  seeking to impose sales or use taxes on
inter-state  mail order sales and are aggressively auditing sales tax returns of
mail  order  businesses.  Complex  legal  issues arise in these areas, relating,
among  other  things,  to  the  required  nexus  of a business with a particular
state, which may permit the state to require


                                       14
<PAGE>

a  business  to  collect  such taxes. Although the Company believes that each of
the  Founding  Companies  has  adequately  provided  for sales taxes on its mail
order  sales,  there  can  be  no assurance as to the effect of actions taken by
state  tax  authorities  on  the  Company's  financial  condition  or results of
operations.  Furthermore,  prior  to the Acquisitions, each Founding Company has
collected  sales  taxes  only  on  sales  to  customers  in states in which such
Founding  Company  conducts  its  operations.  In the future, the Company may be
required  to  collect  sales tax on sales made to customers in all of the states
in  which  it  conducts  its  operations.  The imposition of sales taxes on mail
order  sales  generally has a negative effect on mail order sales levels. All of
the  factors cited above may negatively affect the Company's financial condition
and  results  of  operations  in the future. Any such impact cannot currently be
quantified.


DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL

     The  Company's  operations  are  dependent  on the continued efforts of the
management  group of Collectibles USA, which is comprised of two senior managers
and  four  managers who are current owners of certain of the Founding Companies.
Furthermore,  the  Company  will likely be dependent on the senior management of
companies  that  may be acquired in the future. Although the Company has entered
into  employment  agreements  with  senior management of Collectibles USA and of
the  Founding  Companies,  there  can  be  no assurance that any individual will
continue  in  such  capacity  for any particular period of time. The loss of key
personnel,  or  the inability to hire and retain qualified employees, could have
a  material  adverse  effect on the Company's financial condition and results of
operations.  The  Company  does not intend to carry key-person life insurance on
any of its employees. See "Management."


CONTROL BY EXISTING MANAGEMENT AND STOCKHOLDERS

   
     Following  the  completion  of  the  Acquisitions  and  the  Offering,  the
Company's  officers  and  directors,  various  sponsors  of the transaction, and
stockholders  of the Founding Companies, and entities affiliated with them, will
beneficially  own  approximately 45.8% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock
(42.9%  if  the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). These
holders  of  Common  Stock  will control in the aggregate approximately 36.1% of
the  votes  of  all  shares of Common Stock and, if acting in concert, generally
will  be  able  to  exercise  control  over  the Company's affairs, to elect the
entire  board of directors of Collectibles USA (the "Board of Directors") and to
control  the  disposition of any matter submitted to a vote of stockholders. See
"Principal Stockholders."
    


PROCEEDS OF OFFERING PAYABLE TO AFFILIATES

   
     Approximately  $11.3  million,  or approximately 77.5%, of the net proceeds
of  the  Offering  will  be paid in cash to the owners of the Founding Companies
(some  of  whom will become officers, directors or key employees of the Company)
and  will  be  used  to  repay  certain  indebtedness of the Founding Companies,
including  indebtedness  incurred  to  fund  S  corporation  distributions  to a
stockholder  of one of the Founding Companies. Approximately $1.0 million of the
$3.5  million  of  indebtedness at June 30, 1998 to be repaid is held by certain
stockholders  and  affiliates  of the Founding Companies. The Company intends to
use  a  portion  of  the net proceeds of this Offering to pay approximately $1.0
million  in connection with the conversion of the Series A Convertible Preferred
Stock  upon  consummation  of the Offering and approximately $1.3 million of the
principal  amount  outstanding  under the $300,000 5% note due December 31, 1998
(the  "CEFC  Note-1"),  the  $555,000  5%  note due December 31, 1998 (the "CEFC
Note-2"),  the  $400,000  5%  note due December 31, 1998 (the "CEFC Note-3") and
the  $279,000  5%  note  due  December 31, 1998 (the "CEFC Note-4" and, together
with  the  CEFC  Note-1, the CEFC Note-2 and the CEFC Note-3, the "CEFC Notes"),
which  notes  are  held  by  an  affiliate  of  the Company. Concurrent with the
Offering,  the CEFC Note-4 will be converted to 44,750 shares of Restricted Vote
Common  Stock  and  25,000 shares of Common Stock. No proceeds from the Offering
will  be  used  to  redeem  the  CEFC  Note-4. In February 1998 and May 1998 the
Company  issued  the  CUSA Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $1,550,000,
of  which  $700,000  aggregate  principal  amount  was  issued  to  two entities
affiliated  with  Michael A. Baker and Paul T. Shirley, both of whom will become
directors  of the Company upon consummation of the Offering. Concurrent with the
Offering,  the  CUSA Notes will be converted to shares of Restricted Vote Common
Stock.  No proceeds from the Offering will be used to redeem the CUSA Notes. The
proceeds  from  the  sale  of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, the CEFC
Notes  and  the  CUSA  Notes  were  used  by the Company to pay various expenses
incurred in connection with its
    


                                       15
<PAGE>

efforts  to  complete  the  Acquisitions  and  effect the Offering. Net proceeds
available  for  acquisitions, working capital and other uses by the Company will
be  approximately  $5.2  million,  or  34.7% of the net proceeds of the Offering
(approximately  $8.4  million,  or 46.2% of the net proceeds of the Offering, if
the  Underwriters'  over-allotment  option  is  exercised  in full). See "Use of
Proceeds" and "Certain Transactions."

POTENTIAL  EFFECT  OF SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE ON THE PRICE OF THE COMMON
STOCK

     The  2,700,000  shares  being sold in the Offering will be freely tradeable
unless  acquired  by  affiliates  of the Company. The market price of the Common
Stock  of  the  Company  could  be adversely affected by the sale of substantial
amounts  of shares of Common Stock of the Company in the public market following
the Offering.

     Simultaneously  with  the  closing of the Offering, the stockholders of the
Founding  Companies  will  receive, in the aggregate, 1,761,354 shares of Common
Stock  as  a portion of the consideration for their businesses. These shares are
not  being  offered  by  this  Prospectus and have not been registered under the
Securities  Act  of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and, therefore, may
not  be  sold  unless registered under the Securities Act or sold pursuant to an
exemption  from  registration,  such  as  the  exemption  provided  by  Rule 144
promulgated  under  the  Securities Act. These shares are being offered and sold
pursuant  to  the  private  placement  exemption  from  registration provided by
Section  4(2)  of  the  Securities  Act. The stockholders who will receive these
shares  have  agreed with the Company not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose
of  any  of  these  shares  for one year following consummation of the Offering.
Such  stockholders  also have certain piggyback registration rights with respect
to  these  shares  and,  upon  certain future registrations by the Company, such
restricted  shares  will  be  eligible  for  resale  in  the  public  market. In
addition,  existing holders of Common Stock of the Company as of the date hereof
hold,  in  the  aggregate, 1,464,838 shares. See "Certain Transactions." None of
these  shares  have  been  registered under the Securities Act and, accordingly,
may  not  be sold unless registered under the Securities Act or sold pursuant to
an exemption from registration, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144.

     The  Company and its officers and directors have agreed not to, directly or
indirectly,  offer,  issue,  sell,  contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any
shares  of  Common  Stock  or  any  securities exercisable for or convertible or
exchangeable  into  Common  Stock  (the  "Securities")  for a period of 180 days
after  the  date  of  this  Prospectus  (the  "Lockup Period") without the prior
written  consent  of  Cruttenden  Roth  Incorporated,  except  for  the grant of
employee  stock  options  by  the  Company and except that the Company may issue
shares  of  Common  Stock  (i) in connection with acquisitions, (ii) pursuant to
the  exercise  of  options  granted  under  the Company's stock option plans and
(iii)  upon  conversion  of  the  Series  A  Convertible Preferred Stock and the
Restricted  Vote  Common  Stock  in  accordance  with their respective terms. In
addition,  certain  stockholders of the Company designated by the Representative
who  beneficially  own  an  aggregate  of 917,935 shares of Common Stock and the
owners  of  each  of  the  Founding  Companies  have  agreed, subject to certain
exceptions,  not  to,  directly  or indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell or
otherwise  dispose  of any Securities for a period of 180 days after the date of
this   Prospectus   without   the  prior  written  consent  of  Cruttenden  Roth
Incorporated.  After  such periods, all of such shares will be eligible for sale
in  accordance  with  Rule  144 promulgated under the Securities Act, subject to
the   volume,   holding   period   and   other  limitations  of  Rule  144.  See
"Underwriting."

     Pursuant  to  the  Company's  stock  option  plans,  the Company has issued
options  to acquire 90,000 shares of Common Stock, which options are immediately
exercisable,  and concurrently with the consummation of the Offering, will issue
options  to  acquire  495,000  shares of Common Stock, which options will not be
exercisable  until  after  the  expiration  of  the  Lockup  Period. The Company
intends  to  register the shares issuable upon exercise of options granted under
the  Company's  stock option plans and, upon such registration, such shares will
be  eligible  for resale in the public market. See "Management -- 1997 Long-Term
Incentive Plan," and "Management -- 1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan."

     Upon  completion  of  the  Offering, the Company has agreed to issue to the
Representative  and  its designees, for their own accounts, warrants to purchase
an  aggregate of 270,000 shares of Common Stock exercisable during the five-year
period  commencing on the date of this Prospectus, at an exercise price equal to
120%  of  the  initial  public  offering  price. The Company has agreed to grant
certain  registration  rights to the holders of these warrants. The existence or
exercise  of  these  warrants  could  materially  adversely affect the Company's
ability  to  raise additional financing at a time when it may be advantageous to
do so. See "Underwriting."

     The  Company  plans  to  register  up  to an additional 2,500,000 shares of
Common  Stock  with  the  Securities  and Exchange Commission (the "Commission")
under  the  Securities  Act  as  soon  as  practicable  after  completion of the
Offering  for  use by the Company as all or a portion of the consideration to be
paid in conjunction with future


                                       16
<PAGE>

acquisitions.  These shares may be freely tradeable after their issuance, unless
the  sale of such shares is contractually restricted. The piggyback registration
rights  described above will not apply to the registration statement to be filed
with  respect to these additional shares. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 


NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE

     Prior  to  the  Offering,  there  has  been no public market for the Common
Stock.  Application  has  been  made  for  quotation  of the Common Stock on the
Nasdaq  National  Market. However, there can be no assurance that, following the
Offering,  a  regular  trading  market  for  the Common Stock will develop or be
sustained.  The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations
among  the  Company  and  the Representative of the Underwriters and may bear no
relationship  to  the  market  price of the Common Stock after the Offering. See
"Underwriting."  The  market  price  of  the  Common  Stock  could be subject to
significant  fluctuations  in  response  to  variations  in  quarterly operating
results  and  other  factors.  In addition, the stock market in recent years has
experienced   extreme  price  and  volume  fluctuations  that  often  have  been
unrelated  or  disproportionate  to  the  operating  performance  of  companies.
Factors  such  as actual or anticipated operating results, growth rates, changes
in  estimates  by  analysts, market conditions in the industry, announcements by
competitors,  regulatory  actions and general economic conditions will vary from
period  to period. As a result of the foregoing, the Company's operating results
and  prospects  from time to time may be below the expectations of public market
analysts  and  investors.  Any  such  event  would  likely  result in a material
adverse effect on the price of the Common Stock.


DIVIDEND POLICY; RESTRICTIONS ON PAYMENT

     The  Company  has  never  paid  cash dividends and anticipates that for the
foreseeable  future,  its  earnings  will  be  retained  for  the  operation and
expansion  of  its  business and for general corporate purposes and that it will
not  pay  cash  dividends.  In addition, the Company anticipates that any credit
facility  to  which  it becomes a party will limit the payment of cash dividends
without the lender's consent. See "Dividend Policy."


IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION

     The   purchasers  of  the  shares  of  Common  Stock  offered  hereby  will
experience  immediate dilution in the net tangible book value of their shares of
$6.32  per  share.  In  the event the Company issues additional shares of Common
Stock  in  the  future,  including shares which may be issued in connection with
future  acquisitions,  purchasers  of  the  Common  Stock  in  the  Offering may
experience  further  dilution in the net tangible book value per share of Common
Stock of the Company. See "Dilution."


ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECT OF CERTAIN CHARTER PROVISIONS

     The  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Company is empowered to issue preferred
stock  in  one  or more series without stockholder action. The existence of this
"blank-check"   preferred   stock  provision  could  render  more  difficult  or
discourage  an  attempt  to  obtain  control of the Company by means of a tender
offer,  merger,  proxy  contest or otherwise. Certain provisions of the Delaware
General  Corporation  Law  may  also  discourage takeover attempts that have not
been approved by the Board of Directors. See "Description of Capital Stock."


                                       17
<PAGE>

                                  THE COMPANY

     Collectibles  USA was founded to create a national retailer of collectibles
merchandise  and marketer of animation art products. Concurrently with, and as a
condition  to,  the  closing  of the Offering, Collectibles USA will acquire the
seven  Founding Companies. A brief description of each of the Founding Companies
is set forth below.


COLLECTIBLES STORES

   
     DKG  Enterprises, Inc. d/b/a North Pole City Gifts & Collectibles and d/b/a
North  Pole City ("North Pole City"). North Pole City is a retailer and marketer
of  Christmas  and  other  contemporary  collectibles such as ornaments, lighted
houses  and  figurines  from  vendors,  including  Enesco  (manufacturer  of the
Precious   Moments   and   Cherished   Teddies  product  lines),  Department  56
(manufacturer  of  The Original Snow Village and The Heirloom Village Collection
product  lines),  Giuseppe  Armani  and  Disney.  North  Pole  City  has been in
operation  since  1984.  It  has one "superstore" of approximately 15,000 square
feet  of  retail  space and a free-standing retail outlet of approximately 1,500
square  feet,  both  located in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. North Pole City carries
approximately  13,900  SKUs  and  generated  sales of $4.8 million in the fiscal
year  ended  March  31, 1998. Upon consummation of the Offering, David K. Green,
an  owner  of  North Pole City, will remain the President of North Pole City and
will  serve  as  the  Executive  Vice President -- Corporate Development, as the
President -- Collectibles Division and as a director of the Company.
    

     Elwell  Stores,  Inc.  d/b/a The Reef Hallmark Shop ("Reef Hallmark"). Reef
Hallmark  is  a  retailer  and  marketer of contemporary collectibles, including
ornaments,  figurines,  lighthouses,  lighted  houses and crystals from vendors,
including  Enesco,  Swarovski, Disney, Department 56 and Hallmark. Reef Hallmark
has  been  in operation since 1959 and has one strip mall-based store located in
West  Palm  Beach,  Florida.  Reef  Hallmark  carries  approximately  5,000 SKUs
(excluding  greetings cards), is approximately 4,000 square feet in size and, in
the  fiscal  year  ended  December 31, 1997, generated sales of $2.7 million. In
the  fiscal  year  ended December 31, 1997, approximately 17% of Reef Hallmark's
sales  were  from  Hallmark  products. Upon consummation of the Offering, Roy C.
Elwell,  the  sole  owner  of  Reef  Hallmark, will remain the President of Reef
Hallmark  and  will  serve  as  the  Chief  Operating Officer and Executive Vice
President  --  Operations  and  as a director of the Company. Reef Hallmark will
continue to use the "Hallmark" designation for the immediate future.

     St.  George,  Inc.  d/b/a  Little  Elegance  and  d/b/a Under the Mistletoe
("Little  Elegance"). Little Elegance is a retailer of contemporary collectibles
such  as figurines and lighted houses from vendors, including Enesco, Department
56,  Lladro  and Swarovski. Little Elegance has been in operation since 1969 and
has  two mall-based stores, one of which is located in Wayne, New Jersey and one
of  which  is  located in Woodbridge, New Jersey. Little Elegance's stores carry
an  average  of  approximately  10,000  SKUs, average approximately 3,700 square
feet  in  size  and, in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, generated sales
of  $2.5  million.  Upon  consummation  of the Offering, Keith Holt, the general
manager of Little Elegance, will become the President of Little Elegance.

     Stone's  Shops,  Inc.  ("Stone's Hallmark"). Stone's Hallmark is a retailer
of  contemporary  collectibles,  ornaments,  figurines,  lighthouses and lighted
houses  from  vendors, including Enesco, Boyds, Cast Art, Disney, Department 56,
Seraphim  Angels  and  Hallmark.  Stone's  Hallmark has been in the contemporary
collectibles  business  since  1979  and  has  stores  located  in Rockford (4),
Freeport  and  Rochelle, Illinois. Stone's Hallmark's stores carry approximately
10,000  SKUs  (excluding  greeting  cards),  range  from  approximately 3,000 to
18,500  square  feet  (15,750  of which is used as retail space) in size and, in
the  fiscal  year  ended  November 30, 1997, generated sales of $5.7 million. In
the   fiscal  year  ended  November  30,  1997,  approximately  33%  of  Stone's
Hallmark's   sales  were  from  Hallmark  products.  Upon  consummation  of  the
Offering,  David  J.  Stone,  who together with his wife is the owner of Stone's
Hallmark,  will  remain  the President of Stone's Hallmark and will serve as the
Executive  Vice  President  --  Retail  Store  Development  and  will serve as a
director  of  the  Company. Stone's Hallmark will continue to use the "Hallmark"
designation for the immediate future.


ANIMATION ART GALLERIES

     American  Royal  Arts Corp. ("American Royal Arts"). American Royal Arts is
a  retail  and  wholesale  marketer  specializing  in the sale of animation art,
including  limited  editions, production cels, sericels, lithographs and vintage
animation.  American  Royal  Arts  produces  animation art under various license
arrangements,  certain  of  which  are  exclusive to it. American Royal Arts has
been in operation since 1987 and has one gallery located in Westbury, New


                                       18
<PAGE>

York,  which  also  houses  its  telemarketing  operations. American Royal Arts'
gallery  is approximately 11,000 square feet in size, includes its telemarketing
operations  and,  in  the  year  ended January 31, 1998, generated sales of $4.1
million.  Upon  consummation  of  the  Offering,  Jerry Gladstone, sole owner of
American  Royal  Arts, will remain the President of American Royal Arts and will
serve  as  the  Executive  Vice  President  of  Marketing,  as  the President --
Animation Division and as a director of the Company.

     Animation  U.S.A.,  Inc.  ("Animation  USA"). Animation USA is a retail and
wholesale  marketer  of  animation art such as vintage original production cels,
limited  edition  cels  and  sericels. Animation USA has been in operation since
1990  and  has  two free-standing galleries, of which one is located in Seattle,
Washington  and  one  is  located  in San Francisco, California. Animation USA's
galleries  average  approximately  1,200  square feet in size and, in the fiscal
year   ended   December   31,  1997,  generated  sales  of  $1.3  million.  Upon
consummation  of  the  Offering, David M. Vice and Laine Ross, the two owners of
Animation  USA,  will  remain the President and Vice President, respectively, of
Animation USA.

     Filmart  Productions  Inc. d/b/a Cartoon World, d/b/a Filmart Galleries and
d/b/a  Animation  Art  Resources  ("Filmart").  Filmart  is a retail marketer of
animation  art  such  as  vintage original production cels, limited edition cels
and   sericels.   Filmart   has  been  in  operation  since  1991  and  has  two
free-standing  galleries,  of which one is located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
and  one  is  located  in  Huntington,  New  York.  Filmart's  galleries average
approximately  2,225  square feet in size and, in the fiscal year ended December
31,  1997,  generated  sales  of $1.3 million. In January 1996, Filmart acquired
Animation  Art  Resources,  previously  owned  by  Susan  M.  Spiegel, for a 50%
interest  in  Filmart.  Upon consummation of the Offering, Aron Laikin and Susan
M.  Spiegel,  the two owners of Filmart, will remain the Chief Operating Officer
and President, respectively, of Filmart.


ACQUISITIONS CONSIDERATION

   
     The  aggregate  consideration  to  be  paid  by  Collectibles  USA  in  the
Acquisitions  consists  of  approximately  $7.8  million  in  cash and 1,761,354
shares  of Common Stock. The Company will also assume all of the indebtedness of
the  Founding  Companies  (approximately $3.5 million as of June 30, 1998, which
includes  $625,000  of  indebtedness incurred to fund distributions in May 1997,
November  1997  and  May  1998  to  the sole stockholder of American Royal Arts,
representing  S  corporation  earnings  previously  taxed  to such stockholder),
which  indebtedness  will  be  repaid  with a portion of the net proceeds of the
Offering.  The  consideration  to  be  paid by Collectibles USA for the Founding
Companies   was   determined   by  negotiations  between  Collectibles  USA  and
representatives of the Founding Companies. See "Certain Transactions."
    


                                       19
<PAGE>

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

   
     The  net  proceeds  from the sale by the Company of the 2,700,000 shares of
Common  Stock  offered  hereby,  are estimated to be approximately $     million
($      million  if  the  Underwriters'  over-allotment  option  is exercised in
full),  based  upon an assumed initial public offering price of $8.50 per share,
after  deducting  the  estimated  underwriting  discount  and  offering expenses
payable  by  the  Company.  Offering expenses are estimated to be $   , of which
$     have  already  been  paid. The Company intends to use a portion of the net
proceeds  of the Offering to pay (i) approximately $1.0 million in required cash
amounts  in connection with the conversion of the Series A Convertible Preferred
Stock  upon  consummation  of  the  Offering  and (ii) $1.3 million in principal
amount  of  indebtedness outstanding under the CEFC Notes. As approximately $1.5
million  of  notes payable are being converted to Common Stock, no proceeds from
the  Offering  will  be  used  to redeem these notes. The Company intends to use
approximately  $7.8  million of the net proceeds of the Offering to pay the cash
portion  of  the purchase price for the Founding Companies, all of which will be
paid   to   former   stockholders  of  the  Founding  Companies.  An  additional
approximately  $3.5  million,  as  of  June 30, 1998 (which includes $625,000 of
indebtedness  incurred  to fund distributions in May 1997, November 1997 and May
1998  to the sole stockholder of American Royal Arts, representing S corporation
earnings  previously  taxed  to  such  stockholder),  of the net proceeds of the
Offering  will  be used to repay estimated other outstanding indebtedness of the
Founding  Companies.  The  portion  of  this $3.5 million debt that was incurred
during  the last twelve months was $2.2 million and the use of proceeds for such
debt  was  to  provide  working  capital. Approximately $2.5 million of the $3.5
million   has  been  personally  guaranteed  by  stockholders  of  the  Founding
Companies  who  will  become  officers,  directors or beneficial owners of 5% or
more  of  the  Common  Stock  upon consummation of the Offering. Such guaranteed
indebtedness  bore  interest  at  a  weighted average per annum interest rate of
9.2%  for  the  period ending June 30, 1998 and matures at varying dates between
July  1998  and May 2003. The remaining indebtedness bore interest at a weighted
average  per annum interest rate of 6.5% at June 30, 1998 and matures at various
dates from April 1999 through June 2002. See "Certain Transactions."
    

     The  approximately $     million of remaining net proceeds will be used for
working  capital  and  for  general  corporate  purposes,  which are expected to
include  future  acquisitions  of  companies  operating  in  the collectibles or
animation  art industries. The Company currently has no agreements, arrangements
or  understandings,  and  is not currently engaged in negotiations, with respect
to  other acquisitions. Pending such uses, the Company intends to invest the net
proceeds  of  the  Offering  in  short-term,  investment-grade, interest-bearing
instruments.  See  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Combined."


                                DIVIDEND POLICY

   
     The  Company  has  never  paid  cash dividends and anticipates that for the
foreseeable  future  its  earnings  will  be  retained  for  the  operation  and
expansion  of  its  business and for general corporate purposes and that it will
not  pay  cash  dividends.  In addition, the Company anticipates that any credit
facility  to which the Company may become a party, including the proposed senior
revolving  credit  facility,  will  include  restrictions  on the ability of the
Company to pay dividends without the lender's consent.
    


                                       20
<PAGE>

                                   DILUTION

   
     The  deficit  in  pro forma net tangible book value of the Company at April
30,  1998  was  approximately  $3.1 million, or $0.93 per share of Common Stock,
after  giving effect to the Acquisitions. The deficit in net tangible book value
per  share represents the amount of total tangible assets of the Company reduced
by  the  amount  of  total  liabilities  and  divided by the number of shares of
Common  Stock issued and outstanding after giving effect to the Acquisitions and
the  conversion  of  the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. Net tangible book
value  dilution per share represents the difference between the amount per share
paid  by  purchasers of shares of Common Stock in the Offering and the pro forma
net  tangible  book value per share of Common Stock immediately after completion
of  the  Offering. After giving effect to the sale of 2,700,000 shares of Common
Stock  by  the  Company  and  the  application  of  the  estimated  net proceeds
therefrom  as described under "Use of Proceeds," the pro forma net tangible book
value  of  the  Company as of April 30, 1998 would have been approximately $13.1
million,  or $2.18 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma
net  tangible  book  value  of $3.11 per share at April 30, 1998 to stockholders
and  an  immediate  dilution  in  pro forma net tangible book value of $6.32 per
share  to  new  investors purchasing Common Stock in the Offering. The following
table illustrates this dilution per share to new investors:
    



   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                            <C>           <C>
   Assumed initial public offering price per share .........                 $ 8.50
   
   Pro forma deficit in net tangible book value per share
    before the Offering ....................................   $(0.93)
   
   Increase per share attributable to sale of Common Stock
    in the Offering ........................................     3.11
                                                               ------
   Pro forma net tangible book value per share
    after the Offering .....................................                  2.18
                                                                             ------
   Dilution per share to new investors .....................                 $ 6.32
                                                                             ======
 
</TABLE>
    

     The  following table sets forth, on a pro forma basis to give effect to the
Acquisitions,  the average price per share paid by the existing stockholders and
the  new  investors  adjusted  to give effect to the sale of 2,700,000 shares of
Common  Stock  offered  hereby  at  an  assumed initial public offering price of
$8.50  per  share,  and before deducting the estimated underwriting discount and
offering expenses payable by the Company:





   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            TOTAL
                                        SHARES PURCHASED              CONSIDERATION PAID
                                     -----------------------   --------------------------------    AVERAGE PRICE
                                        NUMBER      PERCENT         AMOUNT           PERCENT         PER SHARE
                                     -----------   ---------   ----------------   -------------   --------------
<S>                                  <C>           <C>         <C>                <C>             <C>
Existing stockholders(1) .........   3,306,094      55.0%        $ (3,087,499)    (15.5)%         $(0.93)
New investors ....................   2,700,000      45.0           22,950,000     115.5             8.50
                                     ---------     -----         ------------     -----
 Total ...........................   6,006,094     100.0%        $ 19,862,501     100.0%
                                     =========     =====         ============     =====
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
(1) Total  consideration  paid by existing stockholders represents the pro forma
    net  tangible  book  value  of  the  Company  after  giving  effect  to  the
    Acquisitions.


     The  foregoing  computations  assume  no  exercise  of  stock options. Upon
consummation  of the Offering, there will be outstanding options to purchase (i)
90,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  at $4.00 per share and (ii) 495,000 shares of
Common  Stock at the initial public offering price. To the extent the holders of
these  options  exercise  such  options,  there  will be further dilution to new
investors. See "Capitalization."

                                       21
<PAGE>

                                 CAPITALIZATION

     The   following   table   sets   forth   the  cash  and  cash  equivalents,
capitalization   and   line  of  credit  and  current  maturities  of  long-term
obligations  and  notes  payable  to  stockholders  at  April 30, 1998: (i) on a
historical  basis  for  American Royal Arts (accounting acquiror); (ii) on a pro
forma  basis  to  give effect to the Acquisitions; and (iii) as adjusted to give
effect  to  both the Acquisitions and the Offering. This table should be read in
conjunction  with  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and  Results  of  Operations"  and  the  Unaudited  Pro Forma Combined Financial
Statements  of  the  Company and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in
this Prospectus.





   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          APRIL 30, 1998
                                                                             ----------------------------------------
                                                                               AMERICAN      PRO FORMA
                                                                              ROYAL ARTS     COMBINED     AS ADJUSTED
                                                                             ------------   ----------   ------------
                                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                          <C>            <C>          <C>
Line of credit, current maturities of long-term obligations and notes
 payable to related party(1) .............................................      $  586       $  6,220       $    --
                                                                                ======       ========       =======
Long-term obligations less current maturities(1) .........................      $   --       $    321       $    --

Stockholders' equity:
 Preferred Stock: $.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized;
   20,000 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma combined; and
   no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted .........................          --          1,667            --
 Common Stock: $.01 par value, 31,200,000 shares authorized;
   2,952,536(2) shares issued and outstanding, pro forma combined;
   and 6,006,094(2)(3) shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted ........           2             29            60
 Treasury Stock, at cost .................................................        (145)            --            --
 Additional paid-in capital ..............................................          --         16,994        33,742
 Retained earnings .......................................................          47         (1,078)           --
                                                                                ------       --------       -------
 Total stockholders' equity ..............................................         (96)        17,612        33,802
                                                                                ------       --------       -------
   Total capitalization ..................................................      $  (96)      $ 17,933       $33,802
                                                                                ======       ========       =======
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
(1) For  a  description  of the Company's outstanding indebtedness, see Notes to
    Unaudited  Pro  Forma  Combined  Financial  Statements  and the notes to the
    Founding Companies' financial statements.

   
(2) Includes  (i)  1,761,354  shares  to be issued to the owners of the Founding
    Companies  and  (ii)  971,602 shares of Restricted Vote Common Stock held by
    sponsors  of  the  transaction  and 100,000 shares of Restricted Vote Common
    Stock   held  by  management  (pro  forma  combined);  1,320,258  shares  of
    Restricted Vote Common Stock (as adjusted).

(3) Also  includes 79,902 shares to be issued to holders of Series A Convertible
    Preferred  Stock  and 364,705 shares to be issued to the holders of the CUSA
    Notes  upon  consummation of the Offering. Excludes 585,000 shares of Common
    Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  outstanding  options  or  options to be
    granted  concurrently  with  the  consummation  of  the  Offering  under the
    Company's  stock  option plans and 270,000 shares reserved for issuance upon
    exercise   of   the  Representative's  Warrants.  See  "Management  --  1997
    Long-Term  Incentive  Plan,"  "Management  --  1997  Non-Employee Directors'
    Stock Plan" and "Underwriting."
    


                                       22
<PAGE>

                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

     Collectibles  USA  will  acquire the Founding Companies simultaneously with
and  as a condition to the consummation of the Offering. For financial statement
presentation  purposes,  however,  American  Royal  Arts,  one  of  the Founding
Companies,  has  been  identified  as  the  "accounting acquiror." The following
selected  historical  financial data for American Royal Arts at October 31, 1995
and  1996,  and  January  31, 1997 and 1998, and for the years ended October 31,
1995  and  1996,  and  January  31,  1997  and  1998, have been derived from the
audited  financial  statements of American Royal Arts included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.  The following selected historical financial data for American Royal
Arts  at  October  31,  1993  and 1994, and April 30, 1997 and 1998, and for the
years  ended  October 31, 1993 and for the three months ended April 30, 1997 and
1998  have  been  derived  from unaudited financial statements of American Royal
Arts,  which  have  been  prepared  on  the  same basis as the audited financial
statements  and, in the opinion of American Royal Arts, reflect all adjustments,
consisting  of  normal  recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation
of  such data. The following selected unaudited pro forma financial data present
certain  data  for  the  Company,  as  adjusted  for:  (i)  the  effects  of the
Acquisitions;  (ii)  the  effects  of  certain  pro  forma  adjustments  to  the
historical  financial  statements;  and  (iii) the consummation of the Offering.
See  the Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Combined Statements and the notes thereto
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  YEAR ENDED JANUARY     THREE MONTHS
                                           FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,                 31,            ENDED APRIL 30,
                                     ------------------------------------------  -------------------   ------------------
                                        1993       1994       1995       1996       1997       1998      1997      1998
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  --------- ---------  -------
<S>                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA
AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS:
 Net sales ........................   $2,840     $3,898     $4,051     $4,121     $4,289     $4,133    $1,100     $806
 Cost of sales ....................    1,119      1,715      1,560      1,571      1,506      1,516       346      292
                                      ------     ------     ------     ------     ------     ------    ------     ----
 Gross profit .....................    1,721      2,183      2,491      2,550      2,783      2,617       754      514
 Selling, general and
  administrative expenses .........    1,288      1,588      1,760      1,764      1,778      1,958       483      400
                                      ------     ------     ------     ------     ------     ------    ------     ----
 Income from operations ...........      433        595        731        786      1,005        659       271      114
 Interest income (expense), net ...        6          7         18         24         24        (14)        6        1
                                      ------     ------     ------     ------     ------     ------    ------     ----
 Net income .......................   $  439     $  602     $  749     $  810     $1,029     $  645    $  277     $115
                                      ======     ======     ======     ======     ======     ======    ======     ====
 
</TABLE>


   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>
PRO FORMA COMBINED(1)(2):
 Net sales ..........................................................  $   22,449   $    4,972
 Cost of sales ......................................................      10,664        2,384
                                                                       ----------   ----------
 Gross profit .......................................................      11,785        2,588
 Selling, general and administrative expenses(3) ....................       9,117        2,082
 Goodwill amortization(4) ...........................................         517          129
                                                                       ----------   ----------
 Operating income ...................................................       2,151          377
 Interest and other income (expense), net(5) ........................         147           42
                                                                       ----------   ----------
 Income before taxes ................................................       2,298          419
 Income taxes .......................................................       1,126          219
                                                                       ----------   ----------
 Net income .........................................................  $    1,172   $      200
                                                                       ==========   ==========
 Net income per share ...............................................  $     0.22   $     0.04
                                                                       ==========   ==========
 Shares used in computing pro forma net income per share(6) .........   5,370,100    5,370,100
 
</TABLE>
    


                                       23
<PAGE>


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    OCTOBER 31,                JANUARY 31,
                                         --------------------------------- --------------------
                                          1993   1994     1995      1996      1997      1998
                                         ------ ------ --------- --------- --------- ----------
BALANCE SHEET DATA
<S>                                      <C>    <C>    <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS:
 Working capital .......................  $384   $297   $   703   $   567   $   686    $ (278)
 Total assets ..........................   860    875     1,430     1,439     1,482     1,125
 Long-term obligations
  net of current maturities
  and long-term notes
  payable to stockholders ..............    --    100        --        --        --        --
 Stockholders' equity (deficit) ........   416    475       867       696       807      (105)



<CAPTION>
                                                       APRIL 30, 1998
                                         ------------------------------------------
                                                         PRO FORMA          AS
                                           ACTUAL       COMBINED(7)     ADJUSTED(8)
                                         ---------- ------------------ ------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA
<S>                                      <C>        <C>                <C>
AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS:
 Working capital .......................   $ (251)      $  (8,824)(9)     $12,622
 Total assets ..........................    1,147          38,810          38,639
 Long-term obligations
  net of current maturities
  and long-term notes
  payable to stockholders ..............       --             321              --
 Stockholders' equity (deficit) ........      (96)         17,612          33,802
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
(1) The  pro  forma  combined  statement  of  operations  data  assume  that the
    Acquisitions  and  the  Offering were closed on February 1, 1997 and are not
    necessarily  indicative  of  the results the Company would have obtained had
    these  events  actually  then  occurred  or of the Company's future results.
    The  year  ended  January 31, 1998 includes American Royal Arts for the year
    ended  January  31,  1998,  Stone's Hallmark for the year ended November 30,
    1997  and  North  Pole  City,  Little Elegance, Reef Hallmark, Animation USA
    and  Filmart  for  the  year ended December 31, 1997. The three months ended
    April  30,  1998 presented includes American Royal Arts for the three months
    ended  April  30, 1998, Stone's Hallmark for the three months ended February
    28,  1998  and  North  Pole  City, Little Elegance, Reef Hallmark, Animation
    USA and Filmart for the three months ended March 31, 1998.

(2) The  pro  forma  combined  statement  of  operations  data  assume  that the
    Acquisitions  and  the  Offering were closed on February 1, 1997 and are not
    necessarily  indicative  of  the results the Company would have obtained had
    these events actually then occurred or of the Company's future results.

(3) The  pro forma combined statement of operations data reflect an aggregate of
    approximately  $334,000  and  $120,000  for  the year ended January 31, 1998
    and  the  three  months  ended  April  30,  1998, respectively, in pro forma
    reductions  in  salary  and benefits to the owners of the Founding Companies
    to  which  they  have  agreed  prospectively  and certain other adjustments,
    including  the  effect  of revisions of a lease agreement between one of the
    Founding  Companies  and  its  stockholder and the reduction in compensation
    expense  of  approximately  $673,000  relating  to a non-recurring, non-cash
    compensation charge for the year ended January 31, 1998.

(4) Reflects  amortization  of  the  goodwill  to be recorded as a result of the
    Acquisitions  over  a  40-year period and computed on the basis described in
    the Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements.

(5) Includes  the  reduction  of  pro  forma  interest expense attributed to the
  repayment of debt with a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering.
   
(6)   Includes  (i) 1,191,182 shares issued to the sponsors and management which
    are  outstanding  prior  to the Offering, (ii) 1,761,354 shares to be issued
    to  the  owners  of the Founding Companies, (iii) 79,902 shares to be issued
    to  the  holders  of  the  Series  A  Convertible  Preferred Stock, of which
    11,986  will  be  transferred  from  the sponsor shares listed in (i) above,
    364,705  shares  to  be  issued  to  the holders of the CUSA Notes, of which
    79,063  shares  will  be  transferred  from the sponsor shares listed in (i)
    above,  and  241,706  shares  to be issued to the holders of the CEFC Notes,
    all  of  which  will  be  transferred  from the sponsor shares listed in (i)
    above,  and  (iv)  2,076,794  of  the  2,700,000  shares  to  be sold in the
    Offering   to   pay   the   cash   portion  of  the  consideration  for  the
    Acquisitions,  repay  indebtedness  relating to S corporation distributions,
    repay  other  indebtedness of the Founding Companies and pay expenses of the
    Offering.
    
(7) The  pro forma combined balance sheet data assume that the Acquisitions were
    closed  on  April  30,  1998.  The pro forma combined balance sheet data are
    based   upon   preliminary  estimates,  available  information  and  certain
    assumptions  that  management  deems  appropriate  and  should  be  read  in
    conjunction  with  the other financial statements and notes thereto included
    elsewhere in this Prospectus.

(8) Reflects the consummation of the Offering. See "Use of Proceeds."

(9) Includes   $7.8  million  payable  to  owners  of  the  Founding  Companies,
    representing  the  cash portion of the consideration for the Acquisitions to
    be paid with a portion of the net proceeds from the Offering.


                                       24
<PAGE>

               MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                      CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


OVERVIEW

     The  Company  was  founded  to  create  a national retailer of collectibles
merchandise   and   marketer   of  animation  art.  The  Company's  collectibles
merchandise  includes  figurines and sculptures made from porcelain, ceramic and
resin,  and  a  wide  selection  of  crystal  items,  including  functional  and
decorative  products.  The Company also sells collectible cottages and villages,
collectible  prints  and  lithographs, collectible Christmas ornaments and other
holiday  collectibles.  The  Company's  animation  art  galleries  carry  a full
spectrum  of  animation  artwork,  including  original  production cels, limited
editions,  sericels,  model  sheets  and  original  drawings.  In  addition, the
Company  has licenses or rights, some of which are exclusive, to design, produce
and market animation art.

     The  Company's  net  sales  will  be  derived  primarily  from  the sale of
collectibles  and  animation  art.  Costs of sales will consist primarily of the
cost  of  merchandise  sold.  Selling,  general and administrative expenses will
consist  primarily  of  salaries  and  benefits,  advertising, store, office and
warehouse rent, utilities, communications and professional fees.

   
     The  Founding Companies  have been managed throughout the periods presented
as  independent  private  companies, and their results of operations reflect tax
structures  (S corporations  and  C  corporations), which have influenced, among
other  things, their historical levels of owners' compensation. Selling, general
and  administrative expenses for the periods presented are therefore affected by
the  amount  of  compensation  and  related  benefits that the former owners and
certain  key  employees  received  from their respective businesses during these
periods.   These  former  owners  and  key  employees  have  agreed  to  certain
reductions  in salaries and benefits in connection with the acquisition of their
businesses  by  the  Company and certain other adjustments, including the effect
of  revision  of a lease agreement between one of the Founding Companies and its
stockholder,  of  approximately $334,000 and $120,000 for the year ended January
31, 1998 and the three months ended April 30, 1998, respectively.
    

     Collectibles USA,  which  has  conducted  no operations to date, intends to
integrate  the Founding Companies, their operations and administrative functions
over  a  period  of time. This integration process may present opportunities for
(i)  enhanced vendor relationships resulting in collective buying opportunities,
co-op  advertising funds, shipping allowances and exclusive merchandise and (ii)
obtaining  additional  sales  through  shared  customer  lists  and expansion of
direct  mail programs, advertising campaigns, in-store artist signing events and
Internet  promotions.  This  integration  may  necessitate  additional costs and
expenditures  for  corporate  management  and administration, corporate expenses
related   to   being  a  public  company,  systems  integration  and  facilities
expansion.  These  various  costs and potential cost savings may make comparison
of  historical  operating  results  not  comparable to, or indicative of, future
performance.  The  Company believes that neither the anticipated savings nor the
anticipated  costs can be quantified because the Acquisitions have not occurred,
and  there  have  been  no  combined  operating  results  upon which to base the
assumptions.  As  a  result,  they  have  not  been  included  in  the unaudited
pro forma financial information presented herein.

   
     Upon   completion   of  the  Acquisitions,  the  Company  anticipates  that
approximately  53.6%  of  the  pro  forma  total  assets  of the Company will be
goodwill  (approximately  $20.7  million)  and  will be amortized over a 40-year
period  resulting  in  an annual amortization expense of approximately $517,000.
The  amortization  of  the  goodwill  over  a  40-year  period is based upon the
following  factors: (i) the Company's collectibles merchandise has an indefinite
life  and  generally  becomes  more  valuable with the passage of time, (ii) the
collectibles  industry  is  well  established,  as evidenced by the collectibles
industry  having  generated over $9 billion in primary sales (i.e., sales of new
merchandise)  in  1996  and  by  the estimate that 31 million Americans identify
themselves   as  collectors,  according  to  Unity  Marketing,  and  (iii)  many
collectibles  companies,  including certain of the Founding Companies, have been
in  business  several  decades.  However, the Company will periodically evaluate
whether  events and circumstances arising after the Acquisitions are consummated
indicate  that  the  remaining  balance  of  goodwill  may not be recoverable by
comparing  the  estimated undiscounted cash flows from the related operations to
the  carrying  amount  of  goodwill.  If  the  carrying  amount of goodwill were
greater  than  the  undiscounted  future  cash flow, an impairment loss would be
recognized.
    

     The  Company's  future  success is dependent upon a number of factors which
include,  among  others,  the  ability  to integrate operations, reliance on the
identification   and   integration   of  satisfactory  acquisitions  candidates,
reliance


                                       25
<PAGE>

on  acquisition  financing,  the  ability  to  manage  growth and to attract and
retain  qualified  management,  dependence  on licenses, the need for additional
capital,  dependence  on  key  collectibles  vendors  and  risks associated with
dependence  on  foreign  vendors,  competition  and  seasonality  and  quarterly
fluctuations. See "Risk Factors."

     Historically,   the  fourth  quarter  of  the  Company's  fiscal  year  has
accounted  for  a  greater  portion  of the Company's operating income than have
each  of  the  first  three  quarters  of  the  Company's  fiscal  year. This is
primarily  due  to  increased activity as a result of the holiday season. In the
future,  the  Company  expects  that  it will experience quarterly variations in
operating  results,  principally  as  a  result  of  the  seasonal nature of the
industry.  Numerous other factors also may cause significant fluctuations in the
Company's  quarterly  sales,  including the timing of new product introductions,
the  amount  and  timing  of  sales  contributed  by  new  stores, the timing of
personal  appearances  of  particular  artists  at  the  store  locations when a
customer  may  purchase  merchandise  to  be  signed  by the artist, and general
economic  conditions.  Additional  factors  may  cause  fluctuations in expenses
including  the  costs associated with the opening of new stores, the integration
of  acquired stores into the operations of the Company and corporate expenses to
support the Company's expansion strategy.

     Due  to  the relatively low levels of inflation experienced in Fiscal 1996,
1997  and  1998,  inflation  did  not have a significant effect on the operating
results of the combined Founding Companies in those fiscal years.


COMBINED FOUNDING COMPANIES

     With  respect  to  the  financial  information  of  the  combined  Founding
Companies,  references  to "Fiscal 1996," "Fiscal 1997" and "Fiscal 1998" mean a
combination  of  the  fiscal  years  of  each of the Founding Companies for such
year.  References  to  April  30,  1997  and  1998 mean, respectively, the three
months  ended  April  30, 1997 and 1998 with respect to American Royal Arts; the
three  months ended February 28, 1997 and 1998 with respect to Stone's Hallmark;
and  the  three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998 with respect to North Pole,
Little Elegance, Reef Hallmark, Animation USA and Filmart.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- COMBINED

     The  combined  Founding  Companies statements of operations data for Fiscal
1996,  Fiscal  1997,  and  Fiscal 1998  do  not  purport to present the combined
Founding  Companies in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
but  represent  merely a summation of the net sales, cost of sales, gross profit
and  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  for the applicable fiscal
years  of  the individual Founding Companies on an historical basis, and exclude
the  effects  of  pro forma adjustments. This data will not be comparable to and
may  not  be  indicative of the Company's post-combination results of operations
because  (i)  the Founding Companies were not under common control or management
and  had different tax structures (S corporations and C corporations) during the
periods  presented  and  (ii)  the  Company  will  use  the  purchase  method to
establish a new basis of accounting to record the Acquisitions.

     The  following  table  sets  forth certain combined selected financial data
and  as  a  percentage  of  net  sales of the Founding Companies on a historical
basis  and  excludes  the  effects  of  pro forma  adjustments  for  the periods
indicated (dollars in thousands):

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    FISCAL
                                        --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  1996                   1997                   1998
                                       ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
<S>                                     <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
Combined Founding Companies
 Statements of Operations Data:
  Net sales .............               $18,529   100.0%       $21,254   100.0%       $22,449   100.0%
  Cost of sales .........                 9,302    50.2%         9,721    45.7%        10,664    47.5%
                                         -------   -----        -------   -----        -------   -----
  Gross profit ..........               $ 9,227    49.8%       $11,533    54.3%       $11,785    52.4%
                                         =======   =====        =======   =====        =======   =====

</TABLE>


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                         APRIL 30,
                                        -------------------------------------------
                                                      1997                  1998
                                        --------------------- ---------------------
<S>                                     <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>
Combined Founding
Companies
 Statements of Operations
Data:
 
  Net sales .............                 $5,058   100.0%       $4,972   100.0%
  Cost of sales .........                  2,352    46.5%        2,384    47.9%
                                           ------   -----        ------   -----
  Gross profit ..........                 $2,706    53.5%       $2,588    52.1%
                                          ======    =====        ======   =====
</TABLE>
    
UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS
   
     Net Sales. Net sales were $5.0 million for the three months ended April 30,
1998 as compared to $5.1 million for the prior comparable  period.  The decrease
in sales of $86,000,  or 1.7%,  was primarily due to a decrease in animation art
sales resulting from the postponement  until the fall of a major in-store artist
signing event and the  relocation of a gallery,  offset by an increase in demand
for certain contemporary collectibles.
    

                                       26
<PAGE>

   
     Cost  of  Sales.  Cost  of  sales was relatively constant during both three
month  periods  at  $2.4  million.  As  a percentage of net sales, cost of sales
increased  from  46.5%  of net sales in the three months ended April 30, 1997 to
47.9%  of net sales in the three months ended April 30, 1998. Cost of sales as a
percentage   of   net   sales  increased  primarily  due  to  certain  inventory
adjustments  for contemporary collectibles items, which were partially offset by
the  sale  of  animation  art  produced  in-house under license arrangements and
vintage production cels with higher margins.
    


FISCAL 1998 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1997

     Net  Sales.  Net  sales  were  $22.5 million for Fiscal 1998 as compared to
$21.3  million  for Fiscal 1997. The increase in sales of $1.2 million, or 5.6%,
was  primarily  due  to an increased demand for contemporary collectibles items,
expanded  telemarketing  and  direct  mail  advertising programs. Such increases
were  offset  principally by decreases resulting from the timing of an animation
art  trade-show  for  a Founding Company, lower revenues generated from in-store
artist signing events and lower gallery sales.

     Cost  of  Sales.  Cost of sales increased to $10.7 million, or 47.5% of net
sales,  in Fiscal 1998 from $9.7 million, or 45.7% of net sales, in Fiscal 1997.
Cost  of  sales  as a percentage of net sales increased primarily due to changes
in  the  product  mix  of  contemporary  collectibles and inventory adjustments,
partially  offset  by animation art sales that have higher product margins, such
as vintage production cels, and art sold through licenses.


FISCAL 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1996

   
     Net  Sales.  Net  sales  were  $21.3 million for Fiscal 1997 as compared to
$18.5  million for Fiscal 1996. The increase in sales of $2.8 million, or 14.7%,
was  primarily due to an increase in contemporary collectibles sales as a result
of  Stone's  Hallmark  remodeling and expansion of one store, and an increase in
animation  art  sales  as  a result of in-store artist signing events, growth of
the  customer  database  and  continued marketing efforts focused on direct mail
advertising, telemarketing and Internet marketing.
    

     Cost  of  Sales.  Cost  of sales increased to $9.7 million, or 45.7% of net
sales,  in Fiscal 1997 from $9.3 million, or 50.2% of net sales, in Fiscal 1996.
Cost  of  sales  as  a  percentage  of  net  sales decreased primarily due to an
increase  in  animation  art  sales  that  have  higher product margins, such as
vintage  production  cels,  art sold through licenses and higher retail sales as
compared to wholesale sales.


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- COMBINED

     On  a combined basis, the Founding Companies used $523,000 during the three
months  ended  April  30,  1998  and  generated  $1.1  million  of net cash from
operating  activities  during  Fiscal  1998 and $1.5 million during Fiscal 1997.
Net  cash  used  in investing activities by the Founding Companies on a combined
basis  was  $0.2  million  and  $0.8 million during Fiscal 1998 and Fiscal 1997,
respectively.  Most  of  the  cash  used  in  investing  activities during these
periods  was  used  for  purchases  of  property and equipment. Net cash used in
financing  activities by the Founding Companies on a combined basis was $140,000
during  the  three  months  ended  April 30, 1998 and $1.9 million during Fiscal
1998,  whereas  net  cash  provided  by financing activities was $1.1 million in
Fiscal  1997. Most of the cash used in financing activities during these periods
was  used  for net payments on long-term debt and distributions to stockholders.
The  combined cash position of the Founding Companies decreased by $497,000 from
$1.4  million  in  Fiscal  1997  to  $892,000  in  Fiscal  1998 and decreased to
$737,000 in the three months ended April 30, 1998.

   
     The  Company  anticipates  that  its cash flow from operations will provide
cash  in  excess  of  the  Company's  normal working capital needs, debt service
requirements  and  planned capital expenditures for property and equipment. On a
combined  basis,  the  Founding Companies  made capital expenditures of $224,000
and  $708,000  in  Fiscal  1998  and  Fiscal  1997,  respectively.  The  Company
currently  has  no  capital  commitments  although it anticipates making capital
expenditures  of  approximately  $1.0  million  in  Fiscal  1999  primarily  for
information systems and leasehold improvements.

     The  Company  has  received  a commitment letter from NationsBank providing
for  a  senior  revolving credit facility of up to $25.0 million. It is expected
that  such  credit  facility,  if  obtained,  will be guaranteed by the Founding
Companies  and  will be secured by a pledge of the stock of each of the Founding
Companies  and  a  security  interest  in  the Company's accounts receivable and
inventory. Indebtedness under the credit facility will bear interest at a rate
    


                                       27
<PAGE>

   
equal  to either LIBOR plus 1.50% to 2.25%, or the higher of NationsBank's prime
rate  plus  0.25%  to  0.75%  or  the  Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%. The credit
facility  is  expected  to have a term of three years and include a $5.0 million
sublimit  for  the  issuance  of  letters  of credit. The proceeds of the credit
facility  will  be used for acquisitions, working capital, capital expenditures,
refinancing  of  existing  indebtedness and other corporate purposes. The credit
facility  is  subject to various conditions, including the successful completion
of  the  Offering with net proceeds to the Company of at least $14.5 million and
the  negotiation  and  execution of definitive documentation with respect to the
credit  facility.  It  is expected that such facility, if obtained, will require
the  Company to comply with various loan covenants including: (i) maintenance of
certain  financial  ratios;  (ii) restrictions on additional indebtedness; (iii)
restrictions  on  liens,  guarantees,  advances  and dividends; and (iv) certain
limitations on the opening of new stores within the next 12 months.

     The  Company  intends  to  pursue  selected  acquisition opportunities. The
timing,   size   or   success  of  any  acquisition  efforts  is  unpredictable.
Accordingly,  the  Company is unable to accurately estimate its expected capital
commitments.   Funding   for   future  acquisitions  will  likely  come  from  a
combination  of  the  net  proceeds  of the Offering, cash flow from operations,
borrowings  under  the  anticipated  senior  revolving  credit  facility and the
issuance  of  additional  equity. The Company plans to register 2,500,000 shares
of  its  Common  Stock  under  the  Securities  Act  after the completion of the
Offering  for  use  by the Company as consideration for future acquisitions. The
contemplated  offering  of such 2,500,000 additional shares will be made only by
means of a prospectus.

COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

     Collectibles  USA,  Inc.  was  founded on January 18, 1996 ("Inception") to
form  a  national specialty retailer of collectibles merchandise and marketer of
animation  art.  The  Company has entered into definitive agreements to complete
the  Acquisitions  and  the Offering and, subsequent to the Offering, intends to
acquire,   through  merger  or  purchase,  companies  similar  to  the  Founding
Companies  in  order  to  expand  its  national  operations. The Company has not
conducted  any  operations,  and  all  activities  to  date  have related to the
Offering  and  Acquisitions.  The  Company  has adopted a 52/53 week fiscal year
ending on the last Sunday in January.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

     The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  selected  financial  data  for
Collectibles  USA, Inc. on a historical basis for the periods indicated (dollars
in thousands):
    



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    INCEPTION                         THIRTEEN WEEKS ENDED
                                               (JANUARY 18, 1996)      FIFTY-TWO     ----------------------
                                                     THROUGH          WEEKS ENDED     APRIL 27,   APRIL 26,
                                                JANUARY 26, 1997    JANUARY 25, 1998     1997       1998
                                              -------------------- ----------------- ----------- ----------
<S>                                           <C>                  <C>               <C>         <C>
Net sales ...................................      $      --           $      --       $   --     $    --
Cost of sales ...............................             --                  --           --          --
                                                   ---------           ---------       ------     -------
Gross profit ................................             --                  --           --          --
Selling, general and administrative expenses           1,403               1,010           78         120
                                                   ---------           ---------       ------     -------
Loss from operations ........................         (1,403)             (1,010)         (78)       (120)
                                                   ---------           ---------       ------     -------
Interest expense, net .......................             12                  57           10         501
                                                   ---------           ---------       ------     -------
Net loss ....................................      $  (1,415)          $  (1,067)      $  (88)    $  (621)
                                                   =========           =========       ======     =======
</TABLE>
    

   
UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS

     Selling,   General   and  Administrative  Expenses.  Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  were  $120,000  in  the thirteen weeks ended April 26,
1998  as  compared  to  $78,000  in the thirteen weeks ended April 27, 1997. The
increase  of  $42,000 was primarily due to the payment of officers' salaries for
the  entire  thirteen  weeks  ended  April  26,  1998  compared to payment of an
officer's salary for a portion of the thirteen weeks ended April 27, 1997.

     Interest  Expenses.  Interest  expenses were $501,000 in the thirteen weeks
ended  April  26,  1998 as compared to $10,000 in the thirteen weeks ended April
27,  1997.  The  increase  was  the  result of the issuance of additional notes,
which  were  outstanding  for the entire thirteen weeks ended April 26, 1998 and
the  amortization  of the debt financing charges on the CEFC Note-4 and the CUSA
Notes which amounted to $452,000 during the thirteen weeks.
    


                                       28
<PAGE>

   
FIFTY-TWO  WEEKS ENDED JANUARY 25, 1998 COMPARED TO INCEPTION (JANUARY 18, 1996)
THROUGH JANUARY 26, 1997

     Selling,   General   and  Administrative  Expenses.  Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  were $1.0 million in the fifty-two weeks ended January
25,  1998  and  $1.4  million  in  the period from Inception through January 26,
1997.   Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  for  the  period  from
Inception   through   January   26,   1997  include  a  non-recurring,  non-cash
compensation  charge  of  $1.3  million  for  shares  of  Common Stock issued to
certain  officers  of  the Company. Selling, general and administrative expenses
for  the  fifty-two weeks ended January 25, 1998 include non-recurring, non-cash
compensation  charges  of  $673,000  for shares of Common Stock transferred from
the  sponsors  to  certain officers of the Company and for the issuance of stock
options  to certain officers of the Company. Management salaries are included in
selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  for  the fifty-two weeks ended
January 25, 1998.

     Interest  Expenses.  Interest  expenses were $57,000 in the fifty-two weeks
ended  January 25, 1998 and $12,000 in the period from Inception through January
26,  1997.  The  increase  was  the  result of the issuance of additional notes,
which were outstanding for the fifty-two weeks ended January 25, 1998.


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

     The  initial  capitalization  of the Company occurred in June 1996 with the
issuance  of  1,016,602  shares  of Common Stock (at $.10 per share prior to the
stock  split)  to  RGR  Financial  Group LLC ("RGR"), to an individual who is to
become  a  director  upon consummation of the Offering and to another entity. In
November  1996,  the  Company issued 174,580 shares of Common Stock (at $.01 per
share  prior  to  the  stock  split)  to  certain  officers of the Company. As a
result,  the  Company  recorded a non-recurring, non-cash compensation charge of
$1.3  million,  representing  the  difference  between  the  amount paid for the
shares  and  the  estimated  fair value of the shares on the date of sale, as if
the  Founding  Companies  had been combined. In June 1997, RGR and an individual
who  is  to  become  a  director  upon  consummation of the Offering and another
entity  exchanged 1,016,602 shares of Common Stock for an equal number of shares
of  Restricted  Vote  Common  Stock.  The  holders of the Restricted Vote Common
Stock  are  entitled to one-tenth of one vote for each share held on all matters
on  which  they  are  entitled  to  vote.  The Restricted Vote Common Stock will
automatically  convert into Common Stock on a share-for-share basis upon certain
defined  circumstances.  In  November 1997, RGR transferred to management 70,000
shares  of  Common  Stock  as  to  which  the  Company recorded a non-recurring,
non-cash  compensation charge of $344,250, representing the estimated fair value
of  the  shares, as if the Founding Companies had been combined and, as of April
1998, received from a former management member 25,000 shares of Common Stock.

     In  May  1997,  the Company issued to 22 unaffiliated, accredited investors
20,000  shares  of  its  Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, liquidation value
$50  per  share, for an aggregate consideration of $1.0 million, the proceeds of
which  were  used  by the Company to pay various expenses incurred in connection
with  its efforts to complete the Acquisitions and effect the Offering. Pursuant
to  the  terms of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, upon consummation of
the   Offering,  each  share  of  Series  A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  will
automatically  convert  into shares of Common Stock based upon defined criteria.
As  a  result,  upon  consummation  of  the  Offering,  the Series A Convertible
Preferred  Stock will convert into approximately $1.0 million in cash and 79,902
shares  of  Common  Stock,  of which 11,986 shares will be transferred from RGR.
The  Company  intends  to  pay  the required cash amounts in connection with the
conversion  of  the  Series  A Convertible Preferred Stock with a portion of the
proceeds of the Offering.

     In  August  1996,  the  Company  issued  the  5%  CEFC Notes-1 and 2 in the
amounts  of  $300,000  and  $555,000,  respectively,  due  December 31, 1998, to
Collectibles  Enterprise  Funding  Corp., a Delaware corporation ("CEFC"), which
is  owned  by  RGR.  In  June 1997, the Company issued the 5% CEFC Note-3 in the
amount  of  $400,000,  due  December  31, 1998, to CEFC. Proceeds from the notes
were  used  to  pay  certain  expenses of the Offering. Upon consummation of the
Offering,  the  principal  amounts  of CEFC Notes-1, 2 and 3 will become due and
payable  immediately.  Interest is being accrued; however, no interest is due on
such  amounts  in  the event the Offering is consummated. The Company intends to
repay  $1.3 million of principal from a portion of the proceeds of the Offering.
The  notes  are convertible into shares of Common Stock at specified percentages
of  the initial public offering price. RGR has agreed to transfer 171,956 shares
of Common Stock to the former noteholders upon consummation of the Offering.
    


                                       29
<PAGE>

   
     In December  1997,  the Company  issued the 5% CEFC Note-4 in the amount of
$279,000,  due December 31, 1998,  to CEFC.  Proceeds from the note were used to
pay certain  expenses of the Offering.  Upon  consummation of the Offering,  the
note is convertible into shares of Common Stock and Restricted Vote Common Stock
at the lower of $4.00 per share or 50% of the initial public offering price. RGR
has agreed to transfer 69,750 shares of Common Stock to the former noteholders.

     Subsequent  to the  fifty-two  weeks ended  January 25,  1998,  the Company
entered into the following  transactions:  In February and May 1998, the Company
issued  the  12%  CUSA  Notes  in the  amount  of  $1.3  million  and  $300,000,
respectively,  due February 28, 1999.  Proceeds  from the notes were used to pay
certain expenses of the Offering.  Upon consummation of the Offering,  the notes
are  convertible  into  shares of Common  Stock at a price of 50% of the initial
public  offering  price.  364,705  shares of Common  Stock will be issued to the
former  noteholders by the Company,  of which 79,063 shares of Common Stock will
be transfered to the former noteholders by RGR.

     In August 1997,  the Company  entered into an Agreement  and Release with a
former director and executive  officer,  whose employment was terminated in June
1997.  The agreement  provides,  among other things,  that such officer will (i)
receive  within three days of the  consummation  of the Offering  $250,000 and a
six-month  convertible note for the principal amount of $100,000 (convertible at
the initial  public  offering  price) as  severance  payment and (ii)  surrender
95,000 shares of the 174,580 shares of Common Stock previously owned by him.

     In  July  1998,  the  Company received a commitment letter from NationsBank
providing for a senior revolving credit facility of up to $25.0 million.
    


AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS

     American  Royal  Arts  has  been  identified as the accounting acquiror for
financial  statement  presentation  purposes. American Royal Arts has an October
31  year  end.  To  coincide  with the Company's adoption of a 52/53 week fiscal
year  ending  on  the  last  Sunday  in  January,  American  Royal Arts has been
presented  on  a  fiscal years ended on January 31, 1997 and 1998 in addition to
the  fiscal  years  ended  October  31,  1995 and 1996. American Royal Arts is a
retail  and  wholesale  marketer  specializing  in  the  sale  of animation art,
including  limited  editions, production cels, sericels, lithographs and vintage
art.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS

     The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  selected  financial  data  for
American  Royal  Arts on a historical basis and as a percentage of net sales for
the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      YEAR ENDED JANUARY
                                FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,                 31,
                         ------------------------------------------- ---------------------
                                 1995                  1996                  1997
                         --------------------- --------------------- ---------------------
<S>                      <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>
Net sales ..............  $4,051       100.0%   $4,121       100.0%   $ 4,289      100.0%
Cost of sales ..........   1,560        38.5     1,571        38.1      1,506       35.1
                          ------       -----    ------       -----    -------      -----
Gross profit ...........   2,491        61.5     2,550        61.9      2,783       64.9
Selling, general and
 administrative
 expenses ..............   1,760        43.4     1,764        42.8      1,778       41.5
                          ------       -----    ------       -----    -------      -----
Income from
 operations ............     731        18.1       786        19.1    $ 1,005       23.4
Interest income
 (expense), net ........      18         0.4        24         0.6         24        0.6
                          ------       -----    ------       -----    -------      -----
Net income .............  $  749        18.5%   $  810        19.7%   $ 1,029       24.0%
                          ======       =====    ======       =====    =======      =====

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,      THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30,
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                 1998                  1997                 1998
                         --------------------- --------------------- -------------------
<S>                      <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>     <C>
Net sales ..............  $4,133       100.0%   $1,100       100.0%   $806       100.0%
Cost of sales ..........   1,516        36.7       346        31.5     292        36.2
                          ------       -----    ------       -----    ----       -----
Gross profit ...........   2,617        63.3       754        68.5     514        63.8
Selling, general and
 administrative
 expenses ..............   1,958        47.4       483        43.9     400        49.6
                          ------       -----    ------       -----    ----       -----
Income from
 operations ............     659        15.9       271        24.6     114        14.2
Interest income
 (expense), net ........     (14)      ( 0.3)        6         0.5       1         0.1
                          ------       -----    ------       -----    ----       -----
Net income .............  $  645        15.6%   $  277        25.1%   $115        14.3%
                          ======       =====    ======       =====    ====       =====
</TABLE>

UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS

     Net  Sales.  Net  sales  were $806,000 for the three months ended April 30,
1998  as compared to $1.1 million for the three months ended April 30, 1997. The
decrease  in  sales of $294,000, or 26.7%, was primarily due to the postponement
until  the  fall  of  a  major  artist  signing  event and the relocation of the
gallery to a new, larger location.

     Cost  of Sales. Cost of sales decreased to $292,000, or 36.2% of net sales,
in  the  three months ended April 30, 1998 from $346,000, or 31.5% of net sales,
in  the  three months ended April 30, 1997. Cost of sales as a percentage of net
sales  increased  primarily  due  to  an  increase in the sale of art with lower
gross profit margins.


                                       30
<PAGE>

     Selling,   General   and  Administrative  Expenses.  Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  were  $400,000,  or  49.6%  of net sales, in the three
months  ended  April 30, 1998 as compared to $483,000, or 43.9% of net sales, in
the  three  months  ended  April  30,  1997,  a  decrease  of $83,000, or 17.2%,
primarily  due  to a decrease in advertising expense and postage and labor costs
associated with the direct mail program.


YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31, 1998 COMPARED TO JANUARY 31, 1997

     Net  Sales. Net sales were $4.1 million for the year ended January 31, 1998
as  compared  to $4.3 million for the year ended January 31, 1997, a decrease of
$156,000,  or  3.6%.  The decrease was primarily due to lower revenues generated
by  in-store  artist  signing  events and lower gallery sales resulting from the
loss  of  the gallery director. The decrease was partially offset by an increase
in  wholesale sales resulting from the development of several new product lines.
 

     Cost  of Sales. Cost of sales remained relatively constant at $1.5 million.
As  a  percentage  of sales, cost of sales increased from 35.1% in 1997 to 36.7%
in  1998.  Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales increased primarily due to
an  increase  in 1998 in wholesale sales which generally have lower gross profit
margins.

     Selling,   General   and  Administrative  Expenses.  Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  increased by $180,000 to $2.0 million, or 47.4% of net
sales,  for  the  year ended January 31, 1998 from $1.8 million or, 41.5% of net
sales,  for the year ended January 31, 1997. The increase as a percentage of net
sales  was  primarily  due  to an increase in advertising expenses and the costs
associated  with the direct mail program and, to a lesser extent, an increase in
trade show expenses.


YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31, 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1995

     Net  Sales. Net sales were $4.3 million for the year ended January 31, 1997
as  compared  to  $4.1  million  for  the fiscal year ended October 31, 1995, an
increase  of $238,000, or 5.8%. The increase was primarily due to an increase in
telemarketing  sales  as a result of the growth of the customer database and, to
a  lesser  extent,  due  to an increase in special event sales, such as in-store
artist  signing  events.  The  increase  was  offset  in  part  by a decrease in
wholesale  sales,  which  was  a  result  of a management decision to place less
emphasis  on  wholesale  sales  and  more emphasis on retail sales which carry a
higher gross profit margins.

     Cost  of  Sales.  Cost  of sales decreased to $1.5 million, or 35.1% of net
sales,  for  the  year ended January 31, 1997 from $1.6 million, or 38.5% of net
sales,  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  October  31,  1995.  Cost  of  sales as a
percentage  of net sales decreased primarily due to increased sales of animation
art  with  higher  product  margins  such as vintage production art sold through
licenses and higher retail sales as compared to wholesale sales.

     Selling,   General   and  Administrative  Expenses.  Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses remained consistent at $1.8 million, but decreased as a
percentage  of net sales to 41.5% for the year ended January 31, 1997 from 43.4%
for  the fiscal year ended October 31, 1995, primarily due to economies of scale
associated with increased telemarketing sales


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS

   
     American  Royal Arts had a working capital deficit of $251,000 at April 30,
1998  and a working capital deficit of $278,000 at January 31, 1998. The primary
source  of  the  deficit  for  the three months ended April 30, 1998 and for the
year  ended  January  31, 1998 was cash distributions to the sole stockholder of
an  aggregate  of  $106,000  and  $1.6  million,  respectively. Cash provided by
operating  activities  was used primarily to finance the purchase of merchandise
inventories,   reduce   accounts   payable  and  accrued  liabilities  and  fund
distributions  to  the  stockholder.  Cash  used  for  investing  activities was
$74,000  for the year ended January 31, 1998, representing purchases of property
and equipment.
    


INDIVIDUAL FOUNDING COMPANIES

     The  selected  historical  financial  information  presented  in the tables
below  for  the  fiscal  years  of  the individual Founding Companies (excluding
American Royal  Arts,  which  is presented above) is derived from the respective
audited   financial   statements   of  the  individual  Founding Companies.  The
following  discussion should be read in conjunction with the "Summary Individual
Founding  Company  Financial Data" and the separate company financial statements
and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.


                                       31
<PAGE>

STONE'S HALLMARK

     Stone's  Hallmark  is  a  retailer of contemporary collectibles, ornaments,
figurines,  lighthouses  and  lighted  houses  from  vendors,  including Enesco,
Boyds, Cast Art, Disney, Department 56, Seraphim Angels and Hallmark.


   
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- STONE'S HALLMARK
    

     The  following table sets forth certain selected financial data for Stone's
Hallmark  on a historical basis and as a percentage of net sales for the periods
indicated (dollars in thousands):





   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       FISCAL YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 30,
                                    --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            1995                    1996                   1997
                                    --------------------- ------------------------ ---------------------
<S>                                 <C>       <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>       <C>
Net sales .........................  $4,281       100.0%     $4,986        100.0%   $5,745       100.0%
Cost of sales .....................   2,269        53.0      2,497          50.1     2,763        48.1
                                     ------       -----      ------        -----    ------       -----
Gross profit ......................   2,012        47.0      2,489          49.9     2,982        51.9
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses ..........   1,787        41.7      2,117          42.4     1,818        31.6
                                     ------       -----      ------        -----    ------       -----
Income from operations ............     225         5.3        372           7.5     1,164        20.3
Interest income (expense), net          (11)      ( 0.3)          (3)      ( 0.1)        3         0.1
                                     ------       -----      --------      -----    ------       -----
Income before income
 taxes ............................     214         5.0        369           7.4     1,167        20.4
Provision for income taxes ........     128         3.0        194           3.9       465         8.1
                                     ------       -----      -------       -----    ------       -----
Net income ........................  $   86         2.0%     $ 175           3.5%   $  702        12.3%
                                     ======       =====      =======       =====    ======       =====



<CAPTION>
                                                SIX MONTHS ENDED MAY 31,
                                    ------------------------------------------------
                                              1997                    1998
                                    ------------------------ -----------------------
<S>                                 <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>
Net sales .........................    $3,202        100.0%    $ 3,222       100.0%
Cost of sales .....................    1,659          51.8       1,656        51.4
                                       ------        -----     -------       -----
Gross profit ......................    1,543          48.2       1,566        48.6
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses ..........      944          29.5         932        28.9
                                       ------        -----     -------       -----
Income from operations ............      599          18.7         634        19.7
Interest income (expense), net              (1)        0.0          0.0        0.0
                                       --------      -----     --------      -----
Income before income
 taxes ............................      598          18.7         634        19.7
Provision for income taxes ........      227           7.1         238         7.4
                                       -------       -----     --------      -----
Net income ........................    $ 371          11.6%    $   396        12.3%
                                       =======       =====     ========      =====
</TABLE>
    

UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS

   
     Net  Sales.  Net  sales  were $3.2 million for the six months ended May 31,
1998 as compared to $3.2 million for the six months ended May 31, 1997.

     Cost  of Sales. Costs of sales were $1.7 million, or 51.4% of net sales, in
the  six  months ended May 31, 1998 as compared to $1.7 million, or 51.8% of net
sales, in the six months ended May 31, 1997.

     Selling,   General   and  Administrative  Expenses.  Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses were $932,000, or 28.9% of net sales, in the six months
ended  May  31,  1998 as compared to $944,000, or 29.5% of net sales, in the six
months  ended  May  31, 1997, a decrease of $12,000, primarily due to a decrease
in advertising expenses.
    


FISCAL  YEAR  ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 30,
1996

     Net  Sales.  Net sales were $5.7 million for the fiscal year ended November
30,  1997  as  compared  to  $5.0 million for the fiscal year ended November 30,
1996.  The  increase  in  sales  of  $759,000,  or  15.2%,  was primarily due to
continued  demand  for  certain  collectibles  product  lines,  in-store  artist
signing  events  and the expansion of the direct mail program during the current
year.

     Cost  of  Sales.  Cost  of sales increased to $2.8 million, or 48.1% of net
sales,  in  the  fiscal year ended November 30, 1997 from $2.5 million, or 50.1%
of  net  sales,  in  the fiscal year ended November 30, 1996. Cost of sales as a
percentage  of  net  sales  decreased  due  to  an  increase in sales of several
product lines that have higher profit margins.

     Selling,   General   and  Administrative  Expenses.  Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses were $1.8 million, or 31.6% of net sales, in the fiscal
year  ended  November  30,  1997  as  compared  to $2.1 million, or 42.4% of net
sales,  in  the  fiscal year ended November 30, 1996, a decrease of $299,000, or
14.1%, primarily due to a reduction in owners' compensation.


FISCAL  YEAR  ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 30,
1995

     Net  Sales.  Net sales were $5.0 million for the fiscal year ended November
30,  1996  as  compared  to  $4.3 million for the fiscal year ended November 30,
1995.  The  increase  in  sales  of  $705,000,  or 16.5%, was primarily due to a
remodeling  of  a store and, to a lesser extent, to an increase in the number of
in-store artist signing events in the fiscal year ended November 30, 1996.


                                       32
<PAGE>

     Cost  of  Sales.  Cost  of  sales  decreased to 50.1% of net sales, or $2.5
million,  in the fiscal year ended November 30, 1996 from 53.0% of net sales, or
$2.3  million  in  the  fiscal  year ended November 30, 1995. Cost of sales as a
percentage   of   net  sales  decreased  due  to  an  increase  in  contemporary
collectibles sales that have higher profit margins.

     Selling,   General   and  Administrative  Expenses.  Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses were $2.1 million, or 42.4% of net sales, in the fiscal
year  ended  November  30,  1996  as  compared  to $1.8 million, or 41.7% of net
sales,  in  the fiscal year ended November 30, 1995, an increase of $330,000, or
18.5%, primarily due to an increase in owners' compensation.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- STONE'S HALLMARK

   
     Stone's  Hallmark  had  working capital of $2.4 million and $1.9 million at
May  31,  1998  and  November 30, 1997, respectively. The primary source of this
working capital was cash flows from operations.

     Cash  used  in  operating  activities was $222,000 for the six months ended
May  31,  1998  primarily  for  the  payment of 1997 and 1998 income taxes. Cash
provided  by  operating  activities  was  $356,000  for  the  fiscal  year ended
November  30,  1997  and  was  primarily from net income before depreciation and
amortization.  The  working  capital  increases  were mainly related to the cash
from growth in sales.

     Cash  used  for  investing  activities  was  $4,000 and $17,000 for the six
months  ended  May 31, 1998 and for the fiscal year ended November 30, 1997, and
was principally related to purchases of property and equipment.
    


NORTH POLE CITY

     North  Pole  City  is  a  retailer  and  marketer  of  Christmas  and other
contemporary  collectibles  such as ornaments, lighted houses and figurines from
vendors, including Department 56, Enesco, Giuseppe Armani and Disney.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- NORTH POLE CITY

     The  following  table  sets forth certain selected financial data for North
Pole  City  on  a  historical  basis  and  as  a percentage of net sales for the
periods indicated (dollars in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                1996                      1997                        1998
                                       -----------------------   -----------------------   --------------------------
<S>                                    <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>            <C>
Net sales ..........................    $2,865         100.0%     $3,726         100.0%       $4,752         100.0%
Cost of sales ......................     1,492          52.1       1,733          46.5        2,622           55.2
                                        ------         -----      ------         -----        ------         -----
Gross profit .......................     1,373          47.9       1,993          53.5        2,130           44.8
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses ...........     1,077          37.6       1,522          40.8        2,045           43.0
                                        ------         -----      ------         -----        ------         -----
Income from operations .............       296          10.3         471          12.7           85            1.8
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense ..................       (57)        ( 2.0)        (82)        ( 2.2)         (99)         ( 2.1)
 Other, net ........................        10            .4          38           1.0            7            0.1
                                        ------         -----      ------         -----        ------         -----
Income before income taxes .........       249           8.7         427          11.5             (7)       ( 0.2)
Provision (benefit) for income
 taxes .............................        96           3.4         168           4.5           --             --
                                        ------         -----      ------         -----        -------        -----
Net income (loss) ..................    $  153           5.3%     $  259           7.0%       $  (7)         ( 0.2)%
                                        ======         =====      ======         =====        =======        =====
</TABLE>

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1997

     Net  Sales. Net sales were $4.8 million for the fiscal year ended March 31,
1998  as  compared to $3.7 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997. The
increase  in  sales  of  $1.1  million, or 27.5%, was primarily due to increased
marketing  efforts,  including  special  promotions,  expanded telemarketing and
direct mail.


     Cost  of  Sales.  Cost  of sales increased to $2.6 million, or 55.2% of net
sales,  for  the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998 from $1.7 million, or 46.5% of
net  sales,  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  March  31,  1997. Cost of sales as a
percentage  of  net  sales  increased  due to an increase of sales of items with
lower gross profit margins and certain adjustments to inventory.


                                       33
<PAGE>

     Selling,   General   and  Administrative  Expenses.  Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in  the  fiscal  year  ended  March 31, 1998 were $2.0
million,  or  43%  of  net  sales,  as compared to $1.5 million, or 40.8% of net
sales,  in  the  fiscal  year  ended March 31, 1997, an increase of $523,000, or
34.4%  primarily  due  to  increased  salaries  for  additional sales personnel,
advertising  expense related to special promotions and costs associated with the
direct mail program.

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1996

     Net  Sales. Net sales were $3.7 million for the fiscal year ended March 31,
1997  as  compared to $2.9 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1996. The
increase  in  sales  of  $861,000,  or  30.1%,  was  primarily  due to continued
marketing   efforts   focused   on   telemarketing,   advertising   in  national
publications  and  Internet  marketing  of collectibles merchandise. To a lesser
extent,  this  increase  was  also  due  to  the remodeling and expansion of the
store.

     Cost  of  Sales.  Cost  of sales increased to $1.7 million, or 46.5% of net
sales,  for  the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997 from $1.5 million, or 52.1% of
net  sales,  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  March  31,  1996. Cost of sales as a
percentage  of  net  sales  decreased  due  to  the  change  in  product  mix to
collectibles with higher margins.

     Selling,   General   and  Administrative  Expenses.  Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in  the  fiscal  year  ended  March 31, 1997 were $1.5
million,  or  40.8%  of  net sales, as compared to $1.1 million, or 37.6% of net
sales,  in  the  fiscal  year  ended March 31, 1996, an increase of $445,000, or
41.3%,  primarily  due  to  increased  advertising  and  salaries for additional
personnel.

     Interest  Expense. Interest expense increased to $82,000 in the fiscal year
ended  March  31, 1997 from $57,000 in the fiscal year ended March 31, 1996. The
increase  was  the  result  of borrowings used to finance store expansion and to
purchase inventory.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- NORTH POLE CITY

     The  primary  source of working capital for the fiscal year ended March 31,
1998  was  net cash provided by financing activities of $294,000. For the fiscal
year  ended  March  31, 1997, the primary source of working capital was net cash
provided  by operating activities of $167,000. Cash used in operating activities
was primarily related to the purchase of merchandise inventory.

   
     Cash  used for investing activities was $72,000 and $143,000 for the fiscal
year  ended  March 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively, representing the purchase of
property and equipment.
    
REEF HALLMARK

     Reef  Hallmark  is  a  retailer  and marketer of contemporary collectibles,
including  ornaments,  figurines,  lighthouses, lighted houses and crystals from
vendors, including Enesco, Swarovski, Disney, Department 56 and Hallmark.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- REEF HALLMARK

     The  following  table  sets  forth certain selected financial data for Reef
Hallmark  on a historical basis and as a percentage of net sales for the periods
indicated (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                    -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                            1995                  1996                  1997
                                    --------------------- --------------------- ---------------------
<S>                                 <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>
Net sales .........................  $1,839       100.0%   $2,493       100.0%   $2,725       100.0%
Cost of sales .....................   1,102        59.9     1,301        52.2     1,464        53.7
                                     ------       -----    ------       -----    ------       -----
Gross profit ......................     737        40.1     1,192        47.8     1,261        46.3
Selling, general and administrative
 expenses .........................     629        34.2       935        37.5       944        34.7
                                     ------       -----    ------       -----    ------       -----
Income from operations ............     108         5.9       257        10.3       317        11.6
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense .................     (41)       (2.2)      (49)       (2.0)      (52)       (1.9)
 Other, net .......................      --          --       (12)       (0.5)
                                     ------       -----    ------       -----
Net income ........................  $   67         3.7%   $  196         7.8%   $  265         9.7%
                                     ======       =====    ======       =====    ======       =====

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                              1997                  1998
                                    ------------------------ -------------------
<S>                                 <C>          <C>         <C>     <C>
Net sales .........................    $ 581        100.0%    $ 623      100.0%
Cost of sales .....................      323         55.6       340       54.6
                                       -----        -----     -----      -----
Gross profit ......................      258         44.4       283       45.4
Selling, general and administrative
 expenses .........................      262         45.1       238       38.2
                                       -----        -----     -----      -----
Income from operations ............       (4)        (0.7)       45        7.2
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense .................      (11)        (1.9)      (15)      (2.4)
 Other, net .......................
Net income ........................    $ (15)        (2.6)%   $  30        4.8%
                                       =======      =====     =====      =====
</TABLE>

                                       34
<PAGE>

UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS

     Net  Sales.  Net  sales  were $623,000 for the three months ended March 31,
1998  as  compared  to  $581,000  for the three months ended March 31, 1997. The
increase  in  sales  of  $42,000,  or  7.2%, was primarily a result of increased
demand  for  certain  contemporary collectibles products during the three months
ended March 31, 1998.

     Cost  of Sales. Cost of sales increased to $340,000, or 54.6% of net sales,
in  the  three months ended March 31, 1998 from $323,000, or 55.6% of net sales,
for  the three months ended March 31, 1997. Cost of sales as a percentage of net
sales  decreased  due  to  the change in product mix to collectibles with higher
gross profit margins.

     Selling,   General   and  Administrative  Expenses.  Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses in the three months ended March 31, 1998 were $238,000,
or  38.2%  of  net sales, as compared to $262,000, or 45.1% of net sales, in the
three  months  ended  March  31, 1997, a decrease of $24,000, or 9.2%, primarily
due to reduced advertising costs and professional fees.


FISCAL  YEAR  ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1996

     Net  Sales.  Net sales were $2.7 million for the fiscal year ended December
31,  1997  as  compared  to  $2.5 million for the fiscal year ended December 31,
1996.  The  increase  in  sales  of $232,000, or 9.3%, was primarily a result of
increased  telemarketing and direct mail advertising and, to a lesser extent, an
increase in in-store artist signing events.

     Cost  of  Sales.  Cost  of sales increased to $1.5 million, or 53.7% of net
sales,  in  the  fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 from $1.3 million, or 52.2%
of  net  sales,  in  the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996. Cost of sales as a
percentage  of  net  sales  increased  due  to  the  change  in  product  mix to
collectible items with lower gross profit margins.

     Selling,   General   and  Administrative  Expenses.  Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1997 were
$944,000,  or  34.7%  of  net  sales,  as  compared to $935,000, or 37.5% of net
sales,  in  the  fiscal  year ended December 31, 1996, an increase of $9,000, or
1.0%   primarily   due  to  increases  in  advertising  expenses,  salaries  for
additional  sales  personnel  and  costs  related  to  its  direct mail program,
partially offset by reduced professional fees.


FISCAL  YEAR  ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1995

     Net  Sales.  Net sales were $2.5 million for the fiscal year ended December
31,  1996  as  compared  to  $1.8 million for the fiscal year ended December 31,
1995.  The  increase  in  sales of $654,000, or 35.6%, was primarily a result of
increased  telemarketing and direct mail advertising and, to a lesser extent, an
increase in in-store artist signing events.

     Cost  of  Sales.  Cost  of sales increased to $1.3 million, or 52.2% of net
sales,  in  the  fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 from $1.1 million, or 59.9%
of  net  sales,  in  the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995. Cost of sales as a
percentage  of  net  sales  decreased  due  to  the  change  in  product  mix to
collectible items with higher margins.

     Selling,   General   and  Administrative  Expenses.  Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1996 were
$935,000,  or  37.5%  of  net  sales,  as  compared to $629,000, or 34.2% of net
sales,  in  the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, an increase of $306,000, or
48.6%,  primarily due to an increase in advertising and lease expense associated
with  the  significant expansion of retail square footage in July 1995 and, to a
lesser extent, due to salaries for additional sales personnel.


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- REEF HALLMARK

     Reef  Hallmark had working capital of $37,000 and $83,000 at March 31, 1998
and  December 31, 1997, respectively. The primary source of this working capital
was  net  cash  provided  by  operations, which was $160,000 for the fiscal year
ended  December  31,  1997.  The primary source of working capital for the three
months  ended  March  31,  1998 was net cash provided by financing activities of
$99,000.

   
     Cash  used for investing activities was $15,000 for the year ended December
31,  1997.  These  expenditures  represent  purchases of property and equipment.
There  were  no  capital  expenditures  during  the three months ended March 31,
1998.
    


                                       35
<PAGE>

   
ANIMATION USA
    

     Animation  USA  is a retail and wholesale marketer of animation art such as
vintage original production cels, limited edition cels and sericels.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- ANIMATION USA

     The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  selected  financial  data  for
Animation  USA  on  a historical basis and data as a percentage of net sales for
the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                        ----------------------------------------------
                                                  1996                   1997
                                        ------------------------ ---------------------
<S>                                     <C>          <C>         <C>       <C>
Net sales .............................    $1,716        100.0%   $1,319      100.0%
Cost of sales .........................       840          49.0       596       45.2
                                            ------        -----    ------      -----
Gross profit ..........................       876          51.0       723       54.8
Selling, general and administra-
 tive expenses ........................       845          49.2       762       57.8
                                            ------        -----    ------      -----
Income (loss) from operations .........        31           1.8       (39)     ( 3.0)
Other income (expense) ................        (9)        ( 0.5)      (14)     ( 1.1)
                                            --------      -----    ------      -----
Income (loss) before income taxes .....        22           1.3       (53)     ( 4.1)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes...         9           0.5       (18)     ( 1.4)
                                            -------       -----    ------      -----
Net income (loss) .....................     $  13           0.8%   $  (35)     ( 2.7)%
                                            =======       =====    ======      =====



<CAPTION>
                                                THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                        ---------------------------------------------
                                                 1997                   1998
                                        ---------------------- ----------------------
<S>                                     <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
Net sales .............................    $341        100.0%     $344        100.0%
Cost of sales .........................     137         40.2       129         37.5
                                           ----        -----      ----        -----
Gross profit ..........................     204         59.8       215         62.5
Selling, general and administra-
 tive expenses ........................     187         54.8       149         43.3
                                           ----        -----      ----        -----
Income (loss) from operations .........      17          5.0        66         19.2
Other income (expense) ................      (3)        (0.9)       (3)        (0.9)
                                           ------       -----     ------      -----
Income (loss) before income taxes .....      14          4.1        63         18.3
Provision (benefit) for income taxes...      5           1.5        24          7.0
                                           -----       -----      -----       -----
Net income (loss) .....................    $ 9           2.6%     $ 39         11.3%
                                           =====       =====      =====        =====
</TABLE>

UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS

     Net  Sales.  Net  sales  were $344,000 for the three months ended March 31,
1998 as compared to $341,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1997.

     Cost  of Sales. Cost of sales decreased to $129,000, or 37.5% of net sales,
for  the three months ended March 31, 1998 from $137,000, or 40.2% of net sales,
for  the three months ended March 31, 1997. Cost of sales as a percentage of net
sales  decreased  2.7%  due  to  higher sales of animation art produced in-house
under license arrangements, which generally has higher gross margins.

     Selling,   General   and  Administrative  Expenses.  Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  were  $149,000,  or  43.3% of net sales, for the three
months  ended March 31, 1998 as compared to $187,000, or 54.8% of net sales, for
the  three  months  ended  March  31, 1997, a decrease of $38,000 or 20.3%. This
decrease was primarily due to a decrease in salaries and professional fees.


FISCAL  YEAR  ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
   1996

     Net  Sales.  Net sales were $1.3 million for the fiscal year ended December
31,  1997  as  compared  to  $1.7 million for the fiscal year ended December 31,
1996.  The  decrease  in  sales  of  $397,000,  or 23.1%, was primarily due to a
decrease  in  the  number  of  in-store artist signing events, the timing of the
Company's trade show and lower gallery sales at one location.

     Cost  of Sales. Cost of sales decreased to $596,000, or 45.2% of net sales,
in  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1997 from $840,000, or 49.0% of net
sales,  in  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1996.  Cost  of  sales as a
percentage  of net sales decreased due to higher sales of animation art produced
in-house under license arrangements which generally has higher gross margins.

   
     Selling,   General   and  Administrative  Expenses.  Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  were  $762,000,  or  57.8% of net sales, in the fiscal
year  ended December 31, 1997 as compared to $845,000, or 49.2% of net sales, in
the  fiscal  year  ended  December 31, 1996, a decrease of $83,000, or 9.8%. The
decrease in such expenses was primarily due to a decrease in salaries.
    


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- ANIMATION USA

     Animation  USA  had  a working capital deficit of $27,000 at March 31, 1998
and  $66,000 at December 31, 1997. Cash used in operating activities was $59,000
for  the  three  months  ended  March  31,  1998  and cash provided by operating
activities was $82,000 in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.


                                       36
<PAGE>

     No  cash was used for investing activities for the three months ended March
31, 1998 and in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.


   
FILMART

     Filmart  is  a  retail  marketer  of animation art such as vintage original
production cels, limited edition cels and sericels.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- FILMART

     The  following table sets forth certain selected financial data for Filmart
on  a  historical  basis  and  as  a  percentage  of  net  sales for the periods
indicated (dollars in thousands):
    



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             1995                     1996                     1997
                                   ------------------------ ------------------------ ------------------------
<S>                                <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>
Net sales ........................    $1,053        100.0%     $1,446        100.0%     $1,323        100.0%
Cost of sales ....................       511         48.5         498         34.4         432         32.7
                                      ------        -----      ------        -----      ------        -----
Gross profit .....................       542         51.5         948         65.6         891         67.3
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses .........       493         46.8         539         37.3         541         40.9
                                      ------        -----      ------        -----      ------        -----
Income from operations ...........        49          4.7         409         28.3         350         26.4
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense ................        (4)        (0.4)         (1)        (0.1)         (5)        (0.4)
 Other, net ......................        74          7.0         279         19.3         115          8.7
                                      -------       -----      -------       -----      -------       -----
Net income .......................    $  119         11.3%     $  687         47.5%     $  460         34.7%
                                      =======       =====      =======       =====      =======       =====



<CAPTION>
                                          THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                   ------------------------------------------
                                          1997                  1998
                                   ------------------- ----------------------
<S>                                <C>     <C>         <C>        <C>
Net sales ........................  $ 232      100.0%     $209        100.0%
Cost of sales ....................    114       49.1        80          38.3
                                    -----      -----      ----         -----
Gross profit .....................    118       50.9       129          61.7
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses .........    164       70.7       118          56.5
                                    -----      -----      ----         -----
Income from operations ...........    (46)     (19.8)      11            5.2
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense ................     --        0.0         (1)        (0.5)
 Other, net ......................     57       24.6       31           14.8
                                    -----      -----      -----        -----
Net income .......................  $  11        4.8%     $41           19.5%
                                    =====       =====     =====        =====
</TABLE>
    

   
UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS

     Net  Sales.  Net  sales  were $209,000 for the three months ended March 31,
1998  as  compared  to  $232,000  for the three months ended March 31, 1997. The
decrease  in  sales  of  $23,000,  or  9.9%,  was  primarily the result of fewer
in-store  artist  signing  events,  lower  telemarketing sales and a decrease in
gallery  sales,  partially  offset  by  sales  of  certain pieces of vintage art
during  the  three  months  ended March 31, 1998. Filmart is a member of several
barter  companies,  within  which  Filmart  trades artwork for various goods and
services  from  other  barter  company  members.  Barter  transactions involving
artwork  for  various  goods  and services are valued at the market value of the
goods  or  services  received.  Filmart  recognized $57,000 and $86,000 of sales
through  such  barter companies in each of the three months ended March 31, 1998
and 1997, respectively.

     Cost  of  Sales. Cost of sales decreased to $80,000, or 38.3% of net sales,
for  the three months ended March 31, 1998 from $114,000, or 49.1% of net sales,
for  the three months ended March 31, 1997. Cost of sales as a percentage of net
sales  decreased primarily due to the sale of animation art with higher margins,
primarily vintage production cels.

     Selling,   General   and  Administrative  Expenses.  Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses in the three months ended March 31, 1998 were $118,000,
or  56.5%  of  net sales, as compared to $164,000, or 70.7% of net sales, in the
three  months  ended  March  31,  1997,  a  decrease  of $46,000, or 28.0%. This
decrease was primarily due to a decrease in advertising expense and salaries.

     Other  Income. Other income decreased to $31,000, or 14.8% of net sales, in
the  three  months  ended March 31, 1998 from $57,000, or 24.6% of net sales, in
the  three  months  ended  March  31,  1997.  Certain  barter assets earned from
providing  consulting services will begin to expire in the year 2000, if unused.
Other  income  was  partially reduced by $25,000 in the three months ended March
31,  1998  to  reduce  the  amount  of  barter  assets  to  their  estimated net
realizable value.


FISCAL  YEAR  ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
   1996

     Net  Sales.  Net sales were $1.3 million for the fiscal year ended December
31,  1997  as  compared  to  $1.4 million for the fiscal year ended December 31,
1996.  The  decrease  in  sales  of $123,000, or 8.5%, was primarily a result of
lower  sales  of certain animation art and fewer in-store artist signing events,
partially  offset by increased sales of animation art such as vintage production
cels.   Filmart  recognized  $250,000  and  $248,000  of  sales  through  barter
companies in the fiscal years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
    


                                       37
<PAGE>

   
     Cost  of Sales. Cost of sales decreased to $432,000, or 32.7% of net sales,
in  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1997 from $498,000, or 34.4% of net
sales,  in  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1996.  Cost  of  sales as a
percentage  of  net sales decreased primarily due to sales of animation art with
higher margins, primarily vintage production cels.

     Selling,   General   and  Administrative  Expenses.  Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1997 were
$541,000,  or  40.9%  of  net  sales,  as  compared to $539,000, or 37.3% of net
sales,  in  the  fiscal year ended December 31, 1996. The increase was primarily
the  result  of  higher  salaries  and  advertising  costs,  partially offset by
reduced professional fees.

     Other  income. Other income decreased to $115,000 for the fiscal year ended
December  31,  1997  from  $279,000 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996.
Certain  barter  assets  earned from providing consulting services will begin to
expire  in  the  year  2000,  if  unused.  Other income was partially reduced by
$125,000  in  the  fiscal  year  ended December 31, 1997 to reduce the amount of
barter assets to their estimated net realizable value.

FISCAL  YEAR  ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1995

     Net  Sales.  Net sales were $1.4 million for the fiscal year ended December
31,  1996  as  compared  to  $1.1 million for the fiscal year ended December 31,
1995.  The  increase  in  sales of $393,000, or 37.3%, was primarily a result of
increased  special  events such as in-store artist signing events, growth of the
customer  database,  increased  advertising  and,  to  a  lesser  extent, to the
addition  of  sales  representatives  with  enhanced  product knowledge. Filmart
recognized  $248,000 and $32,000 of sales through barter companies in the fiscal
years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

     Cost  of Sales. Cost of sales decreased to $498,000, or 34.4% of net sales,
in  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1996 from $511,000, or 48.5% of net
sales,  in  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1995.  Cost  of  sales as a
percentage  of  net sales decreased primarily due to sales of animation art with
higher margins, primarily vintage production cels.

     Selling,   General   and  Administrative  Expenses.  Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1996 were
$539,000,  or  37.3%  of  net  sales,  as  compared to $493,000, or 46.8% of net
sales,  in  the  fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, an increase of $46,000, or
9.3%,  primarily due to an increase in commissions. The decrease in this cost as
a  percentage  of  net  sales was primarily due to economies of scale associated
with increased sales.

     Other  Income.  Other income increased to $279,000 in the fiscal year ended
December  31,  1996 from $74,000 in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995. The
increase  of $205,000 is a result of increased consulting fees and proceeds from
an insurance claim reimbursement.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- FILMART

     Filmart  had working capital of $1.2 million at March 31, 1998 and December
31,  1997,  respectively.  The  primary  sources of working capital was net cash
provided by operations during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.
    


                                       38
<PAGE>

                                    BUSINESS


OVERVIEW

     Collectibles  USA was founded to create a national retailer of collectibles
merchandise  and  marketer  of  animation art. Collectibles USA has entered into
agreements  to  acquire  four  retailers  of contemporary collectibles and three
marketers  of  animation  art  simultaneously  with the closing of the Offering.
Upon  the  consummation of these Acquisitions, the Company believes that it will
be  a  leading  retailer  of contemporary collectibles and a leading marketer of
animation  art in the United States. The Company sells its collectibles products
through  two  superstores,  one  free-standing  retail location, five mall-based
stores  and  three  upscale  strip-mall  stores.  The  Company's 11 collectibles
stores  are  located  in Florida, Illinois (6), New Jersey (2) and Oklahoma (2).
In  addition,  certain  stores  sell  collectibles through database direct mail,
telemarketing  and  the  Internet.  The  Company  sells  animation art primarily
through  database direct mail, telemarketing and the Internet to both retail and
wholesale  customers,  and  operates  five  animation  art  galleries located in
California, New York (2), Pennsylvania and Washington.

     The  Company's  collectibles  merchandise includes figurines and sculptures
made  from  porcelain,  ceramic  and  resin,  and  a  selection of crystal items
including   functional   and   decorative   products.  The  Company  also  sells
collectible   cottages   and   villages,  collectible  prints  and  lithographs,
collectible  Christmas  ornaments  and other holiday collectibles. The Company's
merchandise  is  produced  by  leading  vendors  such  as  Lladro, Department 56
(manufacturer  of  The Original Snow Village and The Heirloom Village Collection
product  lines),  Giuseppe  Armani,  Goebel  U.S.A.  (manufacturer of the Hummel
product  line),  Swarovski,  Disney  and  Enesco  (manufacturer  of the Precious
Moments  and Cherished Teddies product lines). See "-- Collectibles Stores." The
Company's  animation  art  galleries carry a full spectrum of animation artwork,
including  original  production  cels,  limited editions, sericels, model sheets
and  original drawings. In addition, the Company has licenses or rights, some of
which  are  exclusive,  to  design, produce and market animation art featuring a
wide  variety of well known characters, including Garfield(Reg. TM), and is also
an  authorized  dealer  of  limited  editions and sericels created by Disney and
Warner Brothers.

     The  Company's  target  retail customer is between 45 and 64 years old, and
encompasses  a  broad  range  of  income  levels.  The Company believes that the
typical  collector  makes  more than one collectibles purchase per year, and the
typical  collecting  household  maintains  more  than  one collection. Moreover,
collectibles  also are purchased as gifts and as decorative items. The Company's
animation  art  galleries also target a wide range of customers from entry level
collectors   with   relatively   small   collections  to  high-end,  experienced
collectors of vintage pieces.


INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

     According  to  Unity Marketing's The Collectibles Industry Report 1997, the
collectibles  industry  grew  approximately  11.9%  in  1996, generating over $9
billion   in   primary   sales  (i.e.,  sales  of  new  merchandise),  of  which
approximately  79%  were  generated  by retail sales (including TV shopping) and
approximately  21% were generated by direct response marketing. The contemporary
collectibles  industry  is  serviced  by  approximately  10,000 specialty retail
collectibles  stores  nationwide.  Collectibles  are also sold by mid-to-upscale
department  stores,  home furnishing stores, small specialty import stores, gift
stores,  card  shops,  TV shopping, collectors clubs and other gallery and print
stores.   The  industry  includes  sales  of  a  wide  variety  of  manufactured
collectible   items,   including   figurines  and  sculptures,  dolls,  crystal,
collector  plates,  cottages, lighthouses, Christmas ornaments and other holiday
collectibles  and  art  such  as  lithographs  and  prints.  According  to Unity
Marketing,  an estimated 31 million Americans identify themselves as collectors.
 

     The  animation  art  industry includes sales of vintage original production
cels,  limited  editions  produced  by  studios, sericels and original animation
produced  by  licensees  such  as  the Company bearing the likenesses of popular
animated  characters  through  art  galleries, gift shops and auction houses, as
well   as  database  direct  mail,  telemarketing  and  the  Internet.  Although
statistical  information  on the animation art industry is limited and marketing
tools  such  as  "collectors  clubs"  are  not  yet  common in the industry, the
Company  believes that the industry is growing. In recognition of the industry's
emerging  importance  and  profitability,  auction  houses such as Sotheby's and
Christie's  are active in the secondary market of animation through their public
auctions.

     The  Company's target consumer base represents a growing part of the United
States  population.  According  to the U.S. Department of Commerce Bureau of the
Census,  the  45  to  64 year old population reached approximately 45 million in
1996  and  is  expected  to grow to approximately 66 million during the next ten
years, representing a


                                       39
<PAGE>

projected  growth  rate  of  close  to  three  times  the  rate  for the overall
population.  The  Company  believes  that  collecting  will  become increasingly
popular  among consumers ages 45 to 64 because this generation of collectors has
high   levels   of   discretionary   income   and   has  demonstrated  nostalgic
characteristics.

     The  Company believes that the highly fragmented nature of the collectibles
and  animation  art  industries creates significant consolidation opportunities.
The  retail  collectibles  market  is  highly fragmented with over 10,000 retail
stores,  most  of  which  have less than a 1% market share. In addition, most of
the  participants  in  these  industries  lack the capital to expand or a viable
exit  strategy.  The  Company believes that the favorable growth outlook for the
collectibles   and   animation   art   industries  resulting  from  the  growing
demographic  base,  coupled with the fragmented nature of these industries, will
make  it  well positioned to pursue its growth strategies. The Company estimates
that  there are over 200 collectibles retailers in the United States with retail
sales in excess of $2 million annually.


BUSINESS STRATEGY

     The  Company's  goal  is  to  become  the  leading  specialty  retailer  of
contemporary  collectibles  and  the  leading  marketer  of animation art in the
United  States. The Company will seek to achieve this goal by emphasizing growth
through  acquisitions  and  implementing  a  national  operating  strategy  that
enhances internal revenue growth and profitability.


GROWTH STRATEGY

     Key elements of the Company's growth strategy include:

       Grow  Through  Acquisitions.  The  Company believes that the collectibles
   industry   is   highly   fragmented   with   significant   opportunities  for
   consolidation.  The  Company  intends  to  acquire  profitable,  well-managed
   collectibles  retailers  and  animation  art  marketers  that may provide new
   categories  of  merchandise  that may be cross-sold to the Company's existing
   customer  base.  The  Company believes that it will be an attractive acquiror
   due  to  its  (i)  strategy  of  retaining  owners and management of acquired
   companies,  (ii)  access  to  capital  and  (iii)  ability  to  offer sellers
   immediate  liquidity  for  their  business as well as an ongoing equity stake
   in   the  Company.  The  Company  has  developed  an  extensive  database  of
   acquisition  candidates  within the collectibles and animation art industries
   and  believes  it  will  be  well  positioned  to  implement  its acquisition
   program  promptly  following  the Offering. Within the past year, the Company
   has   contacted  the  owners  of  a  number  of  collectibles  retailers  and
   animation  art  marketers,  several of whom have expressed interest in having
   their  businesses  acquired  by  the  Company.  The Company's Chief Executive
   Officer,  Shonnie  D.  Bilin,  has  over  17 years experience in the industry
   with  extensive  relationships  with  wholesalers,  retailers,  importers and
   collectibles  manufacturers.  The Company currently has no binding agreements
   to  effect  any  acquisition  and  is  not now engaged in any negotiations to
   acquire   any   company.  The  Company,  however,  expects  that  its  future
   acquisitions  will  be  based  on  criteria  such  as  anticipated  return on
   capital,  and  the  acquisition  candidate's  opportunities  for  growth  and
   ability  to  meet  other  strategic  objectives.  Although  the  Company will
   consider  opportunities  to  make  larger  acquisitions, the Company's target
   candidate  for  acquisition  is  expected  to have $2 to $5 million in annual
   sales,  demonstrated  profitability,  and  one  to four retail locations. The
   Company's  research  indicates  that  there  are  more collectibles retailers
   meeting  its  criteria  than  there  are  animation art marketers. To help it
   identify  prospective  targets,  the  Company  has  retained consultants with
   knowledge  of  the  collectibles  and  animation art industries. See "Certain
   Transactions  --  Transactions  Involving  Certain  Officers,  Directors  and
   Stockholders."  There  can  be  no  assurance  that the Company's acquisition
   program  will  be  successful,  and the Company cannot predict when, if ever,
   it will make its first acquisition after the Offering.

       As  consideration  for  future  acquisitions,  the Company intends to use
   various  combinations  of  Common  Stock  and  cash  or,  possibly, notes. To
   facilitate   its  acquisition  strategy,  the  Company  intends  to  register
   2,500,000  additional  shares of Common Stock under the Securities Act within
   90  days  after  the closing of this Offering. These shares will be available
   for use by the Company as consideration for future acquisitions.

       Develop  Prototype  Store  Formats. Although the Company intends to focus
   initially  on  acquiring  other  retailers  of  collectibles and marketers of
   animation  art,  the  Company  expects  to  complement its acquisition growth
   with  new  store  openings.  Over  the  next  12 months, the Company plans to
   develop  two  prototype store formats: a "superstore" format of approximately
   18,000   square  feet,  designed  for  either  free-standing  or  strip  mall
   locations,  and  a mall-based format, of approximately 1,500 square feet. The
   Company does not intend to open new stores over the next 12 months.


                                       40
<PAGE>

NATIONAL OPERATING STRATEGY

     Key elements of the Company's national operating strategy include:

       Strengthen  and  Expand Vendor Relationships. Vendors in the collectibles
   industry  often  recognize  retailers  based  on  certain  volume  levels and
   reputation.  At  the  discretion  of  vendors,  preferred  gallery  status is
   awarded  to  collectibles  stores  based  on  factors  such  as  (i) a proven
   ability   to   market   and   sell  large  quantities  of  merchandise,  (ii)
   exceptional   customer  service  and  (iii)  creditworthiness.  Many  of  the
   Founding  Companies  have  achieved preferred gallery status with key vendors
   which  entitles  them  to volume discounts, co-op advertising funds, shipping
   allowances  and  other  benefits.  The  Company  believes  that  as a leading
   retailer  of  collectibles  merchandise  and  a leading marketer of animation
   art   in  the  United  States,  it  will  have  a  competitive  advantage  in
   leveraging  its  vendor  relationships.  In  addition, as an industry leader,
   the   Company   believes   that  it  will  be  able  to  establish  exclusive
   relationships  with  vendors  for  certain  product  lines  and  items  which
   generally  lead  to increased sales. Certain vendors already have expressed a
   willingness   to   develop  products,  such  as  porcelain  figurines,  resin
   figurines  and  cels,  on  an exclusive basis for the Company. As a result of
   the   Acquisitions,  the  Company  believes  that  certain  of  the  Founding
   Companies  will  be  able  to  benefit from the vendor relationships that the
   other  Founding  Companies  have  established  with  each of their individual
   vendors.

       To  ensure that the Company maximizes its relationships with vendors, the
   Company  has  appointed  one  of  the current owners of a Founding Company to
   oversee   and  coordinate,  among  other  things,  merchandising  and  vendor
   relationships.   It   is  anticipated  that  this  executive  and  the  other
   executive  officers  of  the Company will use the Company's reputation in the
   collectibles   and   animation   art   industries   to  leverage  its  vendor
   relationships.

       Expand  and  Improve  Database  Direct  Mail,  Telemarketing and Internet
   Marketing   Programs.   The   Founding  Companies  have  developed  databases
   aggregating  approximately  225,000  customers.  These databases often detail
   the  buying  patterns  and  merchandise preferences of existing and potential
   customers  and  enable  the  Founding  Companies to conduct targeted database
   direct  mail,  telemarketing  and  Internet  marketing  programs. In order to
   develop  a  comprehensive  marketing program for use on a Company-wide basis,
   the  Company  intends  to combine and enhance the existing customer databases
   of   its   Founding   Companies   and  to  introduce  database  direct  mail,
   telemarketing  and  Internet  marketing  programs  at  Founding Companies and
   future  companies  to  be acquired which are not utilizing such programs. The
   Company  anticipates  that  it  will  consolidate  the receiving of telephone
   orders  from  its  direct  mail marketing efforts. The central call center is
   expected  to  be  equipped  with technology to place orders for shipment with
   the  Founding  Companies and release inventory. The Company intends to create
   an  Internet  electronic  ordering  site through which customers can purchase
   collectibles  items  and animation art. The site is expected to be integrated
   with  the  point  of  sale  and  inventory  management  system.  The  Company
   anticipates  that  such  programs will be implemented by mid-1999. All of the
   Founding  Companies  which  market animation art generate a majority of their
   sales  from  database  direct  mail  and  telemarketing  efforts. The Company
   believes  there  are  significant opportunities to expand the database direct
   mail  and  telemarketing  expertise  developed by the animation art galleries
   to  its  collectibles  business.  The  Company also plans to incorporate on a
   Company-wide  basis  the  use  of  certain  marketing  programs,  advertising
   campaigns,  artist  signing  events  and  other promotions, which have proved
   successful at individual Founding Companies.

   
       Improve  Operating  Procedures.  The  Company is negotiating an agreement
   with   SourceNet  Solutions,  Inc.  ("SourceNet"),  a  leading  developer  of
   integrated  business  processes and systems, pursuant to which SourceNet will
   assist  the  Company  in  designing  and  implementing operating systems that
   will   enable   the  Company  to  enhance  its  infrastructure  in  order  to
   centralize  operations.  Through  its relationship with SourceNet the Company
   intends  to  (i)  implement  a  centralized financial management system, (ii)
   develop  a  Company-wide  communications  network  and Internet merchandising
   capabilities,  (iii)  centralize purchasing, accounts payable processing, and
   inventory   management   and   (iv)   centralize   the  database  information
   maintained  by  each  Founding  Company.  The  Company's inventory management
   system  will  be  complimented  by the common point of sale system which will
   be developed by SourceNet.

       The  Company has entered into a partnering relationship with Administaff,
   Inc.   ("Administaff"),   a   leading   professional  employer  organization.
   Pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  agreement,  Administaff  will  serve as an
   off-site  human  resources  department  and will be responsible for providing
   benefits and payroll
    


                                       41
<PAGE>

   administration,  medical  and  workers' insurance programs, personnel records
   management,   liability   management,   employee  recruiting  and  selection,
   performance  management,  and  training and development. Although in the near
   term  the  Company  expects  to  incur higher operating expenses, the Company
   anticipates  that  in the future it will achieve long-term economies of scale
   and  enhanced  store-level  performance  as  a  result  of these efforts. The
   Company  also  expects  to  experience benefits of consolidation with respect
   to  improved  training practices, its ability to attract and retain qualified
   personnel and customer service.

       Capitalize  on  Local  Strengths.  Notwithstanding  the  strengths that a
   national  organization  can  provide,  the Company believes that an important
   factor  for  success  in the collectibles industry is local relationships. By
   maintaining  significant  operating  autonomy at the local level, the Company
   intends   to  capitalize  on  local  strengths,  such  as  name  recognition,
   customer  loyalty  and  service.  In  addition,  the Company anticipates that
   certain  of  the  principals  of  the  Founding  Companies  will assist it in
   establishing and refining practices for Company-wide operations.


COLLECTIBLES STORES

     The  Company  will  sell  collectibles merchandise through two superstores,
one  free-standing  retail  location,  five  mall-based stores and three upscale
strip-mall  stores  which  are located in seven states. The stores range in size
from  approximately  1,000  to 15,000 square feet of retail space and carry from
1,500  to  13,800 SKUs. Additionally, the Company utilizes database direct mail,
telemarketing  and  the  Internet  to  sell  its  collectibles  merchandise. The
Company's  porcelain  figurines  and  sculptures are produced by vendors such as
Lladro,  Goebel  U.S.A.  (manufacturer  of the Hummel product line) and Giuseppe
Armani.  The  resin  figurines which the Company sells are obtained from vendors
such  as  Enesco  (manufacturer  of  the  Precious Moments and Cherished Teddies
product  lines).  The  Company's collectibles stores also sell crystal figurines
and  functional  items,  such  as  crystal  vases,  produced  by vendors such as
Swarovski.  In  addition,  the  Company  sells collectible cottages and villages
produced  by  Department  56  (manufacturer of The Original Snow Village and The
Heirloom Village Collections product lines).

     Merchandising.  Each of the Company's collectibles stores carries a product
assortment  that is merchandised by product line and vendor and that is selected
to  provide  items that are distinctive and specifically suited to the tastes of
its  customers.  The  stores  generally carry different but overlapping lines of
collectibles  merchandise  because  each store selects merchandise which appeals
to   the  preferences  of  customers  within  its  area.  Although  the  general
categories  of  the  collectibles merchandise stay the same from store to store,
individual  items  within  each  general  product group change to respond to the
interests and demands of customers of each store.

     While  the price of collectibles ranges from $5 to $25,000, Unity Marketing
reported  in  1995  that  the  average collector household spends $500 annually.
Stores  that target middle income customers carry collectibles merchandise which
generally  ranges  in  price  from  $25 to $250, while stores that target higher
income  customers carry merchandise which generally ranges in price from $125 to
$4,000.

     In  selecting  a  product,  the  Company  considers customer demand for the
lines  and,  in  the  case  of new lines, quality, dependability of delivery and
cost.  Currently,  each  Founding Company individually determines which products
to  purchase.  Such  purchasing  decisions primarily are made by attending shows
sponsored  by manufacturers, communicating with representatives of manufacturers
and  participating  in  test  sales  of  collectibles  merchandise.  Some of the
collectibles  stores  vary  their  inventory  on  a  seasonal  basis in order to
generate  more  sales  related  to  Christmas  and other holidays and occasions.
Manufacturers  seeking  to  increase  consumer  interest  occasionally expand or
retire  certain collectibles within their product lines and produce event pieces
such  as bridal and Easter pieces, which are occasionally marketed in connection
with  artist  signings  to  generate  excitement about their introduction to the
market.  Two  of  the  Founding  Companies are affiliated with Hallmark and sell
greeting  cards  and Hallmark novelties in addition to collectibles merchandise.
To  ensure  that  the  Company  maximizes  its  relationships  with vendors, the
Company  has  hired  an executive to oversee and coordinate, among other things,
merchandising and vendor relationships.

     Most   of   the   Company's   contemporary   collectibles   merchandise  is
manufactured   overseas;   however,   it   is   purchased   directly   from  the
manufacturer's  representatives  in  the  United  States.  The Company purchases
collectibles  merchandise  from  over  50  vendors, including Hallmark, sales of
which  accounted  for  approximately 11% of the Company's pro forma net sales in
Fiscal  1998.  Certain  suppliers  of  collectibles  merchandise to the Founding
Companies,  such  as  Enesco  or Department 56, provide in their agreements with
such Founding


                                       42
<PAGE>

Companies  that the vendor will furnish an ongoing supply of products within the
vendor's  particular  production  limitations and obligate the vendor to develop
point-of-sale  material to support the Founding Companies' advertising programs.
Pursuant  to  such  agreements, it is the responsibility of the Founding Company
to  operate  at  least  five  days  a  week  or throughout the calendar year, to
promote  and  foster  the  collectibility status of the vendor's merchandise, to
organize  promotional  events  such as "open houses," to purchase certain levels
of  merchandise  or  display certain pieces in a series, to adhere to a vendor's
pricing  schedule  and  to  maintain a satisfactory creditworthiness. A Founding
Company's  failure to fulfill its obligations to a vendor may entitle the vendor
to  suspend  its  supply  of  collectibles  merchandise. Several of the Founding
Companies  have  achieved standards of quality and reputation which qualify them
for  the  preferred  gallery  status recognized by their important vendors. Such
status   typically   confers   benefits   such   as  greater  co-op  advertising
contributions,  preferred access to specialized merchandise and increased access
to  artists  for  signings  and  other in-store and off-site special events. The
Company  makes  decisions  about  purchases  of inventory well in advance of the
time  at  which  such  products  are intended to be sold. Significant deviations
from  projected  demand  for  collectibles  merchandise  could  have  a material
adverse  effect  on the Company's financial condition and results of operations.
Higher  priced  collectibles  generally  are  sold  on a consignment basis which
permits  the  Company  to  expand  its array of collectibles merchandise without
encumbering working capital.

     In  order  to  attract and retain the loyalty of collectibles customers and
to  position its stores as destination retail locations, certain of the Founding
Companies  utilize  innovative  merchandising and display techniques. One of the
stores  has  built  a  reputation  based on entertaining in-store displays which
have  included  a model train, a grind organ and unique displays which highlight
a  particular  vendor's  merchandise. Other of the Company's collectibles stores
have   gained  recognition  based  on  their  promotional  practices,  including
producing  and  distributing  videotapes  of the store's business operations and
employing  games  of  chance  with prizes corresponding to a vendor's particular
collectibles theme.

     Marketing.  Currently,  the  Founding  Companies advertise independently of
each  other,  primarily  through  print  advertising  and  direct mail contacts.
Certain  of  the  Founding  Companies,  namely North Pole City, Little Elegance,
Reef  Hallmark  and  Stone's  Hallmark,  advertise their merchandise in catalogs
that  are  produced by a national collectibles catalog publishing syndicate such
as  Parade of Gifts, Gift Creations Concepts and Park West (NALED). Such catalog
consortiums  allow  members  to  use  the published catalog for individual sales
purposes.  Membership  in  such  catalog  consortiums  entitles  the  Company to
exclusive  pieces  produced  by  Enesco  and Department 56. The Company plans to
evaluate  its  use of catalog consortiums in the future, including opportunities
for preparing such catalogs itself.

     The  Company  also participates in loyalty-based marketing programs such as
"collector  clubs"  which  reward  members  with  privileges  such  as access to
exclusive  member pieces, detailed information about collections and invitations
to special events.

     The  Company's collectibles stores' databases contain approximately 200,000
customers,  often detailing the buying patterns and merchandising preferences of
current  and potential customers. This extensive database assists the Company in
database  direct  mail  and  telemarketing  programs.  Three  of  the  Company's
collectibles  stores  have  home pages on the Internet which they use to educate
consumers,  display  samples of their collectibles merchandise, inform customers
of  upcoming  product  availability dates and special events and allow customers
to    place    orders.    Customers    can    contact    Little    Elegance   at
www.little-elegance.com,  North  Pole City at www.northpolecity.com, and Stone's
Hallmark   at   www.stoneshallmark.com.   Sales   over  the  Internet  have  not
constituted a significant portion of the Company's sales to date.

     Following   the  Offering,  the  Company  intends  to  increase  its  print
advertising  efforts,  including advertising in specialty collectibles magazines
and  inserting promotional and seasonal sales circulars in local newspapers, and
increase  its  efforts  in  other  media,  including  radio  and television. The
Company  also  intends  to  initiate programs utilizing its customer database to
stimulate  additional  sales  around  birthdays  and anniversaries, and holidays
such  as Mother's Day. In addition, the Company also plans to expand promotional
events  such  as artist signings and sponsored charitable activities, which have
proven successful at individual Founding Companies.

     Customer  Service.  The  Company's  goal is to provide exceptional customer
service.  The Company generally ships orders within 24 to 72 hours. In addition,
the  Company places special orders on behalf of its customers with manufacturers
for  hard-to-find  items and notifies its customers of limited edition pieces in
advance of their availability


                                       43
<PAGE>

in  stores.  The  Company generally accepts returns on its merchandise within 14
to  30  days of sale. All of the Company's stores are open seven days a week. In
recognition  of  the Founding Companies' dedication to customer service and from
their   commitment   and  experience  in  merchandising  a  particular  vendor's
collectibles  merchandise,  the Founding Companies have received numerous titles
of  distinction  such  as  Boyds Bears Gold Paw (Stone's Hallmark and North Pole
City),   Cherished   Teddies  Adoption  Center  (North  Pole  City  and  Stone's
Hallmark),  Department  56  Gold  Key  Dealer (Little Elegance, North Pole City,
Reef  Hallmark  and  Stone's  Hallmark),  Fenton  Glass Showcase Dealer (Stone's
Hallmark),  Giuseppe  Armani  Art  Headquarter Store (North Pole City), Hallmark
Gold  Crown  (Reef  Hallmark  and  Stone's  Hallmark), and Roman Premiere Dealer
(Little  Elegance  and North Pole City). Three of the Founding Companies (Little
Elegance,  Reef  Hallmark  and  Stone's Hallmark) are among the approximately 40
stores  nationwide  designated  as  Precious  Moments  Century Circle Dealers by
Enesco which entitles them to exclusive Precious Moments collectibles pieces.


ANIMATION ART GALLERIES


     The  Company's  five  animation  art  galleries are each located in or near
suburbs  of  metropolitan  areas. These galleries are located in California, New
York  (2),  Pennsylvania  and  Washington.  The  Company  generates  most of its
animation art sales through database direct mail and telemarketing operations.


     Merchandising.   The   Company's  animation  art  galleries  carry  a  wide
assortment  of  animation  artwork,  including original production cels, limited
editions,  sericels,  model  sheets and original drawings. A "cel" is a painting
of  a  character  or  object on a transparent acetate sheet. An original vintage
production  cel, which is created by an original drawing, is hand painted and is
the  final  result  of  the  artistic process that creates animation used in the
actual  film  production,  whereas  limited edition cels although created in the
same  manner,  generally  recreate  animation scenes from popular animated films
for  which  original  production  cels  are  no  longer  available. Sericels are
limited  editions  that  are created by hand painting an image onto a master cel
and  then  produced in large quantities through a printing process. Model sheets
are  a  group of original pencil drawings of animated characters in a variety of
poses  and  expressions.  Prices for animation art are typically higher than for
contemporary  collectibles,  beginning  at  approximately $100 and ranging up to
$100,000,  with an average sale price of approximately $750. Animation art sales
generally are less seasonal than sales of collectibles.


   
     The  Company  designs  and manufactures limited editions and sericels under
license   from   the  owners  of  popular  characters,  and  purchases  original
production  cels  from  the  studio  that  created  the art, another dealer or a
private  collector  for sale to both retail and wholesale customers. The Company
sells  on  consignment  limited  edition  animation cels created by Virgil Ross,
under   license   from  Warner  Brothers,  featuring  classic  Warner  Brothers'
characters  such  as  Bugs  Bunny,  Elmer  Fudd,  Yosemite  Sam,  and Tweety and
Sylvester  in  classic  scenes.  The  Company  also  holds licenses or rights to
design,  produce  and distribute animation art bearing the likeness of Garfield,
both  alone  and  with certain Norman Rockwell images. The Company's designs for
art  featuring  such licensed characters are generally subject to prior approval
by   the   licensor.  Pursuant  to  an  oral  understanding,  the  Company  also
distributes  limited  edition  comic strip art from Jeff MacNelly (Shoe), Johnny
Hart  (B.C.  and Wizard of Id), Chris Browne (Hagar the Horrible), Bryant Parker
(Wizard  of Id), Roger Bollen (Animal Crackers), Myron Woldman (Popeye and Betty
Boop)  and  Sidney Harris. The Company has a similar oral understanding with Don
Oriolo  (Felix  the  Cat(Reg.  TM)).  The  Company acquires this limited edition
comic  strip art at discount wholesale prices and in turn distributes it through
wholesale  and  retail  sales.  There  are no written agreements governing these
distribution  arrangements and, therefore, there can be no assurance that one or
more  of  these  distributor  arrangements  will  not  be terminated. One of the
Founding  Companies  has  been  granted  an  exclusive  license  by HBO(Reg. TM)
Animation  to  manufacture and sell artwork using material from the first season
of  Spawn and Spicy City. The Company is an authorized dealer of art produced by
Warner  Brothers/Hanna-Barbera,  Disney  and  artist  Chuck Jones. The Company's
authorized  dealer  agreements  can  generally  be terminated by the other party
with  or  without  cause  on  short  notice.  Certain  of  the authorized dealer
agreements  require  the  vendor's  consent to the Acquisitions. The Company has
received  several  of  these  consents,  and  is  in  the process of seeking the
others. There can be no assurance that any of those consents will be obtained.
    


     The  animation  art  sold  by  the Company is produced by the Company under
certain  licenses  or  rights with a majority of the art being obtained from the
studios   or   artists   that  create  the  art,  including  Disney  and  Warner
Brothers/Hanna-Barbera.  The  art  is either bought from the artist or studio or
is sold by the Company on a consignment basis.


                                       44
<PAGE>

     The  Company  generates  its design ideas by closely collaborating with the
studio  that  licenses the character to be included in the artwork. It generally
takes  an  average of six weeks to create a new piece of original animation art.
During  this  period,  the  Company's artists, or artists working as independent
contractors,  generate  a  prototype design which is thereafter submitted to the
artist or animation studio for its approval.

     Marketing.  A  significant portion of the Company's animation art marketing
efforts  is  conducted  through database direct mail, telemarketing and Internet
marketing  programs,  which  utilize  databases aggregating approximately 26,000
customers.   These   databases   detail  the  buying  patterns  and  merchandise
preferences   of  current  and  potential  customers  and  enable  the  Founding
Companies  to  conduct targeted database direct mail, telemarketing and Internet
marketing  programs.  The Company's animation art marketing efforts also include
advertising  in  newspapers  and  animation  art  magazines.  While  each of the
Founding  Companies  will  continue  to  advertise  locally,  the  Company  will
evaluate  opportunities  to  consolidate its advertising functions on a national
basis.  Two  of  the  Company's  animation  art marketers have home pages on the
Internet  which  they  use  to  educate  customers about their animation art and
special  events.  Customers can contact American Royal Arts and Animation USA at
www.ara-animation.com  and  www.animationusa.com,  respectively. Sales resulting
from  Internet  marketing  have  not  constituted  a  significant portion of the
Company's sales to date.

     All  of  the  Founding  Companies  which  market  animation  art generate a
majority  of  their  sales  from database direct mail and telemarketing efforts.
One  of  the  Company's  significant  strategies  for  improved marketing is the
consolidation   of   the   databases  of  the  various  Founding  Companies  for
comprehensive  database  direct  mail and telemarketing efforts along lines that
have  proved  successful  at  the  Founding  Companies  where  these  operations
generate  significant  amounts  of  sales.  The  Company  believes  one  of  the
significant  opportunities  presented  by  the  consolidation  of  the  Founding
Companies   is  the  cross-marketing  possibilities  to  the  combined  customer
databases of the Founding Companies.

     One  of the Founding Companies, Filmart, has an agreement with Vista Media,
Inc.  ("Vista"),  a non-affiliated, third party, whereby Filmart receives print,
radio  and  television advertising services from Vista in exchange for providing
to  Vista  consulting  services consisting of designing animation characters and
business  logos,  providing art direction for Vista's publications and providing
business  advice  in the animation industry. The agreement expires on August 31,
1998.

     Customer  Service.  The  Company's  animation art customer orders generally
are  shipped  within  two  to four weeks. Once an order is received, the gallery
frames,  mats and, in some cases, arranges for the artist to personally sign the
purchased  art.  The  Company's  animation  art galleries generally are open six
days  a  week  and  by  appointment.  Outbound telemarketing efforts and inbound
calls generally occur during store hours.


TRAINING PROGRAMS

     The  Company's  goal is to provide exceptional customer service. The owners
of  the  Founding Companies either serve as store or gallery managers or seek to
hire  entrepreneurial  managers  who  are  energetic and knowledgeable about the
collectibles  and  animation  art industries. Each of the Founding Companies has
developed  varying  levels  of  training programs. Some of the training programs
involve  video  presentations,  utilize material prepared by vendors, consist of
vendor-sponsored  training conducted by representatives or consist of one-on-one
training  conducted  by  managers.  The  Company  has  entered  into  a business
relationship   with   Administaff  to  serve  as  an  off-site  human  resources
department.  Employees  will  be  offered  professional training courses to meet
employee needs and enhance industry specific skills.


MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS

     The  Founding  Companies  currently have a variety of accounting, inventory
and  financial  reporting  systems at varying degrees of sophistication, none of
which  have  previously  operated  on  a  combined  basis.  In  order to improve
operating  procedures,  the  Company  initially  will focus on developing common
policies  and  procedures  related to its financial and operating practices. The
Company  intends  to  develop common reporting of daily sales and cash receipts,
inventory  purchases receipts and on-hand quantities, physical inventory taking,
inventory   product   line   analysis,   capital   expenditures   and   payroll
administration  data.  The Company expects to implement an integrated, financial
management  system  that  will  enable consolidated financial reporting and cash
management.  The  Company  also  intends  to  implement a consolidated inventory
management system which will be a common point of sale system.


                                       45
<PAGE>

     The  Company  further  intends  to enhance operations at the store level by
implementing  improved  training  programs and incentive systems for experienced
managers.  It  is  anticipated  that the appointment of a manager to oversee the
Company's  merchandising  will enable the Company to more effectively manage its
merchandising  decisions,  product  displays  and  product assortment. See "Risk
Factors  --  Absence  of  Combined  Financial  and Operating History; Ability to
Integrate  Operations,"  and  "--  Management of Growth; Inexperience Managing a
Consolidated Company."


COMPETITION

     The  collectibles  and  animation  art industries are highly fragmented and
competitive.  In  addition  to  other  collectibles  retailers and animation art
marketers,  the  Company  competes  with  mid-to-upscale department stores, home
furnishing  stores,  small  specialty import stores, gift stores, card shops, TV
shopping,  collectors  clubs  and  other gallery and print stores. The Company's
animation  art  galleries  compete,  in  certain  cases,  with the owners of the
licensed  characters,  including  Disney  and Warner Brothers, who sell products
through  their own stores and other marketing channels. Management believes that
its  stores  and  galleries  compete  on  the  basis  of  depth  and  breadth of
merchandise  assortment and customer service in addition to name recognition and
established  vendor relationships. In order to maintain the goodwill inherent in
the  names  and  reputations of each of the Founding Companies, the Company does
not  expect  to rename the existing stores and galleries; however, over time the
Company  expects to integrate the Collectibles USA name into existing stores and
galleries.

     Many  of  the  Company's  competitors  are  larger  and  have substantially
greater  financial, marketing and other resources than the Company. In addition,
although  the  primary  points  of  competition  are service and availability of
desired  merchandise,  there  can  be no assurance that pricing competition will
not  develop.  Other  retailing companies with significantly greater capital and
other  resources  than  the  Company may enter or expand their operations in the
collectibles  industry,  which  could  change  the  competitive  dynamics of the
industry.  In  addition,  as  the  Company's  animation  art licenses and rights
expire,  it  will compete with other marketers of animation art for the right to
design,  produce  and market artistic creations based on the applicable licensed
character.  Because  retailers  of  collectibles  and marketers of animation art
products  generally  do not own the proprietary rights to the products that they
sell,  the barriers to entry to these industries are not significant. Therefore,
there  can  be  no  assurance  that  additional  participants will not enter the
market  or  that  the  Company  will  be  able  to compete effectively with such
entrants.

     In  addition,  it  is  possible  that  there will be competition to acquire
additional  businesses  if  the collectibles or animation art industries undergo
broader  consolidation.  Such competition could lead to higher prices being paid
for  such  companies.  The  Company  believes  that its decentralized management
strategy  and other operating strategies make it an attractive acquiror of other
collectibles  retailers  and animation art marketers. There can be no assurance,
however, that the Company's acquisition program will be successful.


LICENSES

     The  Company  produces  some  of  its  animation art under agreements which
generally  permit  the  Company to market original production animation cels and
original  canvas  acrylic  paintings,  and  to  manufacture  and  market limited
edition  cels,  lithographs  and sericels featuring characters such as Garfield.
The  Company's  designs for art featuring such licensed characters are generally
subject to prior approval by the licensor.

   
     The   Company's   license   arrangements   often  require  the  payment  of
non-refundable  advances  and  guaranteed  minimum  royalties.  Royalties to the
Company's  licensors  typically  range from 30% to 50% of the price at which the
art  is  sold.  Current minimum guaranteed payments required under the Company's
license  agreements  aggregate  approximately  $350,000  through June 1999. As a
result  of  increased  competition for licenses, the Company may, in the future,
be  required  to  pay  licensors  higher royalties and higher minimum guaranteed
payments  in  order  to  obtain  attractive  properties  for  the development of
existing and new product lines.
    

     The  Company's  licensing  arrangements  are limited in scope and duration,
authorizing  the  sale  of  specified  licensed products for a defined period of
time,  generally  two  to  four  years. In connection with the Acquisitions, the
Company  has  extended the term of certain of its licenses such that they expire
at   various  times  through  March  2000.  Pursuant  to  most  of  the  license
agreements,  the licensor has agreed to negotiate renewal of the license 90 days
before  expiration,  provided the Company is in compliance with the terms of the
license.  The  license  agreements  provide that they may be terminated prior to
their expiration date under certain circumstances, including the Company's


                                       46
<PAGE>

failure  to  comply  with  the  product  approval  provisions.  The termination,
cancellation  or  inability to renew any existing licensing arrangement, coupled
with  the  inability to develop and enter into new licensing arrangements, could
have  a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition and results
of  operations.  The  Company believes that it maintains excellent relationships
with its licensors.

   
     The  Company's  authorized dealer agreements can generally be terminated by
the  other party with or without cause or on short notice. Termination of any of
the  Company's authorized dealer agreements could have a material adverse effect
on  the  Company's financial condition and results of operations. Certain of the
authorized  dealer  agreements require the vendor's consent to the Acquisitions.
The  Company  has  received  several of these consents, and is in the process of
seeking  the  others.  There can be no assurance that any of those consents will
be  obtained.  The  Company  believes  it maintains excellent relations with the
companies with which it has authorized dealer agreements.
    


FACILITIES

     The  Company  maintains  22  facilities  consisting  of 16 retail locations
(which  in  some  cases  also contain offices) and six warehouse or distribution
facilities  (which  in  some  cases  also contain offices). All of the Company's
facilities  are  leased.  The  facilities  range  in size from approximately 850
square  feet  to 23,000 square feet and are located in eight states. The Company
believes  that its facilities are adequate to meet its needs for the foreseeable
future.   The   Company's   corporate  headquarters  currently  are  located  in
approximately  1,000  square feet of a leased office space in New York City, New
York.  Following  the  consummation  of  the  Offering,  the  Company intends to
relocate its executive offices to Houston, Texas.

     The  Company  maintains  a  significant  amount of inventory in order to be
assured  a  sufficient  supply  of  products  to  its  customers. Certain of the
Founding  Companies  currently  operate  their  own  warehouses  at  or near the
location  of  its store or stores to warehouse overflow merchandise. The largest
off-site  storage facility is approximately 13,500 square feet. As the Company's
sales  reach  certain  levels,  it  may  consider combining its off-site storage
facilities into a single facility.


EMPLOYEES

     At  April  30,  1998,  the  Company employed 207 persons, of which two were
full-time  employees  at the Company's headquarters, 83 were part-time employees
in  its retail stores and distribution centers, and 122 were full-time employees
in  the  stores,  offices  and distribution centers. Of the Company's employees,
approximately  30  are  dedicated  to  database  direct  mail  and telemarketing
operations.  Many  other employees are partially engaged in database direct mail
and  telemarketing activities. During the Company's peak holiday selling season,
the  Company  typically  hires  additional part-time employees. The employees of
the  Company are not covered by any collective bargaining agreement. The Company
considers its relationship with its employees to be good.


LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The  Company  is  not  a  party  to any legal proceeding which could have a
material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations.


                                       47
<PAGE>

                                   MANAGEMENT



DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND CONSULTANT

     The  following  table  sets  forth  information  concerning  the  Company's
directors,  executive officers and consultants and those persons who will become
directors upon consummation of the Offering:





   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               NAME                  AGE                               POSITION
- ---------------------------------   -----   -------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>     <C>
Ronald P. Rafaloff(1) ...........    50     Chairman of the Board
Shonnie D. Bilin ................    43     President and Chief Executive Officer
Neil J. DePascal, Jr. ...........    48     Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Roy C. Elwell ...................    42     Executive Vice President -- Operations and Chief Operating
                                            Officer; President -- Reef Hallmark; Director(3)
Jerry Gladstone .................    38     Executive Vice President -- Marketing; President --
                                            Animation Division; President -- American Royal Arts;
                                            Director(3)
David K. Green ..................    40     Executive Vice President -- Corporate Development; President
                                            -- Collectibles Division; President -- North Pole City;
                                            Director(3)
David J. Stone ..................    65     Executive Vice President -- Retail Store Development;
                                            President -- Stone's Hallmark; Director(3)
Paul T. Shirley(1)(2) ...........    58     Director(3)
Michael A. Baker(1)(2) ..........    51     Director(3)
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
(1) Member of compensation committee.

(2) Member of audit committee.

(3) Director  nominees will become directors of the Company upon consummation of
    the Offering.



     Ronald  P.  Rafaloff  has  served  as  the Chairman of the Board since June
1996.  Ronald  P.  Rafaloff has been the Chief Executive Officer and a principal
owner  of  RGR  Financial Corp., a securities broker-dealer providing investment
services  to  retail, corporate and pension plan clients, since its inception in
March  1996.  Prior  to  forming  RGR  Financial Corp., Ronald P. Rafaloff was a
senior  vice  president  at  Smith Barney, Inc., a leading investment bank, from
October 1992 to June 1996.

   
     Shonnie  D. Bilin has served as President and Chief Executive Officer since
February  1998  and as Executive Vice President -- Planning and Development from
August  1997  until  February  1998. From November 1981 until July 1997, she was
employed  by  Enesco  Corporation  ("Enesco") and has served as Collector's Club
Coordinator,  as  Club Executive Director, from January 1990 to December 1996 as
Vice  President  of  Collectibles,  and from January 1997 to July 1997 as Senior
Vice  President  of  Marketing.  While Vice President of Collectibles at Enesco,
she  was  responsible for all the marketing, budgeting and promotion of Enesco's
collectibles  lines  which  generated  revenues of over $200 million. During her
employment  with Enesco, Ms. Bilin was instrumental in establishing and managing
the  Precious  Moments  Collectors  Club  which  is  recognized  as  a large and
successful  collectors  club.  Ms.  Bilin  served  on  the advisory committee of
International  Collectibles  Expositions  which  holds exhibits to introduce new
collectibles  products. Ms. Bilin has been awarded numerous industry awards such
as  the  Leader of the Year Award from Stanhome, Inc., and has been a three time
recipient  of  the Enesco Outstanding Sales Support Award. She has been featured
in  publications such as Gift and Decorative Accessories and Gift and Stationary
Business.
    

     Neil  J.  DePascal,  Jr.  has  served as Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial  Officer  of  the  Company  since  August  1997. From 1992 to 1997, he
served  as  Treasurer  of  Owen  Healthcare,  Inc.,  a Houston based provider of
hospital  pharmacy management services. From March 1992 until September 1992, he
provided  financial  consulting  services  to  American  Medical  Response, Inc.
("AMR"), a Boston based company engaged in the provision of a


                                       48
<PAGE>

national  ambulance  service  network,  during  and  immediately  following such
company's   initial   public  offering.  Mr.  DePascal  is  a  Certified  Public
Accountant  and  is  a  member  of  the  American  Institute of Certified Public
Accountants and the Texas Society of Certified Public Accountants.

     Roy  C.  Elwell  will become the Executive Vice President -- Operations and
Chief  Operations Officer and a director of the Company upon consummation of the
Offering.  He is the President and a director of Reef Hallmark and has served in
such  capacities  since  its  incorporation  in 1984. He currently serves on the
Florida  District  Advisory  Board  for  Hallmark Cards Incorporated. Mr. Elwell
served  as a member of the Enesco Corporation Retail Advisory Board from January
1990 to December 1990.

     Jerry  Gladstone will become the Executive Vice President -- Marketing, the
President  -- Animation Division and a director of the Company upon consummation
of  the  Offering.  He has served in the capacity of President of American Royal
Arts  since 1984 and is currently a director of American Royal Arts. He recently
has  been  selected  by  Disney  to  be  a member of its first Preferred Gallery
Advisory Board.

     David  K.  Green  will  become  the  Executive  Vice President -- Corporate
Development,  President  --  Collectibles Division and a director of the Company
upon  consummation  of the Offering. He is the President and a director of North
Pole  City and has served in such capacities since its incorporation in 1984. He
was  a  member  of the advisory board of Gift Creations Concepts, a collectibles
catalog publisher, in 1995.

     David  J.  Stone  will  become  the  Executive  Vice  President  --  Retail
Development  and a director of the Company upon consummation of the Offering. He
is  the  President  and  a  director  of Stone's Hallmark and has served in that
capacity since its incorporation in 1981.

     Paul  T. Shirley will become a director of the Company upon consummation of
the  Offering.  He  served  as Chief Executive Officer and President of American
Medical  Response,  Inc.  from  August  1995  to  September  1997 and has been a
director  of  AMR  since August 1992. From May 1993 to August 1995, he served as
Chief  Operating  Officer  of AMR. He also served as Executive Vice President of
AMR  from  August 1992 to August 1995 and as Chief Executive Officer of American
Medical  Response  West  from March 1989 until August 1992. From June 1963 until
March 1989, he was President of Santa Cruz Ambulance Service.

   
     Michael  A.  Baker  will become a director of the Company upon consummation
of  the  Offering.  He  has  served  as  a  consultant  to the Company since the
Company's  inception.  In such capacity, he consults with officers and directors
of  the  Company,  attends  meetings  of  the  Board  of  Directors and provides
guidance   concerning  management  and  operation  of  the  Company's  business,
including  potential  acquisitions. Mr. Baker was a founder of Allwaste, Inc., a
Houston  based  industrial  services  company,  and  has served as director from
November  1984 until July 1997. Mr. Baker was a founder and director of American
Medical  Response,  Inc.  from February 1992 until February 1997. He served from
June  1989  to  October  1991  as  an  officer and director of Sanifill, Inc., a
Houston  based landfill development company founded by Mr. Baker and others. Mr.
Baker  currently  serves  as  an outside consultant to various private companies
and  as  a  director  of  Innovative Valve Technologies, Inc. Mr. Baker has been
involved  in  a  number  of  successful  acquisition  programs, such as Browning
Ferris Industries, Inc., Sanifill, Inc. and American Medical Response, Inc.
    

     The  Company  intends  to appoint an additional independent director within
90  days  following consummation of the Offering and it is anticipated that such
director  will  serve on the Company's audit committee. Directors are elected at
each  annual  meeting  of  stockholders. All officers serve at the discretion of
the  Board  of  Directors,  subject  to terms of their employment agreements, if
any. See "-- Employment Agreements."


DIRECTORS' COMPENSATION

     Directors  who  are  employees  of  the  Company  do not receive additional
compensation  for  serving as directors. Each director who is not an employee of
the  Company  receives a fee of $2,000 for attendance at each Board of Directors
meeting  and $1,000 for each committee meeting (unless held on the same day as a
Board  of  Directors  meeting).  Directors  of  the  Company  are reimbursed for
out-of-pocket  expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board of Directors
or  committees  thereof,  and  for  other expenses incurred in their capacity as
directors  of  the  Company.  Each  non-employee  director receives an option to
purchase  40,000  shares of Common Stock upon election to the Board of Directors
and  an  annual grant of an option to purchase 5,000 shares of Common Stock. See
"Management -- 1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan."


                                       49
<PAGE>

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     Collectibles  USA  did  not pay any compensation prior to January 1997, and
in  Fiscal  1997  its  officers  received compensation in an aggregate amount of
$2,903.The  individual  who  served  as  the  Company's  chief executive officer
during  Fiscal  1998  received  compensation of $51,500 during such fiscal year.
Shonnie  D.  Bilin  was  promoted  to the position of Chief Executive Officer in
February 1998.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

     Shonnie D. Bilin and Neil J. DePascal, Jr.

     In  August  1997, Collectibles USA entered into an employment agreement, as
amended  in  May  1998,  with each of Shonnie D. Bilin and Neil J. DePascal, Jr.
(each  individually,  an "Executive"), pursuant to which Shonnie D. Bilin serves
as  President  and  Chief Executive Officer and Mr. DePascal serves as Executive
Vice  President  and Chief Financial Officer of the Company. The initial term of
each  agreement  is for three years. With respect to each such agreement, in the
event  that  either party does not notify the other of his, her or its intention
not  to renew the employment agreement at least one year prior to the expiration
of  the  initial  term, each agreement will automatically be extended thereafter
for  successive  one-year  periods.  In addition to providing for an annual base
salary  of  $175,000  and  a  one-time $17,500 bonus for Ms. Bilin and an annual
base  salary  of $150,000 and a one-time bonus of $25,000 for Mr. DePascal, each
employment  agreement  provides that it is the intention of the Company to allow
participation  by  the  Executive  in  a to-be-established incentive bonus plan,
pursuant  to  which  it  is contemplated that officers and key employees will be
eligible  to  receive  year-end  bonus  awards.  Pursuant  to  their  respective
employment  agreements,  Ms.  Bilin and Mr. DePascal (i) have been granted stock
options  (the "$4 Options") to acquire, respectively 50,000 and 40,000 shares of
Common  Stock at a $4.00 exercise price per share and (ii) concurrently with the
consummation   of   the   Offering  will  be  granted  additional  options  (the
"Additional  Options")  to  acquire,  respectively 125,000 and 100,000 shares of
Common  Stock  at  the  initial  public offering price. The $4 Options are fully
vested.  The  Additional  Options  vest  over  a  three year period in one-third
increments annually.

     Each   employment  agreement  provides  that  the  Executive  is  generally
prohibited,  during  the term of employment with the Company and for a period of
two  years  thereafter  (subject  to decrease under certain circumstances), from
(i)  engaging  in  activities  which  are  competitive  with  the Company or its
subsidiaries,  (ii) soliciting employees of the Company or its subsidiaries away
from  their  employment,  (iii)  soliciting sales to customers of the Company or
its  subsidiaries,  (iv)  soliciting  acquisition  candidates  of the Company on
behalf  of  himself  or  herself  or any competitor for the purpose of acquiring
such entity and (v) disclosing information regarding customers of the Company.

     Each  employment  agreement  may  be terminated by the Company by reason of
the  Executive's  death  or  permanent  disability,  for  "cause" with ten days'
notice,  or  without  "cause" with 30 days' notice. "Cause" is generally defined
as  the  Executive's  (i)  willful,  material  and  irreparable  breach  of  the
employment  agreement,  (ii)  gross  negligence  in  the performance of material
duties,  (iii)  willful dishonesty or fraud, (iv) conviction of a felony, or (v)
chronic  alcohol  or illegal drug abuse. In the event of a termination for cause
or  in  the  event of the Executive's voluntary resignation (except resignations
due  to a Change of Control as described below) without cause, no severance will
be  payable, and all of the Executive's unvested stock options will be forfeited
to  the Company. If the Executive is terminated without cause, (i) the Executive
will  receive  for  the remainder of the initial term (which remainder shall not
exceed  two  years) or for one year, whichever is greater, such Executive's base
salary,  and  (ii)  all such Executive's granted but unvested stock options will
immediately vest.

     In  the  event  of  a pending "Change in Control" of the Company and either
(i)  the  Company  and the Executive have not received, at least five days prior
to  the  anticipated  Change  in  Control,  notice  from the successor that such
successor  is  willing to assume the Company's obligations under the Executive's
employment  agreement,  or (ii) the Executive elects to terminate the employment
agreement  at  least  five days prior to the anticipated Change in Control, then
the  Change  in  Control  will  be  deemed to be a termination of the employment
agreement  by  the  Company without cause. Each Executive's employment agreement
contains  a  tax  gross-up provision, such that the Executive will be reimbursed
by  the  Company  or its successor in the event that he or she incurs any excise
taxes  under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code as a result of the Change
in Control.

     A  "Change  in  Control"  under  the  agreements  shall  be  deemed to have
occurred  if:  (i)  any  person,  other  than the Company or an employee benefit
plan,  acquires  directly  or  indirectly  Beneficial  Ownership  (as defined in
Section  13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of any voting
securities of the Company which


                                       50
<PAGE>

immediately  after  such acquisition represents at least 50% of the total voting
power  of  the  then-outstanding  voting  securities  of the Company, unless the
transaction  pursuant  to which such acquisition is made is approved by at least
two-thirds  of  the  Board  of  Directors;  (ii)  certain  individuals no longer
constitute  a  majority  of  the members of the Board; (iii) the stockholders of
the   Company  shall  approve  a  merger,  consolidation,  recapitalization,  or
reorganization  of  the  Company,  a  reverse  stock split of outstanding voting
securities,  or  consummation of any such transaction if stockholder approval is
not  obtained,  other  than  any  such  transaction  which  has  been either (x)
approved  by  at least 66% of the members of the Board of Directors or (y) which
would  result  in  at  least  50%  of  the total voting power represented by the
voting  securities  of  the  surviving entity outstanding immediately after such
transaction  being  beneficially  owned  by  at  least  50%  of  the  holders of
outstanding   voting   securities  of  the  Company  immediately  prior  to  the
transaction,  with  the  voting power of each such continuing holder relative to
other  such  continuing holders not substantially altered in the transaction; or
(iv)  stockholders  approve  a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an
agreement  for  the  sale  or disposition by the Company of all or a substantial
portion of the Company's assets.


     Other Key Executives and Employees of the Founding Companies

     The  Company  has entered into employment agreements with 12 key executives
and  employees  of  the  Founding  Companies  which  will  become effective upon
consummation  of the Offering. Each of the agreements with the 12 key executives
are  identical  differing  only  with respect to the position of employment, the
compensation  level  and  the  term  of  employment.  Set  forth  below  are the
identities of the key executives and their position of employment.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            EMPLOYEE                                          POSITION OF EMPLOYMENT
- -------------------------------   ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>
   Roy C. Elwell ..............   President of Reef Hallmark; Executive Vice President--Operations and Chief
                                  Operating Officer of the Company
   Kim A. Elwell ..............   Secretary and Treasurer of Reef Hallmark
   Jerry Gladstone ............   President of American Royal Arts; Executive Vice President--Marketing and
                                  President--Animation Division of the Company
   David K. Green .............   President of North Pole City; Executive Vice President--Corporate Development
                                  and President--Collectibles Division of the Company
   Keith N. Holt ..............   President of Little Elegance
   Aron Laikin ................   Chief Operating Officer of Filmart
   Laine Ross .................   Vice President of Animation USA
   Susan M. Spiegel ...........   President of Filmart
   Robert St. George ..........   President of Little Elegance
   David J. Stone .............   President of Stone's Hallmark; Executive Vice President--Retail Store
                                  Development
   Michael Stone ..............   General Manager of Stone's Hallmark
   David M. Vice ..............   President of Animation USA
 
</TABLE>

     The   initial  term  of  each  agreement  commences  on  the  date  of  the
consummation  of  the  Offering  and ends on the third anniversary except in the
case  of  Susan  M. Spiegel and Aron Laikin, in which case the agreement ends on
the  fifth  anniversary  thereof.  With  respect  to each such agreement, in the
event  that  either party does not notify the other of his, her or its intention
not  to  renew  such  agreement,  the  agreement  will automatically be extended
thereafter  for  successive  one  year periods. In addition to the base salaries
ranging  from  $25,000  to  $50,000 per annum, the employment agreements provide
that  it  is  the  intention  of  the  Company  to  allow  participation  of the
executives  in a to-be-established incentive bonus plan, pursuant to which it is
contemplated  that officers and key employees will be eligible to receive annual
bonus  amounts,  in the discretion of the Board of Directors, in amounts up to a
maximum of one hundred percent of the respective employee's base salary.

     The  12  key  executives  have  accepted certain reductions in salaries and
benefits  such  as  travel expenses and access to Company cars as a condition of
the  consummation  of  the  Acquisitions and of such executives' employment with
the  Company.  See  "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and  Results  of  Operation -- Overview." As consideration for such compensation
and  benefit reductions, the owners and key executives of the Founding Companies
have  entered  into  Employment Agreements with the Company and will receive, in
the  case  of  the  owners,  the  acquisition consideration consisting of Common
Stock  and  cash  and  have  the  opportunity  to  qualify for incentive options
pursuant to one of the Company's stock option plans.

     The  employment  agreements  provide  that  the  executives  are  generally
prohibited,  during  the  term  of  their  employment with the Company and for a
period of two years thereafter, from (i) engaging in activities which are


                                       51
<PAGE>

competitive  with  the Company or its subsidiaries, (ii) soliciting employees of
the  Company  or  its  subsidiaries away from their employment, (iii) soliciting
customers  of  the  Company  or its subsidiaries and (iv) soliciting acquisition
candidates  of  the Company on behalf of the executive or any competitor for the
purpose of acquiring such entity.

     The  employment  agreements  may  be terminated by the Company by reason of
the  death  or  permanent  disability  of the executive, for good cause upon ten
days'  notice,  or  without  cause upon 30 days' notice. Good cause is generally
defined  as  the  executive's  (i) willful and material breach of the employment
agreement,  (ii)  gross  neglect of material duties, (iii) willful dishonesty or
fraud,  (iv)  conviction  of  a  felony  or  (v) chronic alcohol or illegal drug
abuse.  In  the  event  of  a  termination  for  good  cause  or in the event of
executive's  voluntary  resignation without cause, no severance will be payable.
In  the  event of the Company's termination of an executive's employment without
cause  (i)  such  executive  will  be  entitled  to receive a lump-sum severance
payment  equal  to  (a)  in  the  event  termination  occurs  during the initial
employment  term, $100,000 per year for the greater of the time period remaining
under  the  initial  term of the agreement (not to exceed two years) or one year
or  (b)  $100,000  in  the  event  the  termination  occurs  after  the  initial
employment  term,  and  (ii)  the  time  period  during  which such executive is
restricted from competing with the Company will be shortened to one year.

     In  the  event  of a pending "Change in Control" of the Company, and either
(i)  the  Company  and  the  executive have not received written notice at least
five  days  prior to the anticipated closing date of the transaction giving rise
to  the  Change  in Control from the successor that such successor is willing to
assume  the  Company's  obligations  under the employment agreement, or (ii) the
employee,  at  his  or  her  sole discretion, elects to terminate the employment
agreement  at  least  five  days  prior  to  the  anticipated  closing  of  such
transaction,  then  the  Change in Control will be deemed to be a termination of
the  employment  agreement by the Company without cause, except that (x) if such
termination  has  been  effectuated  pursuant to clause (i) above, the amount of
severance  due  to  the  employee would be three times the amount that otherwise
would  be  calculated  under  such  circumstances  (as described above), and the
restrictive  covenants  in  the  employment  agreement will not apply, or (y) if
such  termination has been effectuated pursuant to clause (ii) above, the amount
of  the  employee's  severance  payment  would be two times the amount otherwise
calculated,  and  the restrictive covenants of the employment agreement will all
apply  for  a  period  of two years from the effective date of termination. Each
employment  agreement  contains a tax gross-up provision, such that the employee
will  be  reimbursed  by  the  Company  or  its  successor in the event that the
employee  incurs  any  excise  taxes  under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue
Code as a result of the Change in Control.

     Each  employment agreement deems a "Change in Control" to have occurred if:
(i)  any  person,  other  than the Company or an employee benefit plan, acquires
directly  or indirectly Beneficial Ownership (as defined in Section 13(d) of the
Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934, as amended) of any voting securities of the
Company  which  immediately  after  such  acquisition represents at least 50% or
more  of the total voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the
Company,  unless  the  transaction pursuant to which such acquisition is made is
approved  by  at  least  two-thirds  of  the  Board  of  Directors; (ii) certain
designated  individuals  no  longer  constitute a majority of the members of the
Board  of  Directors;  (iii)  the  stockholders  of  the Company shall approve a
merger,  consolidation,  recapitalization,  or  reorganization of the Company, a
reverse  stock  split  of  outstanding voting securities, or consummation of any
such  transaction  if  stockholder approval is not obtained, other than any such
transaction  which  would  result  in  at  least  75%  of the total voting power
represented  by  the  voting  securities  of  the  surviving  entity outstanding
immediately  after  such transaction being Beneficially Owned by at least 75% of
the  holders  of  outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior
to  the  transaction,  with  the  voting  power  of  each such continuing holder
relative  to  other  such  continuing  holders  not substantially altered in the
transaction;  or  (iv)  the  stockholders of the Company shall approve a plan of
complete  liquidation  or  an  agreement for the sale or disposition of all or a
substantial  portion  of  the  Company's  assets (i.e., 50% or more of the total
assets  of the Company). None of the transactions that occurs in connection with
the Offering constitutes a Change in Control.


COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

     Ronald  P.  Rafaloff,  the Company's Chairman of the Board of Directors, is
currently  the  sole member of the Company's compensation committee and, in such
capacity,  he  participated  in deliberations concerning the Company's executive
compensation  policy  during  the  fiscal year ended January 25, 1998. After the
Offering,  Paul  Shirley and Michael Baker will become additional members of the
Company's  compensation  committee  and  the  Company's  executive  compensation
policy will be established.


                                       52
<PAGE>

1997 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN


     As  of  May  1997,  the  Board  of Directors and the Company's stockholders
approved  the  Company's 1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "Plan"). The maximum
number  of  shares  of Common Stock that may be awarded pursuant to the Plan may
not  exceed 15% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at
the   time   of  determination  (which  maximum  will  be  900,914  shares  upon
consummation  of  the  Offering).  Awards  may be settled in cash, shares, other
awards  or  other  property,  as determined by the compensation committee of the
Board  of Directors. The number of shares reserved or deliverable under the Plan
(as  well  as  the  annual  per-participant limit discussed below) is subject to
adjustment   in   the   event   of  stock  splits,  stock  dividends  and  other
extraordinary corporate events.


     The  purpose  of  the  Plan  is  to  provide  executive officers (including
directors  who also serve as executive officers), key employees, consultants and
other  service  providers  with additional incentive by enabling such persons to
acquire  or  increase their ownership interest in the Company, thereby promoting
a   closer  identity  of  interests  between  such  persons  and  the  Company's
stockholders.  Individual awards under the Plan may take the form of one or more
of:  (i)  either incentive stock options ("ISOs") or non-qualified stock options
("NQSOs");   (ii)  stock  appreciation  rights  ("SARs");  (iii)  restricted  or
deferred  stock;  (iv) dividend equivalents; (v) bonus shares and awards in lieu
of  Company  obligations  to  pay  cash  compensation; and (vi) other awards the
value  of which is based in whole or in part upon the value of the Common Stock.
Upon  a  change  of  control  of  the  Company (as defined in the Plan), certain
conditions   and   restrictions  relating  to  an  award  with  respect  to  the
exercisability or settlement of such award will lapse.


     The  compensation  committee  has the authority under the Plan, among other
things,  to:  (i)  select  the  officers and other key employees and consultants
entitled  to  receive  awards under the Plan; (ii) determine the form of awards,
or  combinations  thereof,  and  whether  such awards are to operate on a tandem
basis  or in conjunction with other awards; (iii) determine the number of shares
of  Common  Stock or units or rights covered by an award; and (iv) determine the
terms  and  conditions  of  any  awards  granted  under  the Plan, including any
restrictions   or   limitations  on  transfer,  any  vesting  schedules  or  the
acceleration  thereof,  any  forfeiture  or  termination  provisions (or waivers
thereof),  and  the  exercise  price  at  which  shares  of  Common Stock may be
purchased  pursuant  to  the  grant  of  stock  options  under  the Plan, in its
discretion,  which discretion includes the ability to set an exercise price that
is  below  the  fair  market value of the shares of Common Stock covered by such
grant  at  the  time  of  grant.  In  addition, unless otherwise provided by the
compensation  committee,  all restrictions relating to the continued performance
of  services  and/or  the achievement of performance objectives will immediately
lapse upon a "change in control" of the Company (as defined in the Plan).


     The  number  of  shares of Common Stock that may be delivered upon exercise
of  ISOs  is  limited  to  300,000.  Shares  subject  to ISOs will not be deemed
delivered  if  such  ISOs  are  forfeited, expire or otherwise terminate without
delivery  of  the  Common  Stock  to  the  Plan  participant.  In  addition,  no
individual  may  receive  awards  in any one calendar year relating to more than
150,000 shares of Common Stock.


     The  grant of an option or SAR (including a stock-based award in the nature
of  a  purchase  right)  will  create no tax consequences for the grantee or the
Company.  A  grantee will not have taxable income upon exercising an ISO (except
that  the  alternative  minimum  tax  may apply) and the Company will receive no
deduction  at  that time. Upon exercising an option other than an ISO (including
a  stock-based  award  in  the nature of a purchase right), the participant must
generally  recognize  ordinary  income  equal  to  the  difference  between  the
exercise   price   and   fair  market  value  of  the  freely  transferable  and
nonforfeitable  stock  received. In each case, the Company will be entitled to a
deduction  equal to the amount recognized as ordinary income by the participant.
 


     A  participant's  disposition  of  shares  acquired upon the exercise of an
option,  SAR  or  other  stock-based  award  in  the  nature of a purchase right
generally  will  result  in  short-term  capital  gain  or  loss measured by the
difference  between  the  sale  price  and  the  participant's tax basis in such
shares  (or  the  exercise price of the option in the case of shares acquired by
exercise  of an ISO and held for the applicable ISO holding periods). Generally,
there  will  be  no  tax  consequences  to  the  Company  in  connection  with a
disposition  of  shares acquired under an option or other award, except that the
Company  will  be  entitled  to  a deduction (and the participant will recognize
ordinary  taxable  income)  if  shares  acquired  upon  exercise  of  an ISO are
disposed of before the applicable ISO holding periods have been satisfied.


                                       53
<PAGE>

     With  respect  to  awards granted under the Plan that may be settled either
in  cash  or  in  stock  or  other  property that is either not restricted as to
transferability  or  not  subject  to  a  substantial  risk  of  forfeiture, the
participant  must  generally  recognize ordinary income equal to the cash or the
fair  market  value  of  stock  or  other property received. The Company will be
entitled  to  a  deduction for the same amount. With respect to awards involving
stock  or other property that is restricted as to transferability and subject to
a  substantial  risk  of  forfeiture,  the  participant must generally recognize
ordinary  income  equal to the fair market value of the shares or other property
received  at  the first time the shares or other property become transferable or
not  subject  to  a substantial risk of forfeiture. The Company will be entitled
to  a  deduction  in  an  amount  equal to the ordinary income recognized by the
participant.  A  participant  may  elect  under  section  83(b)  of the Internal
Revenue  Code  to  be  taxed  at the time of receipt of shares or other property
rather  than  upon  lapse  of restrictions on transferability or the substantial
risk  of forfeiture, but if the participant subsequently forfeits such shares or
property  he  would  not  be  entitled to any tax deduction, including a capital
loss, for the value of the shares or property on which he previously paid tax.

     Section  162(m)  of  the Internal Revenue Code generally disallows a public
company's  tax deduction for compensation to the chief executive officer and the
four  other  most highly compensated executive officers in excess of $1 million.
Compensation  that  qualifies  as  "performance-based  compensation" is excluded
from  the  $1  million deductibility cap, and therefore remains fully deductible
by  the  corporation that pays it. The Company intends that options granted with
an  exercise price equal to at least 100% of fair market value of the underlying
stock  at  the  date  of  grant,  and  other  awards  the settlement of which is
conditioned  upon  achieving  certain  performance  goals  (based on performance
criteria   described   above),   will   qualify   as   such   "performance-based
compensation," although other awards under the Plan may not so qualify.

     The  Plan will remain in effect until terminated by the Board of Directors.
The  Plan  may  be  amended by the Board of Directors without the consent of the
stockholders  of the Company, except that any amendment, although effective when
made,  will  be  subject  to  stockholder approval if required by any Federal or
state  law  or  regulation  or  by  the rules of any stock exchange or automated
quotation system on which the Common Stock may then be listed or quoted.

   
     Options  to  purchase  an aggregate of 90,000 shares have been issued under
the  Plan  at  an  exercise  price  of  $4.00  per  share. Concurrently with the
consummation  of  the  Offering,  the  Company  will  grant  options to purchase
375,000  shares of Common Stock under the Plan at an exercise price equal to the
initial public offering price.
    


1997 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS' STOCK PLAN

     The  Company's  1997  Non-Employee  Directors'  Stock Plan (the "Directors'
Plan"),  which  was  adopted  by  the  Board  of  Directors  and approved by the
Company's  stockholders  as of May 1997, provides for an automatic grant to each
non-employee  director  of an initial option to purchase 40,000 shares of Common
Stock  upon  commencement  of  the  Offering or such person's subsequent initial
election  to  the  Board of Directors. In addition, the Directors' Plan provides
for  an  automatic  annual  grant,  after  each  annual  meeting of stockholders
following  the  Offering, to each non-employee director of an option to purchase
5,000  shares  of  Common Stock; provided, however, that a non-employee director
will  not be granted an annual option if he or she was granted an initial option
during the preceding three months.

     The  number  of  shares  to  be  subject to initial or annual option grants
after  the  first  annual  meeting of stockholders following the Offering may be
changed  by  the  Board  of Directors. A total of 250,000 shares of Common Stock
are  reserved  for  issuance  under  the  Directors'  Plan. The number of shares
reserved,  as well as the number to be subject to automatically granted options,
will  be  adjusted  in  the  event  of  stock  splits, stock dividends and other
extraordinary corporate events.

     Options  granted  under the Directors' Plan will have an exercise price per
share  equal  to  the fair market value of a share at the date of grant. Options
will  expire  at  the  earlier  of ten years after the date of grant or one year
after  termination of service as a director. Options will become exercisable one
year  after  the  date  of  grant,  subject  to  acceleration  by  the  Board of
Directors,  and  will be forfeited upon termination of service as a director for
reasons  other  than death or disability unless the director served for at least
11  months  after  the  date of grant or the option was otherwise exercisable at
the  date  of termination. In addition, the Directors' Plan permits non-employee
directors  to  elect  to  receive,  in  lieu  of cash directors' fees, shares or
credits representing "deferred shares" to be settled at future


                                       54
<PAGE>

dates,  as  elected  by  the  director.  The number of shares or deferred shares
received  will  be  equal  to  the  number of shares which, at the date the fees
would  otherwise  be  payable, will have an aggregate fair market value equal to
the  amount of such fees. Each "deferred share" will be settled by delivery of a
share  of  Common Stock at such time may have been elected by the director prior
to  the  deferral.  In  addition,  unless  otherwise  provided by the Board, all
restrictions  relating to the continued performance of services of the directors
will  immediately  lapse  upon  a  (i)  "change  in  control" of the Company (as
defined  in  the  Plan),  or  (ii)  with respect to any particular director, the
death or permanent disability of such director.

   
     The  grant  of  options  under  the  Director's  Plan  will  create  no tax
consequences  for  the  director or the Company. Upon exercising the option, the
director  must  generally  recognize  ordinary  income  equal  to the difference
between  the exercise price and the fair market value of the freely transferable
and  nonforfeitable  stock received. The Company will be entitled to a deduction
equal  to the amount recognized as ordinary income by the director. A director's
disposition  of  shares  acquired  upon the exercise of an option generally will
result  in  capital  gain  or  loss  measured by the difference between the sale
price  and  the director's tax basis in such shares, and there generally will be
no  tax  consequences  to  the  Company  in  connection with such disposition of
shares.  Deferred fees received in the form of the freely transferable shares of
Common  Stock  under the Director's Plan will generally result in taxable income
to  the  director  in  the  year or years in which they are paid to the director
based  on  the  fair  market  value of the shares in the year they are paid. The
Company  generally  will  be entitled to a tax deduction at the same time and in
the corresponding amount.

     Concurrently  with the consummation of the Offering, the Company will grant
options  to purchase 120,000 shares of Common Stock under the Directors' Plan at
an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price.
    


                                       55
<PAGE>

                             CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS


     Collectibles  USA  was  initially  capitalized  on  June  16,  1996  by the
issuance  of  1,016,602  shares,  of  which 711,622 were issued to RGR Financial
Group  LLC  ("RGR")  and  152,490  shares  were  issued  to Michael A. Baker and
152,490  to  another entity. Each paid consideration of $.10 per share (prior to
the  Stock  Split)  and  was issued the shares on June 16, 1996. On November 20,
1997,  the  Company repurchased 127,490 shares, at par value of $0.01 per share,
from  Michael  A.  Baker  and  reissued  such shares to RGR. Ronald P. Rafaloff,
Chairman  of the Board of Directors of the Company, is a partner and a principal
owner of RGR.

     In  August  1996,  Collectibles  USA issued the CEFC Note-1 to Collectibles
Enterprises  Funding  Corp.,  a Delaware corporation ("CEFC"), which is owned by
RGR.  Upon consummation of the Offering, the principal amount of the CEFC Note-1
will  become  due  and  payable  immediately. No interest is payable on the CEFC
Note-1  in  the  event the Offering is consummated. The Company intends to repay
the CEFC Note-1 with a portion of the proceeds of the Offering.

     In  August 1996, Collectibles USA also issued the CEFC Note-2 to CEFC. Upon
consummation  of  the  Offering,  the  principal  amount of the CEFC Note-2 will
become  due  and  payable immediately. No interest is payable on the CEFC Note-2
in  the event the Offering is consummated. The Company intends to repay the CEFC
Note-2 with a portion of the proceeds of the Offering.

   
     In  June  1997,  Collectibles  USA  issued  the  CEFC  Note-3 to CEFC. Upon
consummation  of  the  Offering,  the  principal  amount of the CEFC Note-3 will
become  due  and  payable immediately. No interest is payable on the CEFC Note-3
in  the event the Offering is consummated. The Company intends to repay the CEFC
Note-3 with a portion of the proceeds of the Offering.

     In December  1997,  Collectibles  USA issued the CEFC Note-4 to CEFC.  Upon
consummation  of the  Offering,  the  principal  amount of the CEFC  Note-4 will
become due and payable immediately. No interest is payable on the CEFC Note-4 in
the event the Offering is consummated.  Upon  consummation of the Offering,  the
principal  amount will be converted into shares of Restricted  Vote Common Stock
and Common Stock.
    


     Effective  December  31,  1997,  the  CEFC Note-1, CEFC Note-2 and the CEFC
Note-3  were amended to extend the maturity date of such notes from December 31,
1997 to December 31, 1998.


   
     In  February  1998,  Collectibles USA issued the CUSA Notes. The CUSA Notes
become  due  and  payable  on  February  28,  1999. In the event the Offering is
consummated,  the  CUSA Notes automatically will convert into a number of shares
of  Restricted  Vote  Common Stock, which number shall be determined by dividing
the  aggregate amount of the CUSA Notes by an amount equal to 50% of the initial
public  offering  price.  $700,000  of  the  CUSA  Notes were issued to entities
affiliated  with  Michael A. Baker and Paul T. Shirley, both of whom will become
directors of the Company upon consummation of the Offering.
    


     The  proceeds  of  the  CEFC  Notes  and  the CUSA Notes, which the Company
believes  were  issued  on terms that were as favorable as those that could have
been  obtained from a disinterested or an unaffiliated third party, were used by
Collectibles  USA  to  pay  various  expenses  incurred  in  connection with its
efforts to complete the Acquisitions and effect the Offering.


     On  May  12,  1997,  Collectibles USA issued to 22 unaffiliated, accredited
investors   20,000   shares   of  its  Series  A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,
liquidation  value  $50  per  share,  for  an  aggregate  consideration  of $1.0
million,  the proceeds of which were used by the Company to pay various expenses
incurred  in connection with its efforts to complete the Acquisitions and effect
the  Offering.  Pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the Series A Convertible Preferred
Stock,  upon  the  consummation  of  the  Offering,  each  share of the Series A
Convertible  Preferred  Stock  will  automatically  convert either (i) into that
number  of  shares  of  Common Stock, determined by dividing (X) the liquidation
value  by (Y) an amount equal to 60% of the initial public offering price or, at
the  option of the holder of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, (ii) into
that   number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  determined  by  dividing  (X)  the
liquidation  value by (Y) an amount equal to 150% of the initial public offering
price  and  cash in an amount equal to the liquidation value. All but one of the
holders  of  the  Series  A  Convertible Preferred Stock have elected conversion
option  (ii)  in  the  preceding sentence. As a result, upon consummation of the
Offering,   the   Series   A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  will  convert  into
approximately  $1.0  million  in  cash  and  79,902  shares of Common Stock. The
Company intends to pay the required cash amounts in


                                       56
<PAGE>

connection  with the conversion of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock with
a  portion  of  the proceeds of the Offering. The Series A Convertible Preferred
Stock  was  issued  in  reliance  on  the exemption from registration afforded a
private   offering   made   under  Section  4(2)  of  the  Securities  Act.  See
"Description of Capital Stock -- Series A Convertible Preferred Stock."

   
     On  June  11, 1997, the Company issued 711,622 shares and 152,490 shares of
Restricted  Vote  Common  Stock  to  RGR  and Michael A. Baker, respectively, in
exchange  for  an  identical number of shares of Common Stock issued and sold in
June  1996.  See  "Description  of  Capital Stock -- Common Stock and Restricted
Vote Common Stock."

     The Company has entered  into an  agreement  with RGR pursuant to which (i)
RGR shall  transfer a total of 91,049  shares of Common Stock to the Company for
cancellation,  and, concurrently therewith,  (ii) the Company shall issue 79,063
shares of  Restricted  Vote  Common  Stock and  11,986  shares of Common  Stock,
respectively, to holders of certain CUSA Notes and Preferred Stock as designated
by the Company upon the consummation of the Offering. The number of shares to be
transferred by RGR shall be appropriately adjusted based upon the actual initial
public offering price. In addition, upon consummation of the Offering, Ronald P.
Rafaloff will receive options to purchase  150,000 shares of Common Stock at the
initial public offering price.


     Simultaneously  with  the  consummation  of  the Offering, Collectibles USA
will  acquire  by  merger  all  the  issued and outstanding capital stock of the
Founding  Companies,  at  which  time each Founding Company will become a wholly
owned  subsidiary  of the Company. The aggregate consideration that will be paid
by  Collectibles USA to acquire the Founding Companies consists of approximately
$7.8  million in cash and 1,761,354 shares of Common Stock. The consideration to
be   paid   for  each  Founding  Company  was  determined  through  arm's-length
negotiations  between  the Company and representatives of each Founding Company.
The  factors  considered  by  the parties in determining the consideration to be
paid  include,  among  others,  the historical operating results, the net worth,
the  levels  and  types of indebtedness and the future prospects of the Founding
Company.  Each  Founding  Company  was represented by independent counsel in the
negotiation  of  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  Acquisitions. The Company
intends  to  repay approximately $3.5 million of the outstanding indebtedness as
of  June  30,  1998  of  the  Founding  Companies  (which  includes  $625,000 of
indebtedness  incurred  to fund distributions in May 1997, November 1997 and May
1998,  to the sole stockholder of American Royal Arts representing S corporation
earnings   previously   taxed  to  such  stockholder),  which  has  been  either
personally  guaranteed  by,  or is owed directly to, certain stockholders of the
Founding Companies or their affiliates.


     The  following table sets forth the approximate consideration to be paid to
the  stockholders  of  the  Founding Companies (i) in cash, (ii) in repayment of
debt  as  of  June  30,  1998  and (iii) in shares of Common Stock, in each case
subject  to  adjustments through the date of the consummation of the Acquisition
for changes in the amount of debt outstanding:
    





   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       CASH       DEBT        SHARES
                                     --------   --------   ------------
                                              (DOLLARS IN
                                               THOUSANDS)
<S>                                   <C>        <C>        <C>
Collectibles Stores
- -------------------
 Little Elegance .............       $  400     $  663        50,397
 North Pole City .............        1,730      1,210       385,845
 Reef Hallmark ...............          850        899       186,346
 Stone's Hallmark ............        1,148         20       373,766
Animation Art Galleries
- -----------------------
 American Royal Arts .........        2,592        625       540,000
 Animation USA ...............          350        103        75,000
 Filmart .....................          700         --       150,000
                                      ------     ------       -------
   TOTAL .....................       $7,770     $3,520     1,761,354
                                     ======     ======     =========
 
</TABLE>
    

     The  Founding  Companies  will also distribute approximately $31,000 in net
book   value  of  certain  non-operating  assets  less  related  obligations  of
approximately $23,000 prior to consummation of the Acquisitions.


     The  consummation  of  each Acquisition is subject to customary conditions.
These  conditions include, among others, the accuracy on the closing date of the
Acquisitions of the representations and warranties of the Founding


                                       57
<PAGE>

Companies,  their  stockholders  and  of the Company, the performance by each of
the  parties  of  their  respective  covenants,  the  nonexistence of a material
adverse  change  in  the  results  of  operations  and  the  absence of material
litigation.

     The  agreements, as amended, relating to the Acquisitions may be terminated
under   certain  circumstances  prior  to  the  consummation  of  the  Offering.
Specifically,  the  agreements,  as amended, may be terminated (i) by the mutual
consent  of  the  Board  of  Directors of the Company and each Founding Company;
(ii)  if the Offering and the Acquisitions are not consummated by July 28, 1998;
or  (iii)  if  a material breach or default under the agreements shall exist and
is not cured or waived.

     Pursuant  to  the agreements relating to the Acquisitions, all stockholders
of  each  of  the Founding Companies have agreed not to compete with the Company
for  a  period  of  three  years  commencing  on  the  date  of  closing  of the
Acquisitions.

   
     Three  of  the Founding Companies have incurred indebtedness which has been
personally  guaranteed  by  its  stockholders.  At  June 30, 1998, the aggregate
amount   of  indebtedness  of  these  Founding  Companies  that  was  personally
guaranteed  was  approximately $2.5 million. The Company intends to repay all of
such  indebtedness upon the consummation of the Offering. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
    


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      COMPANY           AMOUNT OF DEBT GUARANTEED      GUARANTOR
- ---------------------- --------------------------- ------------------
                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
                       ---------------------------
<S>                    <C>                         <C>
 
     North Pole City              $1,210           David K. Green
     Little Elegance                 300           Jean Holt
                                                   Keith N. Holt
                                                   Carmella Pugliese
                                                   Robert St. George
     Reef Hallmark                   879           Roy C. Elwell
                                                   Kim A. Elwell
     Animation USA                   103           David M. Vice
                                                   Laine Ross
 
 
                                  ------
        Total                     $2,492
                                  ======
 
</TABLE>
    

     In  connection with the Acquisitions, individuals who will become directors
of  the  Company  together  with  their  spouses, will receive consideration for
their  interests  in the Founding Companies, subject to adjustments as described
above, as follows:


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     REPAYMENT OF
                                     CASH      DEBT AS OF JUNE 30, 1998     SHARES
                                   --------   --------------------------   --------
                                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                <C>        <C>                          <C>
 
 
       Roy C. Elwell ...........    $  850               $ --              186,346
       David K. Green ..........     1,730                 --              385,845
       Jerry Gladstone .........     2,592                625              540,000
       David J. Stone ..........     1,148                 --              373,766
 
</TABLE>
    

TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING CERTAIN OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS

     Consulting   Arrangements.  The  Company  has  entered  into  a  consulting
agreement  with  each  of  RGR  and  Wasatch Capital Corporation ("Wasatch"), of
which  Michael  A.  Baker  is the Chairman of the Board, pursuant to which, upon
the  consummation  of  the  Offering,  RGR  and  Wasatch  will act as merger and
acquisition  advisory  consultants  to  assist  the  Company in implementing its
strategy  to  acquire  additional  retailers  of  collectibles  and marketers of
animation  art  and other related consulting services for an initial term of one
year  and  three  years,  respectively. Pursuant to the terms of each consulting
agreement, which terms the Company believes are as


                                       58
<PAGE>

favorable  as could have been obtained from a disinterested third party, RGR and
Wasatch  will  (i)  assist  the  Company in implementing its strategy to acquire
additional  retailers  of  collectibles  and  marketers  of  animation art, (ii)
assist   the   Company  in  designing  the  Company's  acquisition  program  and
identifying  and  evaluating potential acquisition candidates, their operations,
historical  performance  and  future  prospects  and (iii) advise the Company in
discussions   and   negotiations   with  acquisition  candidates.  Additionally,
pursuant  to  its  consulting  agreement,  Wasatch will provide the Company with
advice  regarding  management and business operations. For all services rendered
by  RGR  and Wasatch to the Company, the Company will compensate RGR or Wasatch,
as  the  case  may  be,  based  upon  each  acquisition  candidate with which an
acquisition  is  consummated. The consideration to be paid to RGR or Wasatch, as
the  case  may be, upon consummation of a future acquisition will be 3.2% of the
acquisition  candidate's pre-tax net income for its most recent fiscal year. RGR
is  a  stockholder of the Company and will, after the Offering, beneficially own
10.1%  of  the  Company's  outstanding  Common Stock. In addition, Mr. Ronald P.
Rafaloff,  who  is  Chairman  of  the  Board  of the Company, is a partner and a
principal  owner  of RGR. Michael A. Baker will become a director of the Company
upon  consummation  of  the  Offering. Mr. Baker is a stockholder of the Company
and   will,   after  the  Offering,  beneficially  own  2.8%  of  the  Company's
outstanding Common Stock.

     Michael  A.  Baker  has  served  as  consultant  to  the  Company since the
Company's  inception.  In such capacity, he consults with officers and directors
of  the  Company,  attends  meetings  of  the  Board  of  Directors and provides
guidance   concerning  management  and  operation  of  the  Company's  business,
including potential acquisitions.

     Real  Property  Leases.  In  connection  with the Acquisitions, four of the
Founding  Companies  will  renegotiate  leases  currently  in  place with former
stockholders  of the Founding Companies and/or their affiliates. North Pole City
leases  both  of  its facilities from David K. Green, the current owner of North
Pole  City. The combined current monthly rent under such leases is approximately
$13,500.  Prior  to  consummation  of  the  Offering,  the  Company  anticipates
entering  into  new  leases covering these facilities at a combined monthly rent
of  $10,300 for a term of five years. Three other facilities of the Company will
be  leased  from  former  stockholders  of  the  Founding Companies and/or their
affiliates  at  monthly  rates ranging from $500 to $1,200. The Company believes
that the monthly rental amounts represent the fair market value of the leases.

   
     Agreement  and  Release.  The  Company  has  entered  into an Agreement and
Release,  dated  as  of  August 8, 1997, with David L. Yankey, a former director
and  executive  officer, whose employment terminated in June 1997. The agreement
provides  that Mr. Yankey (i) will receive within three days of the consummation
of  the  Offering  $250,000  and  a six-month convertible note for the principal
amount  of  $100,000  (convertible  at  the  initial  public  offering price) as
severance  payment,  (ii)  will  transfer 95,000 shares of the 174,580 shares of
Common  Stock  previously  owned by him, (iii) will enter into a 180-day lock-up
arrangement  with  the  Underwriters  and (iv) will agree to release the Company
(including   its  current  and  former  officers,  directors,  shareholders  and
representatives)  and  its  successors  and  assigns from any and all claims and
demands.  The  Company  also  has  agreed to release Mr. Yankey from any and all
claims  (other  than  acts  constituting  material  fraud,  theft  or  a felony)
relating  to  Mr.  Yankey's  employment. To permit Mr. Yankey to resell promptly
his  shares  of Common Stock after expiration of the 180-day lock-up period, the
Company  has  agreed  to prepare and file, at its cost, a registration statement
to effect the registration of such shares.
    


COMPANY POLICY

     In  the  future,  any  transactions  with directors, officers, employees or
affiliates  of  the Company are anticipated to be minimal and will, in any case,
be  approved  by  a  majority of the Board of Directors, including a majority of
disinterested members of the Board of Directors.


                                       59
<PAGE>

                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS


     The  following  table  sets  forth  information  with respect to beneficial
ownership  of  the  Common  Stock as of June 1, 1998, and after giving effect to
the  Acquisitions  and  the Offering, by (i) all persons known to the Company to
be  the  beneficial  owner of 5% or more thereof, (ii) each director and nominee
for  director, (iii) each executive officer and (iv) all officers, directors and
director  nominees  as  a  group.  All  persons  listed  have  sole  voting  and
investment power with respect to their shares unless otherwise indicated.




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED       SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED
                                                                BEFORE OFFERING                 AFTER OFFERING
                                                          ----------------------------   -----------------------------
                    NAME AND ADDRESS                           NUMBER         PERCENT         NUMBER          PERCENT
- -------------------------------------------------------   ----------------   ---------   ----------------   ----------
<S>                                                       <C>                <C>         <C>                <C>
   
Ronald P. Rafaloff(1)                                          946,602(7)       73.9%         613,847(2)(8)     10.1%
 One Battery Park Plaza, 24th Floor
 New York, NY 10004-1405
Shonnie D. Bilin                                               100,000(3)(8)     7.8%         100,000(3)(8)      1.6%
 744 Clover Hill Court
 Elk Grove Village, IL 60007
Neil J. DePascal, Jr.                                           90,000(4)(8)     7.0%          90,000(4)(8)      1.5%
 6402 Rippling Hollow Drive
 Spring, TX 77379
Roy C. Elwell                                                       --            --          186,346            3.1%
 1694 South Congress Avenue
 Palm Springs, FL 33461
Jerry Gladstone                                                     --            --          540,000            8.9%
 473 Old Country Road
 Westbury, NY 11590
David K. Green                                                      --            --          385,845            6.3%
 4201 South I-44
 Oklahoma City, OK 73119
David J. Stone                                                      --            --          373,766            6.1%
 2508 South Alpine Road
 Rockford, IL 61108
Michael A. Baker                                                25,000(8)        2.0%         167,647(5)(8)      2.8%
 3322 Albans
 Houston, TX 77005
Paul T. Shirley                                                     --            --           56,861(6)(8)      0.9%
 875 Lakeshore Boulevard
 Incline Village, NV 89451
RGR Financial Group LLC                                        946,602(7)       73.9%         613,847(2)(8)     10.1%
 One Battery Park Plaza, 24th Floor
 New York, NY 10004-1405
David L. Yankey                                                 79,580           6.2%          79,580            1.3%
 13500 Country Way
 Los Altos Hills, CA 94022
All officers and directors and director nominees as a        1,161,602          90.7%       2,514,312           41.3%
 group (9 persons)
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
(1)  Represents  all the shares  owned by RGR.  Mr.  Rafaloff is a partner and a
     principal owner of RGR.
(2)  Reflects shares  transferred  upon  consummation of the Offering to certain
     holders  of  notes  issued  by CEFC  and  certain  holders  of  convertible
     Preferred Stock.
(3)  Includes 50,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of the $4 Options.
(4)  Includes 40,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of the $4 Options.
(5)  Includes an aggregate of 142,647  shares to be issued to an affiliate  that
     holds a  convertible  note  issued by CEFC and an  affiliate  that  holds a
     convertible note issued by Collectibles USA.
(6)  Reflects shares to be issued to an affiliate that holds a convertible  note
     issued by CEFC and an  affiliate  that holds a  convertible  note issued by
     Collectibles USA.
   
(7)  Represents 921,602 shares of Restricted Vote Common Stock.
(8)  Represents shares of Restricted Vote Common Stock.
    

                                       60
<PAGE>

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK


GENERAL

   
     The  Company's  authorized  capital  stock consists of 31,200,000 shares of
Common  Stock,  par  value  $.01  per  share,  of  which  1,200,000  shares  are
designated  as  Restricted  Vote  Common  Stock,  par  value $.01 per share, and
5,000,000  shares  of  preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Preferred
Stock").  As  of the date of this Prospectus, 219,580 shares of Common Stock are
outstanding  and  held of record by four persons, 1,071,602 shares of Restricted
Vote  Common Stock are outstanding and held of record by four persons and 20,000
shares  of  Series  A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock are outstanding and held of
record  by 22 persons. After giving effect to the Acquisitions and the Offering,
there  will  be 6,006,094 shares of Common Stock outstanding, of which 1,320,258
shares  will be Restricted Vote Common Stock. The following summary of the terms
and  provisions  of  the Company's capital stock is qualified in its entirety by
reference  to  the  Company's  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
(the  "Charter") and By-laws, which have been filed as exhibits to the Company's
registration  statement, of which this Prospectus is a part, and applicable law.
 
    


COMMON STOCK AND RESTRICTED VOTE COMMON STOCK

     The  holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share on all
matters  voted  upon  by  stockholders, including the election of directors. The
holders  of Restricted Vote Common Stock are entitled to elect one member of the
Company's  Board  of Directors and to one-tenth of a vote for each share held on
all  other  matters  on  which  stockholders  are  entitled  to vote. Holders of
Restricted  Vote  Common  Stock  are not entitled to vote on the election of any
other  directors. Any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed
at  any  time,  with cause, by a majority of the aggregate number of votes which
may  be cast by the holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock and Restricted
Vote  Common  Stock  entitled  to vote for the election of directors. Subject to
the  rights  of  any  then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the holders of
Common  Stock and Restricted Vote Common Stock are entitled to such dividends as
may  be  declared  in  the  discretion  of  the  Board of Directors out of funds
legally  available  therefor. See "Dividend Policy." Holders of Common Stock and
holders  of  Restricted  Vote  Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in the
net  assets  of  the Company upon liquidation after payment or provision for all
liabilities  and any preferential liquidation rights of any Preferred Stock then
outstanding.  The  holders of Common Stock and holders of Restricted Vote Common
Stock  have  no  preemptive  rights  to  purchase shares of capital stock of the
Company.  Shares  of  Common  Stock  and  Restricted  Vote  Common Stock are not
subject  to  any  redemption  provisions  and are not convertible into any other
securities of the Company, except as provided in the following paragraph.

     Each  share  of  Restricted Vote Common Stock will automatically convert to
Common  Stock  on  a  share-for-share basis (i) in the event of a disposition of
such  share  of Restricted Vote Common Stock by the holder thereof (other than a
distribution  which  is a distribution by a holder to its partners or beneficial
owners,  or a transfer to a related party of such holder (as defined in Sections
267,  707,  318  and/or 4946 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986)), (ii) in the
event   any  person  acquires  beneficial  ownership  of  15%  or  more  of  the
outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock  of  the  Company, (iii) in the event any
person  offers  to acquire 15% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock
of  the  Company or (iv) earlier, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the
aggregate  number  of  votes  which  may  be  cast by the holders of outstanding
shares  of  Common  Stock  and Restricted Vote Common Stock. After July 1, 1999,
the  Board  of  Directors  may  elect  to  convert  any  outstanding  shares  of
Restricted  Vote  Common  Stock  into shares of Common Stock in the event 80% or
more  of  the originally outstanding shares of Restricted Vote Common Stock have
been  previously  converted  into shares of Common Stock. All outstanding shares
of  Common  Stock and Restricted Vote Common Stock are, and the shares of Common
Stock  to  be issued upon consummation of the Offering and the Acquisitions will
be upon payment therefor, fully paid and non-assessable.

     The  Company  has  applied  for quotation of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq
National  Market  under the symbol "CUSA." The Restricted Vote Common Stock will
not be quoted on the Nasdaq National Market.

PREFERRED STOCK

     The  Preferred  Stock  may  be  issued  from  time  to time by the Board of
Directors  as shares of one or more classes or series. Subject to the provisions
of  the  Company's  Charter  and  limitations  prescribed  by  law, the Board of
Directors  is  expressly authorized to adopt resolutions to issue the shares, to
fix the number of shares and to change


                                       61
<PAGE>

the  number  of shares constituting any series, and to provide for or change the
voting  powers,  designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional
or  other  special  rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof,
including   dividend   rights  (including  whether  dividends  are  cumulative),
dividend  rates,  terms  of  redemption  (including  sinking  fund  provisions),
redemption  prices,  conversion rights and liquidation preferences of the shares
constituting  any  class  or series of the Preferred Stock, in each case without
any  further  action  or  vote  by  the  stockholders.  Except  for its Series A
Convertible  Preferred  Stock  described  below, the Company has not issued, and
has  no  current  plans  to issue, any shares of Preferred Stock of any class or
series.

     One  of  the  effects  of undesignated Preferred Stock may be to enable the
Board  of  Directors  to  render  more  difficult or to discourage an attempt to
obtain  control of the Company by means of a tender offer, proxy contest, merger
or   otherwise,   and  thereby  to  protect  the  continuity  of  the  Company's
management.  The  issuance of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to the Board of
Directors'  authority  described  above  may  adversely affect the rights of the
holders  of the Common Stock. For example, Preferred Stock issued by the Company
may  rank  prior  to  the  Common  Stock  as  to  dividend  rights,  liquidation
preference  or  both,  may  have  full  or  limited  voting  rights  and  may be
convertible  into shares of Common Stock. Accordingly, the issuance of shares of
Preferred  Stock  may  discourage  bids for the Common Stock at a premium or may
otherwise adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock.


SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

     In  May  1997,  the  Company sold 20,000 shares of its Series A Convertible
Preferred  Stock,  liquidation  value $50 per share, for aggregate consideration
of  $1.0  million, the proceeds of which were used by the Company to pay various
expenses  incurred  in  connection with its efforts to complete the Acquisitions
and  effect  the  Offering.  Pursuant  to  the terms of the Series A Convertible
Preferred  Stock,  upon  the  consummation  of  the  Offering, each share of the
Series  A Convertible Preferred Stock will automatically convert either (i) into
that  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock,  determined  by  dividing  (X)  the
liquidation  value  by (Y) an amount equal to 60% of the initial public offering
price  or,  at  the  option  of the holder of the Series A Convertible Preferred
Stock,  (ii)  into  that number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing
(X)  the  liquidation value by (Y) an amount equal to 150% of the initial public
offering  price  and  cash  in an amount equal to the liquidation value. All but
one  of  the  holders  of  the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock have elected
conversion   option   (ii)   in  the  preceding  sentence.  As  a  result,  upon
consummation  of  the  Offering,  the  Series A Convertible Preferred Stock will
convert  into  approximately  $1.0  million  in cash and 79,902 shares of Common
Stock.  The  Company intends to pay the required cash amounts in connection with
the  conversion  of  the  Series A Convertible Preferred Stock with a portion of
the proceeds of the Offering.


STATUTORY BUSINESS COMBINATION PROVISION

     The  Company  is  subject  to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware
General  Corporation  Law  ("Section  203").  Section 203 provides, with certain
exceptions,  that  a Delaware corporation may not engage in any of a broad range
of  business  combinations  with  a person or an affiliate, or associate of such
person,  who is an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years from the
date  that  such  person  became  an  interested  stockholder  unless:  (i)  the
transaction  resulting  in  a  person becoming an interested stockholder, or the
business  combination,  is approved by the Board of Directors of the corporation
before  the  person  becomes  an  interested  stockholder,  (ii)  the interested
stockholder  acquired  85%  or  more  of  the  outstanding  voting  stock of the
corporation  in  the  same  transaction  that  makes  such  person an interested
stockholder  (excluding  shares  owned  by  persons  who  are  both officers and
directors  of  the  corporation,  and  shares  held  by  certain  employee stock
ownership  plans),  or  (iii)  on  or  after  the  date  the  person  becomes an
interested   stockholder,   the   business   combination   is  approved  by  the
corporation's  Board  of  Directors  and  by  the holders of at least 66% of the
corporation's  outstanding  voting  stock  at  an  annual  or  special  meeting,
excluding  shares  owned  by  the  interested stockholder. Under Section 203, an
"interested  stockholder"  is  defined as any person who is (i) the owner of 15%
or  more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation or (ii) an affiliate
or  associate  of  the  corporation  and who was the owner of 15% or more of the
outstanding  voting  stock  of the corporation at any time within the three-year
period  immediately  prior  to  the  date on which it is sought to be determined
whether such person is an interested stockholder.

     A  corporation  may,  at  its  option,  exclude itself from the coverage of
Section  203  by  including  in  its  certificate of incorporation or by-laws by
action  of  its stockholders to exempt itself from coverage. The Company has not
adopted such an amendment to the Charter or By-laws.


                                       62
<PAGE>

LIMITATION ON DIRECTORS' LIABILITIES

     Pursuant to the Charter and under  Delaware  law,  directors of the Company
are not liable to the  Company or its  stockholders  for  monetary  damages  for
breach of fiduciary  duty,  except for liability in connection  with a breach of
the duty of loyalty,  for acts or omissions  not in good faith or which  involve
intentional  misconduct or a knowing  violation of law, for dividend payments or
stock  repurchases  illegal  under  Delaware law or any  transaction  in which a
director  has  derived an improper  personal  benefit.  The  Company  intends to
increase its directors' and officers'  liability insurance prior to consummation
of the Offering.


TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

     The  Transfer  Agent  and Registrar for the Common Stock is The Bank of New
York.

                                       63
<PAGE>

                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     The  market  price  of  the Common Stock could be adversely affected by the
sale  of  substantial  amounts  of  Common  Stock  in  the  public  market. Upon
consummation  of  the  Offering, 6,006,094 shares of Common Stock and Restricted
Vote  Common  Stock  will be issued and outstanding. All of the 2,700,000 shares
sold  in  the Offering, except for shares acquired by affiliates of the Company,
will  be freely tradeable. None of the remaining 3,306,094 shares were issued in
a  transaction  registered  under  the  Securities  Act,  and, accordingly, such
shares  may  not  be sold except in transactions registered under the Securities
Act  or  pursuant  to  an  exemption  from registration, including the exemption
contained in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

     In  general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, if one year has elapsed
since  the  later  of the date of the acquisition of restricted shares of Common
Stock  from  the  Company  or from any affiliate of the Company, the acquiror or
subsequent  holder thereof may sell, within any three-month period commencing as
of  the  date  of  this  Prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the
greater  of  1%  of  the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, or the average
weekly  trading  volume of Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market during the
four  calendar  weeks preceding the date on which notice of the proposed sale is
sent  to the Commission. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner
of  sale  provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public
information  about the Company. If two years have elapsed since the later of the
date  of  the  acquisition of restricted shares of Common Stock from the Company
or  any  affiliate  of  the  Company, a person who is not deemed to have been an
affiliate  of  the  Company  at  any  time for 90 days preceding a sale would be
entitled  to  sell  such  shares  under  Rule  144  without regard to the volume
limitations, manner of sale provisions or notice requirements.

     The  Company and its officers and directors have agreed not to, directly or
indirectly,  offer,  issue,  sell,  contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any
shares  of  Common  Stock  or  any  securities exercisable for or convertible or
exchangeable  into  Common  Stock  (the  "Securities")  for a period of 180 days
after  the  date  of  this  Prospectus  (the  "Lockup Period") without the prior
written  consent  of  Cruttenden  Roth  Incorporated,  except  for  the grant of
employee  stock  options  by  the  Company and except that the Company may issue
shares  of  Common  Stock  (i) in connection with acquisitions, (ii) pursuant to
the  exercise  of  options  granted  under  the Company's stock option plans and
(iii)  upon  conversion  of  the  Series  A  Convertible Preferred Stock and the
Restricted  Vote  Common  Stock  in  accordance  with  their  terms. In addition
certain  stockholders  of  the Company designated by the Representative who upon
consummation  of  the  Offering  will  beneficially  own an aggregate of 917,935
shares  of  Common  Stock  and the owners of each of the Founding Companies have
agreed,  subject  to  certain exceptions, not to, directly or indirectly, offer,
sell,  contract  to  sell or otherwise dispose of any Securities for a period of
180  days after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent of
Cruttenden  Roth  Incorporated.  After  such periods, all of such shares will be
eligible  for  sale in accordance with Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities
Act,  subject  to the volume, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144."
See "Underwriting."

     The  Company  has  authorized  the  issuance  of  shares of Common Stock in
accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  Plan and the Directors' Plan. The maximum
number  of  shares  of Common Stock that may be awarded pursuant to the Plan may
not  exceed 15% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at
the   time   of  determination  (which  maximum  will  be  900,914  shares  upon
consummation  of  the  Offering).  Options  to  purchase an aggregate of 495,000
shares  of  Common Stock will be granted upon consummation of the Offering under
the  Company's  stock  option  plans. The Company intends to file a registration
statement  on  Form  S-8  under  the  Securities Act registering the issuance of
shares  upon exercise of options granted under the Plan and the Directors' Plan.
As a result, such shares will be eligible for resale in the public market.

     The  Company  has reserved 270,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance upon
exercise  of  the Representative's Warrants. The holders of the Representative's
Warrants have certain registration rights. See "Underwriting."

     The  Company  currently  intends  to file a registration statement covering
2,500,000  additional  shares  of  Common Stock under the Securities Act for its
use  in  connection  with  future  acquisitions.  These shares generally will be
freely  tradeable  after  their  issuance  by  persons  not  affiliated with the
Company unless the Company contractually restricts their resale.

     The  former  stockholders  of  the  Founding Companies who will hold in the
aggregate  1,761,354  shares  of  Common Stock upon consummation of the Offering
are  entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of their shares
of  Common  Stock  under  the Securities Act. None of such persons has rights to
include shares of


                                       64
<PAGE>

Common  Stock  for sale in the Offering. If the Company proposes to register any
of  its  securities  under the Securities Act, such stockholders are entitled to
notice  of  such  registration  and  are  entitled  to include, at the Company's
expense,  all  or  a  portion  of  their  shares  therein,  subject  to  certain
conditions  and  subject  to  the  right of any managing underwriter of any such
offering  to  include  some  or  all  of  the  shares  for marketing reasons. In
addition,  certain of such stockholders have certain limited demand registration
rights  to  require  the  Company  to register shares held by them following the
second  anniversary of the Offering. The Company is also obligated, at its cost,
to  effect  the  registration  of 79,580 shares of Common Stock held by a former
officer  of  the  Company  immediately upon expiration of the Lockup Period. See
"Certain  Transactions -- Transactions Involving Certain Officers, Directors and
Stockholders."

     Prior  to  the  Offering,  there has been no established trading market for
Common  Stock,  and  no  predictions  can be made as to the effect that sales of
Common   Stock  under  Rule  144,  pursuant  to  a  registration  statement,  or
otherwise,  or the availability of shares of Common Stock for sale, will have on
the  market  price prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of
Common  Stock  in  the  public  market,  or the perception that such sales could
occur,  could  depress  the prevailing market price. Such sales may also make it
more   difficult  for  the  Company  to  issue  or  sell  equity  securities  or
equity-related  securities  in  the  future  at  a  time and price that it deems
appropriate.  See  "Risk  Factors  --  Potential  Effect  of Shares Eligible for
Future Sale on the Price of the Common Stock."

                                       65
<PAGE>

                                  UNDERWRITING

     Subject  to  the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, a copy
of  which  has  been  filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which
this  Prospectus  is  a  part, the Underwriters named below (the "Underwriters")
have,  severally  and not jointly, agreed, through Cruttenden Roth Incorporated,
the  Representative of the Underwriters (the "Representative"), to purchase from
the  Company,  and  the  Company  has  agreed  to  sell to the Underwriters, the
aggregate  number  of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite their respective
names:





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          NUMBER
        NAME OF UNDERWRITERS                             OF SHARES
        ---------------------                            ----------
<S>                                                      <C>
       Cruttenden Roth Incorporated .........             ---------
 
          Total .............................             2,700,000
                                                          =========
 
</TABLE>

     The  Underwriters  are  committed  to take and pay for all of the shares of
Common  Stock  offered  hereby  (other  than those covered by the over-allotment
option described below), if any are purchased.

     The  Underwriters  have  advised the Company that they propose to offer all
or  part  of the Common Stock offered hereby directly to the public initially at
the  price  to  the  public set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, that
they  may  offer  shares  to  certain  dealers  at  a  price  which represents a
concession  of  not  more than $      per share, and the Underwriters may allow,
and  such  dealers  may  reallow, a concession of not more than $   per share to
certain  other  dealers.  After  the commencement of this offering, the price to
the public and the concessions may be changed.

     The  Company  has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable within
45  days  after  the  date  of  this Prospectus, to purchase up to an additional
405,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  at  the  same price per share as the initial
2,700,000  shares  to  be  purchased  by  the Underwriters. The Underwriters may
exercise  this  option  only to cover over-allotments, if any. To the extent the
Underwriters  exercise  this  option,  each of the Underwriters will have a firm
commitment,  subject  to  certain  conditions,  to  purchase the same percentage
thereof  as  the  percentage  of the initial 2,700,000 shares to be purchased by
that Underwriter.

     The  Company  has  agreed  to  indemnify  the  Underwriters against certain
liabilities,  including  certain  liabilities  under  the Securities Act, and to
contribute  to  payments  the  Underwriters  may  be required to make in respect
thereof.

     The  Company  has  agreed to issue to the Representative and its designees,
for  their  own accounts, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 270,000 shares of
Common  Stock, exercisable during the five-year period commencing on the date of
this  Prospectus, at a price equal to 120% of the public offering price, subject
to  adjustment  in certain events. The Representative's Warrants contain certain
registration  rights relating to the shares issuable thereunder. For the life of
the  Representative's  Warrants, the Representative will have the opportunity to
profit from a rise in the market price for the Common Stock.

     The  Company  has agreed to pay the Representative a financial advisory fee
of  $450,000, of which $225,000 will be paid by the Company upon consummation of
the   Offering  and  $225,000  will  be  paid  by  the  Company  90  days  after
consummation of the Offering.

     The  Company and its officers and directors have agreed not to, directly or
indirectly,  offer,  issue,  sell,  contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any
shares  of Common Stock or any securities exercisable for or convertible into or
exchangeable  into  Common  Stock  (the  "Securities"), for a period of 180 days
after  the  date  of  this  Prospectus  (the  "Lockup Period") without the prior
written  consent  of  Cruttenden  Roth  Incorporated,  except  for  the grant of
employee stock options by the


                                       66
<PAGE>

Company  and  except  that  the  Company may issue shares of Common Stock (i) in
connection  with  acquisitions, (ii) pursuant to the exercise of options granted
under  the  Plan and the Directors' Plan and (iii) upon conversion of the Series
A   Convertible  Preferred  Stock  and  the  Restricted  Vote  Common  Stock  in
accordance  with their respective terms. In addition certain stockholders of the
Company  designated  by the Representative who upon consummation of the Offering
will  beneficially  own  an  aggregate of 917,935 shares of Common Stock and the
owners  of  each  of  the  Founding  Companies  have  agreed, subject to certain
exceptions,  not  to,  directly  or indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell or
otherwise  dispose  of any Securities for a period of 180 days after the date of
this   Prospectus   without   the  prior  written  consent  of  Cruttenden  Roth
Incorporated.  After  such periods, all of such shares will be eligible for sale
in  accordance  with  Rule  144 promulgated under the Securities Act, subject to
the volume, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144.

     Prior  to  the  Offering,  there  has  been no public market for the Common
Stock.  The  proposed  initial  public  offering  price  has  been determined by
negotiations  between  the  Company  and  the Representatives. Among the factors
considered  in  such  negotiations  were the Company's results of operations and
financial  condition,  prospects  for  the Company and for the industry in which
the  Company operates, the Company's capital structure and the general condition
of  the  securities  market. The estimated offering price set forth on the cover
of  this  Prospectus  is  subject to change as a result of market conditions and
other  factors. See "Risk Factors -- No Prior Public Market; Possible Volatility
of Stock Price."

     RGR  Financial  Corp.,  which  may  be  deemed  to  be  affiliated with the
Company,  may be participating as a member of the selling group in the Offering.
Under  the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
(the  "NASD"),  the  participation  as  members of the selling group by entities
which  are  affiliated  with the Company requires that the public offering price
can  be  no  higher  than  the  price  recommended  by  a "qualified independent
underwriter"  meeting  certain  standards.  In accordance with this requirement,
Cruttenden  Roth Incorporated is serving in such role and will recommend a price
in  compliance  with  the  requirements  of the NASD's Conduct Rules. Cruttenden
Roth  Incorporated,  in  its  role  as  qualified  independent  underwriter, has
performed  a  due  diligence  investigation and has reviewed and participated in
the  preparation of this Prospectus and the registration statement of which this
Prospectus  forms  a  part  and,  for  its  services  as  qualified  independent
underwriter, will receive a fee of $25,000 from the Company.

     The  Representative  has  informed the Company that the Underwriters do not
expect  sales  to  discretionary  accounts  to  exceed 5% of the total number of
shares  offered  hereby and that the Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales
of shares to any account over which they exercise discretionary authority.

     The  Underwriters  may  engage in over-allotment, stabilizing transactions,
syndicate  covering  transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation
M  under  the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Over-allotment involves syndicate
sales  of Common Stock in excess of the offering size, which creates a syndicate
short  position.  Stabilizing  transactions  permit  bids to purchase the Common
Stock  so  long  as  the  stabilizing  bids  do  not exceed a specified maximum.
Syndicate  covering  transactions  involve purchases of Common Stock in the open
market  after  the  distribution  has been completed in order to cover syndicate
short  positions.  Penalty  bids  permit the Representative to reclaim a selling
concession  from  a  syndicate  member  when the Common Stock originally sold by
such  syndicate  member  are  purchased  in  a syndicate covering transaction to
cover  syndicate  short  positions.  Such  stabilizing  transactions,  syndicate
covering  transactions  and penalty bids may cause the price of the Common Stock
to  be  higher  than  it would otherwise be in the absence of such transactions.
None  of  the transactions described in this paragraph is required, and, if they
are undertaken, they may be discontinued at any time.

                                       67
<PAGE>

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain  legal  matters  in  connection with the Common Stock being offered
hereby  will  be passed upon for the Company by Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, New
York,  New  York. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Underwriters
by Fulbright & Jaworksi L.L.P., New York, New York.


                                    EXPERTS

     The  audited  financial  statements  included  in this Prospectus have been
audited  by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, as indicated in
their  reports  with  respect  thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon
the authority of said firm as experts in giving said reports.


                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     The  Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-1   (together   with  all  amendments,  schedules  and  exhibits  thereto  the
"Registration  Statement")  under  the Securities Act with respect to the Common
Stock  offered  hereby.  This  Prospectus,  which  is  included  as  part of the
Registration  Statement,  does  not contain all the information contained in the
Registration   Statement,  certain  portions  of  which  have  been  omitted  in
accordance  with  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Commission. For further
information  with  respect  to  the Company and the Common Stock offered hereby,
reference  is  made to the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules
thereto.  Statements  made in the Prospectus as to the contents of any contract,
agreement  or  other document are not necessarily complete; with respect to each
such  contract,  agreement  or  other  document  filed  as  an  exhibit  to  the
Registration  Statement,  reference  is  made to the exhibit for a more complete
description  of  the  matter  involved,  and each such statement shall be deemed
qualified  in its entirety by such reference. The Registration Statement and the
exhibits  thereto  may  be  inspected,  without  charge, at the public reference
facilities  maintained  by  the  Commission  at  Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450
Fifth  Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549, and at the Commission's regional
offices  at  Citicorp  Center,  500  West Madison Street, Room 1400, Chicago, IL
60661,  and  7  World  Trade  Center,  Suite  1300, New York, NY 10048 or on the
Internet  at  http://www.sec.gov.  Copies  of such material also can be obtained
from  the  Public Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates.

     The   Company  intends  to  furnish  to  its  stockholders  annual  reports
containing  audited consolidated financial statements audited by Arthur Andersen
LLP,  independent public accountants, and quarterly reports containing unaudited
consolidated  financial  statements for each of the first three quarters of each
fiscal year.

                                       68
<PAGE>

                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              PAGE
                                                                                             -----
<S>                                                                                          <C>
Collectibles USA, Inc., and Founding Companies Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial
Statements
   Basis of Presentation .................................................................    F-3
   Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet -- April 30, 1998 (unaudited) ........................    F-4
   Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations for the Year Ended January 31, 1998
    (unaudited) ..........................................................................    F-5
   Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations for the Three Months Ended April 30, 1998
    (unaudited) ..........................................................................    F-6
   Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements ............................    F-7
 
Collectibles USA, Inc.
   Report of Independent Public Accountants ..............................................   F-13
   Balance Sheets ........................................................................   F-14
   Statements of Operations ..............................................................   F-15
   Statements of Stockholders' (Deficit) Equity ..........................................   F-16
   Statements of Cash Flows ..............................................................   F-17
   Notes to Financial Statements .........................................................   F-18
 
Founding Companies
 American Royal Arts Corp.
   Report of Independent Public Accountants ..............................................   F-24
   Balance Sheets ........................................................................   F-25
   Statements of Operations ..............................................................   F-26
   Statements of Stockholder's Equity (Deficit) ..........................................   F-27
   Statements of Cash Flows ..............................................................   F-28
   Notes to Financial Statements .........................................................   F-29
 
 Stone's Shops, Inc.
   Report of Independent Public Accountants ..............................................   F-33
   Balance Sheets ........................................................................   F-34
   Statements of Operations ..............................................................   F-35
   Statements of Shareholders' Equity ....................................................   F-36
   Statements of Cash Flows ..............................................................   F-37
   Notes to Financial Statements .........................................................   F-38
 
 DKG Enterprises, Inc.
   Report of Independent Public Accountants ..............................................   F-43
   Balance Sheets ........................................................................   F-44
   Statements of Operations ..............................................................   F-45
   Statements of Shareholders' Equity ....................................................   F-46
   Statements of Cash Flows ..............................................................   F-47
   Notes to Financial Statements .........................................................   F-48
 
 Elwell Stores, Inc.
   Report of Independent Public Accountants ..............................................   F-52
   Balance Sheets ........................................................................   F-53
   Statements of Operations ..............................................................   F-54
   Statements of Shareholders' (Deficit) .................................................   F-55
   Statements of Cash Flows ..............................................................   F-56
   Notes to Financial Statements .........................................................   F-57
 
 
</TABLE>
    

                                      F-1
<PAGE>


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         PAGE
                                                        -----
<S>                                                     <C>
 
 Animation U.S.A., Inc.
   Report of Independent Public Accountants .........   F-61
   Balance Sheets ...................................   F-62
   Statements of Operations .........................   F-63
   Statements of Shareholders' Equity ...............   F-64
   Statements of Cash Flows .........................   F-65
   Notes to Financial Statements ....................   F-66
 Filmart Productions, Inc.
   Report of Independent Public Accountants .........   F-70
   Balance Sheets ...................................   F-71
   Statements of Operations .........................   F-72
   Statements of Shareholders' Equity ...............   F-73
   Statements of Cash Flows .........................   F-74
   Notes to Financial Statements ....................   F-75
 
</TABLE>
    


                                      F-2
<PAGE>

                COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., AND FOUNDING COMPANIES

               UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                             BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The  following  unaudited pro forma combined financial statements give effect to
the  acquisitions  by Collectibles USA, Inc. (Collectibles USA or Collectibles),
of  the  outstanding  capital stock of American Royal Arts Corp. (American Royal
Arts  or  ARA),  Stone's Shops,  Inc.  (Stone's Hallmark), DKG Enterprises, Inc.
(North Pole  City),  St. George,  Inc.  (Little Elegance),  Elwell Stores,  Inc.
(Reef Hallmark),   Animation U.S.A.,   Inc.   (Animation   USA),   and   Filmart
Productions,  Inc.  (Filmart)  (together,  the Founding Companies). Collectibles
USA  and  the  Founding  Companies  are  hereinafter referred to as the Company.
These  acquisitions  (the  Acquisitions)  will  occur  simultaneously  with  the
closing  of  Collectibles  USA's initial public offering (the Offering) and will
be  accounted  for using the purchase method of accounting. American Royal Arts,
one  of  the  Founding Companies, has been designated the accounting acquiror in
accordance  with  Securities  and  Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin
No.  97  which  states  that  the  combining  company which receives the largest
portion  of  voting  rights  in  the  combined corporation is presumed to be the
acquiror for accounting purposes.

To  the extent the owners of the Founding Companies have agreed prospectively to
reductions  in  salary  and benefits, and lease rental expense, these reductions
have   been  reflected  in  the  unaudited  pro  forma  combined  statements  of
operations.  With  respect to other potential cost savings, Collectibles USA has
not  and  cannot  quantify these savings until completion of the acquisitions of
the  Founding  Companies. It is anticipated that these savings will be offset by
additional  costs  and expenditures for corporate management and administration,
corporate  expenses  related  to being a public company, systems integration and
facilities   expansion.   However  because  these  costs  cannot  be  accurately
quantified  at this time, they have not been included in the pro forma financial
information of Collectibles USA.

The  unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet gives effect to the Acquisitions
and  the  Offering  as if they had occurred on April 30, 1998. The unaudited pro
forma  combined  statements  of operations gives effect to these transactions as
if they had occurred on February 1, 1997.

The  pro  forma  adjustments  are  based  on  preliminary  estimates,  available
information   and   certain   assumptions  and  may  be  revised  as  additional
information  becomes  available.  The pro forma financial data do not purport to
represent  what  the Company's financial position or results of operations would
actually  have been if such transactions in fact had occurred on those dates and
are  not  necessarily  representative  of  the  Company's  financial position or
results  of  operations for any future period. Since the Founding Companies were
not  under  common control or management, historical combined results may not be
comparable  to,  or  indicative  of, future performance. The unaudited pro forma
combined  financial  statements  should  be  read  in conjunction with the other
financial  statements  and  notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
See "Risk Factors" included elsewhere herein.


                                      F-3
<PAGE>


                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

              PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET -- APRIL 30, 1998

                                   (UNAUDITED)
                                   





   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      COLLECTIBLES     AMERICAN       STONE'S       NORTH
                                                          USA         ROYAL ARTS     HALLMARK     POLE CITY
                                                    --------------- -------------- ------------ -------------
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>            <C>          <C>
                        ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents .........................  $      21,573    $  146,543    $  426,284   $    8,136
Accounts receivable ...............................             --        84,241            --        8,711
Merchandise inventories ...........................             --       636,936     3,264,608    2,390,654

Prepaid expenses and other current assets .........          9,700       124,773        36,387       34,763
                                                     -------------    ----------    ----------   ----------
 Total current assets .............................         31,273       992,493     3,727,279    2,442,264
Property and equipment, net .......................          5,960        87,186       207,121      226,923
Other assets, net .................................      5,188,768        67,434        81,288        3,225
Goodwill, net .....................................             --            --            --           --
                                                     -------------    ----------    ----------   ----------
 Total assets .....................................  $   5,226,001    $1,147,113    $4,015,688   $2,672,412
                                                     =============    ==========    ==========   ==========
                   LIABILITIES AND
           STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ..........  $   2,050,251    $  346,102    $1,302,488   $  537,849
Customer deposits .................................             --       311,330       122,575      173,392
Federal income taxes payable ......................             --            --            --           --
Pro forma cash consideration
 due to Founding Companies ........................             --            --            --           --
Line of credit ....................................             --            --            --    1,084,414
Payable to related party ..........................      3,270,875       586,000         6,000           --
Current maturities of long-term obligations .......             --            --        14,400           --
                                                     -------------    ----------    ----------   ----------
 Total current liabilities ........................      5,321,126     1,243,432     1,445,463    1,795,655
 
Deferred income taxes .............................             --            --       501,941       14,746
Long-term obligations, net of current maturities ..             --            --        10,800           --
                                                     -------------    ----------    ----------   ----------
 Total liabilities ................................      5,321,126     1,243,432     1,958,204    1,810,401
Stockholders' (deficit) equity:
 Preferred stock ..................................      1,666,667            --            --           --
 Common stock .....................................         11,912         1,584         1,000          500
 Treasury stock ...................................             --      (145,000)           --           --
 Additional paid-in capital .......................      1,774,252            --        39,000           --
 Retained (deficit) earnings ......................     (3,547,956)       47,097     2,017,484      861,511
                                                     -------------    ----------    ----------   ----------
 Total stockholders' (deficit) equity .............        (95,125)      (96,319)    2,057,484      862,011
                                                     -------------    ----------    ----------   ----------
 
 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity .......  $   5,226,001    $1,147,113    $4,015,688   $2,672,412
                                                     =============    ==========    ==========   ==========

<CAPTION>
                                                       LITTLE         REEF        ANIMATION
                                                      ELEGANCE      HALLMARK         USA         FILMART        TOTAL
                                                    ------------ -------------- ------------- ------------ ---------------
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>
                        ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents .........................  $   42,472    $   47,510    $    12,696   $    2,096    $   707,310
Accounts receivable ...............................          54            --             --      538,860        631,866
Merchandise inventories ...........................   1,276,144     1,111,117        299,612      441,821      9,420,892



Prepaid expenses and other current assets .........       6,252        12,835        104,753      446,677        776,140
                                                     ----------    ----------    -----------   ----------    -----------
 Total current assets .............................   1,324,922     1,171,462        417,061    1,429,454     11,536,208
Property and equipment, net .......................     192,275       101,428         62,129       17,900        900,922
Other assets, net .................................      92,949        81,200             --      135,608      5,650,472
Goodwill, net .....................................          --            --             --           --             --
                                                     ----------    ----------    -----------   ----------    -----------
 Total assets .....................................  $1,610,146    $1,354,090    $   479,190   $1,582,962    $18,087,602
                                                     ==========    ==========    ===========   ==========    ===========
                   LIABILITIES AND
           STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ..........  $  295,024    $  687,344    $   264,211   $  186,211    $ 5,669,480
Customer deposits .................................       6,000         9,819         59,994        3,513        686,623
Federal income taxes payable ......................          --            --         13,948           --         13,948
Pro forma cash consideration
 due to Founding Companies ........................          --            --             --           --             --
Line of credit ....................................          --       350,724        105,624           --      1,540,762
Payable to related party ..........................     438,038            --             --           --      4,300,913
Current maturities of long-term obligations .......     300,000        86,445             --           --        400,845
                                                     ----------    ----------    -----------   ----------    -----------
 Total current liabilities ........................   1,039,062     1,134,332        443,777      189,724     12,612,571
 
Deferred income taxes .............................          --            --             --           --        516,687
Long-term obligations, net of current maturities ..          --       310,052             --           --        320,852
                                                     ----------    ----------    -----------   ----------    -----------
 Total liabilities ................................   1,039,062     1,444,384        443,777      189,724     13,450,110
Stockholders' (deficit) equity:
 Preferred stock ..................................          --            --             --           --      1,666,667
 Common stock .....................................      27,000           500        192,700           --        235,196
 Treasury stock ...................................          --            --             --           --       (145,000)
 Additional paid-in capital .......................          --        99,275             --           --      1,912,527
 Retained (deficit) earnings ......................     544,084      (190,069)      (157,287)   1,393,238        968,102
                                                     ----------    ----------    -----------   ----------    -----------
 Total stockholders' (deficit) equity .............     571,084       (90,294)        35,413    1,393,238      4,637,492
                                                     ----------    ----------    -----------   ----------    -----------
 
 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity .......  $1,610,146    $1,354,090    $   479,190   $1,582,962    $18,087,602
                                                     ==========    ==========    ===========   ==========    ===========

<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          PRO FORMA
                                                       PRO FORMA       PRO FORMA     POST ACQUISITIONS        AS
                                                      ADJUSTMENTS       COMBINED        ADJUSTMENTS        ADJUSTED
                                                    --------------- --------------- ------------------- -------------
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>             <C>                 <C>
                        ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents .........................  $         --    $    707,310      $   5,405,953     $ 6,113,263
Accounts receivable ...............................            --         631,866                 --         631,866
Merchandise inventories ...........................            --       9,420,892                 --       9,420,892

Prepaid expenses and other current assets .........            --         776,140                 --         776,140
                                                     ------------    ------------      -------------     -----------
 Total current assets .............................            --      11,536,208          5,405,953      16,942,161
Property and equipment, net .......................       (31,183)        869,739                 --         869,739
Other assets, net .................................        53,577       5,704,049         (5,576,730)        127,319
Goodwill, net .....................................    20,699,683      20,699,683                 --      20,699,683
                                                     ------------    ------------      -------------     -----------
 Total assets .....................................  $ 20,772,077    $ 38,809,679      $    (170,777)    $38,638,902
                                                     ============    ============      =============     ===========
                   LIABILITIES AND
           STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ..........  $         --    $  5,669,480      $  (2,050,251)    $ 3,619,229
Customer deposits .................................            --         686,623                 --         686,623
Federal income taxes payable ......................            --          13,948                 --          13,948
Pro forma cash consideration
 due to Founding Companies ........................     7,770,000       7,770,000         (7,770,000)             --
Line of credit ....................................            --       1,540,762         (1,540,762)             --
Payable to related party ..........................            --       4,300,913         (4,300,913)             --
Current maturities of long-term obligations .......       (22,615)        378,230           (378,230)             --
                                                     ------------    ------------      -------------     -----------
 Total current liabilities ........................     7,747,385      20,359,956        (16,040,156)      4,319,800
 
Deferred income taxes .............................            --         516,687                 --         516,687
Long-term obligations, net of current maturities ..            --         320,852           (320,852)             --
                                                     ------------    ------------      -------------     -----------
 Total liabilities ................................     7,747,385      21,197,495        (16,361,008)      4,836,487
Stockholders' (deficit) equity:
 Preferred stock ..................................            --       1,666,667         (1,666,667)             --
 Common stock .....................................      (205,671)         29,525             30,536          60,061
 Treasury stock ...................................       145,000              --                 --              --
 Additional paid-in capital .......................    15,081,020      16,993,547         16,748,807      33,742,354
 Retained (deficit) earnings ......................    (2,045,657)     (1,077,555)         1,077,555              --
                                                     ------------    ------------      -------------     -----------
 Total stockholders' (deficit) equity .............    12,974,692      17,612,184         16,190,231      33,802,415
                                                     ------------    ------------      -------------     -----------
 
 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity .......  $ 20,722,077    $ 38,809,679      $    (170,777)    $38,638,902
                                                     ============    ============      =============     ===========
 
</TABLE>
    

  See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma combined financial statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>

                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                   PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

                       FOR THE YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31, 1998

                                   (UNAUDITED)



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    AMERICAN      STONE'S        NORTH         LITTLE
                                   COLLECTIBLES    ROYAL ARTS     HALLMARK     POLE CITY      ELEGANCE
                                 ---------------- ------------ ------------- ------------- -------------
<S>                              <C>              <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
Net sales ......................   $         --    $4,133,318   $5,744,826    $4,693,104    $2,509,667
Cost of sales ..................             --     1,516,516    2,762,629     2,561,478     1,329,994
                                   ------------    ----------   ----------    ----------    ----------
 Gross profit ..................             --     2,616,802    2,982,197     2,131,626     1,179,673
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses .......      1,009,971     1,957,708    1,818,203     1,992,902     1,097,089
Goodwill amortization ..........             --            --           --            --            --
                                   ------------    ----------   ----------    ----------    ----------
 Income (loss) from
 operations ....................     (1,009,971)      659,094    1,163,994       138,724        82,584
Other (income) expense:
 Interest (income)
 expense .......................         57,474        14,037           24        76,557        78,859
 Other, net ....................             --            --       (3,162)       (6,352)         (651)
                                   ------------    ----------   ----------    ----------    ----------
Income (loss) before
 income taxes ..................     (1,067,445)      645,057    1,167,132        68,519         4,376
Provision for income taxes .....             --            --      465,555       (65,039)      (14,112)
                                   ------------    ----------   ----------    ----------    ----------
Net income (loss) ..............   $ (1,067,445)   $  645,057   $  701,577    $  133,558    $   18,488
                                   ============    ==========   ==========    ==========    ==========
Net income per share ...........
Shares used in computing net
 income per share(1) ...........

<CAPTION>
                                      REEF       ANIMATION                                   PRO FORMA       PRO FORMA
                                    HALLMARK        USA         FILMART         TOTAL       ADJUSTMENTS      COMBINED
                                 ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------- --------------- --------------
<S>                              <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>
Net sales ......................  $2,725,129    $1,319,162    $1,323,867    $22,449,073    $          --   $22,449,073
Cost of sales ..................   1,464,580       595,974       432,403     10,663,574               --    10,663,574
                                  ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    -------------   -----------
 Gross profit ..................   1,260,549       723,188       891,464     11,785,499               --    11,785,499
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses .......     943,686       762,330       541,459     10,123,348       (1,006,692)    9,116,656
Goodwill amortization ..........          --            --            --             --          517,217       517,217
                                  ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    -------------   -----------
 Income (loss) from
 operations ....................     316,863       (39,142)      350,005      1,662,151          489,475     2,151,626
Other (income) expense:
 Interest (income)
 expense .......................      51,400        13,903         4,638        296,892         (318,487)      (21,595)
 Other, net ....................          --            --      (114,675)      (124,840)              --      (124,840)
                                  ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    -------------   -----------
Income (loss) before
 income taxes ..................     265,463       (53,045)      460,042      1,490,099          807,962     2,298,061
Provision for income taxes .....          --       (18,143)           --        368,261          757,850     1,126,111
                                  ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    -------------   -----------
Net income (loss) ..............  $  265,463    $  (34,902)   $  460,042    $ 1,121,838    $      50,112   $ 1,171,950
                                  ==========    ==========    ==========    ===========    =============   ===========
Net income per share ...........                                                                           $      0.22
                                                                                                           ===========
Shares used in computing net
 income per share(1) ...........                                                                             5,370,100
                                                                                                           ===========
</TABLE>
    

- ------
(1) Includes  (i)  1,191,182  shares issued to the sponsors and management which
    are  outstanding  prior  to the Offering, (ii) 1,761,354 shares to be issued
    to  the  owners  of the Founding Companies, (iii) 79,902 shares to be issued
    to  the  holders  of  the  Series  A  Convertible  Preferred Stock, of which
    11,986  shares  will  be  transferred  from the sponsor shares listed in (i)
    above,  364,705  shares  to  be  issued to the holders of the CUSA Notes, of
    which  79,063  shares  will be transferred from the sponsor shares listed in
    (i)  above,  and  241,706  shares  to  be  issued to the holders of the CEFC
    Notes,  all  of  which will be transferred from the sponsor shares listed in
    (i)  above,  and  (iv)  2,076,794  of the 2,700,000 shares to be sold in the
    Offering   to   pay   the   cash   portion  of  the  consideration  for  the
    Acquisitions,   repay   indebtedness  of  the  Founding  Companies  and  pay
    expenses  of  the Offering. Basic and diluted income per share were the same
    for the twelve months ended January 31, 1998.


  See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma combined financial statements.

                                     F-5
<PAGE>


                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                   PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

                    FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998

                                   (UNAUDITED)



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  AMERICAN      STONE'S        NORTH        LITTLE
                                  COLLECTIBLES   ROYAL ARTS     HALLMARK     POLE CITY     ELEGANCE
                                 -------------- ------------ ------------- ------------- ------------
<S>                              <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
Net sales ......................   $       --     $806,489    $1,868,674    $  640,496    $ 480,081
Cost of sales ..................           --      291,916       941,041       350,066      252,812
                                   ----------     --------    ----------    ----------    ---------
 Gross profit ..................           --      514,573       927,633       290,430      227,269
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses .......      120,586      400,530       411,124       498,818      264,689
Goodwill amortization ..........           --           --            --            --           --
                                   ----------     --------    ----------    ----------    ---------
 Income (loss) from
 operations ....................     (120,586)     114,043       516,509      (208,388)     (37,420)
Other (income) expense:
 Interest, net .................      500,683         (710)       (1,914)       41,352       20,524
 Other, net ....................           --           --            --          (809)          --
                                   ----------     --------    ----------    ----------    ---------
Income (loss) before
 income taxes ..................     (621,269)     114,753       518,423      (248,931)     (57,944)
Provision for income taxes .....           --           --       192,770          (512)          --
                                   ----------     --------    ----------    ----------    ---------
Net income (loss) ..............   $ (621,269)    $114,753    $  325,653    $ (248,419)   $ (57,944)
                                   ==========     ========    ==========    ==========    =========
Net income per share ...........
Shares used in computing net
 income per share (1) ..........

<CAPTION>
                                    REEF     ANIMATION                              PRO FORMA     PRO FORMA
                                  HALLMARK      USA       FILMART       TOTAL      ADJUSTMENTS     COMBINED
                                 ---------- ----------- ----------- ------------- ------------- -------------
<S>                              <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>
Net sales ......................  $623,011   $344,236    $ 209,059   $4,972,046    $        --   $4,972,046
Cost of sales ..................   340,234    128,554       79,879    2,384,502             --    2,384,502
                                  --------   --------    ---------   ----------    -----------   ----------
 Gross profit ..................   282,777    215,682      129,180    2,587,544             --    2,587,544
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses .......   237,695    149,792      118,074    2,201,308       (120,036)   2,081,272
Goodwill amortization ..........        --         --           --           --        129,304      129,304
                                  --------   --------    ---------   ----------    -----------   ----------
 Income (loss) from
 operations ....................    45,082     65,890       11,106      386,236         (9,268)     376,968
Other (income) expense:
 Interest, net .................    15,040      2,913        1,124      579,012       (589,134)     (10,122)
 Other, net ....................        --         --      (31,250)     (32,059)            --      (32,059)
                                  --------   --------    ---------   ----------    -----------   ----------
Income (loss) before
 income taxes ..................    30,042     62,977       41,232     (160,717)       579,866      419,149
Provision for income taxes .....        --     23,931           --      216,189          3,192      219,381
                                  --------   --------    ---------   ----------    -----------   ----------
Net income (loss) ..............  $ 30,042   $ 39,046    $  41,232   $ (376,906)   $   576,674   $  199,768
                                  ========   ========    =========   ==========    ===========   ==========
Net income per share ...........                                                                 $     0.04
                                                                                                 ==========
Shares used in computing net
 income per share (1) ..........                                                                  5,370,100
                                                                                                 ==========
</TABLE>
    

- ------
(1)   Includes  (i) 1,191,182 shares issued to the sponsors and management which
    are  outstanding  prior  to the Offering, (ii) 1,761,354 shares to be issued
    to  the  owners  of the Founding Companies, (iii) 79,902 shares to be issued
    to  the  holders  of  the  Series  A  Convertible  Preferred Stock, of which
    11,986  shares  will  be  transferred  from the sponsor shares listed in (i)
    above,  364,705  shares  to  be  issued to the holders of the CUSA Notes, of
    which  79,063  shares  will be transferred from the sponsor shares listed in
    (i)  above,  and  241,706  shares  to  be  issued to the holders of the CEFC
    Notes,  all  of  which will be transferred from the sponsor shares listed in
    (i)  above,  and  (iv)  2,076,794  of the 2,700,000 shares to be sold in the
    Offering   to   pay   the   cash   portion  of  the  consideration  for  the
    Acquisitions,   repay   indebtedness  of  the  Founding  Companies  and  pay
    expenses  of  the Offering. Basic and diluted income per share were the same
    for the three months ended April 30, 1998.


  See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma combined financial statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., AND FOUNDING COMPANIES
          NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                  (UNAUDITED)


1. GENERAL:

Collectibles  USA,  Inc.  (Collectibles  USA)  was  founded to create a national
retailer   of   contemporary   collectibles   and  marketer  of  animation  art.
Collectibles  USA  has  conducted  no  operations  to  date and will acquire the
Founding  Companies  concurrently with and as a condition to the closing of this
Offering.

The  historical  financial statements reflect the financial position and results
of  operations  of  the  Founding Companies and were derived from the respective
Founding   Companies'  financial  statements.  The  periods  included  in  these
financial  statements  for  the  individual  Founding  Companies are as follows:
Collectibles  USA  as  of  April  30,  1998,  and  for the fifty-two weeks ended
January  25,  1998  and  for  the  thirteen weeks ended April 26, 1998; American
Royal  Arts as of April 30, 1998 and for the year ended January 31, 1998 and for
the  three months ended April 30, 1998; Stone's Hallmark as of February 28, 1998
and  for  the  year  ended  November  30,  1997  and  for the three months ended
February  28,  1998;  and  North  Pole  City,  Little  Elegance,  Reef Hallmark,
Animation  USA  and Filmart as of March 31, 1998 and for the year ended December
31,  1997  and for the three months ended March 31, 1998. The audited historical
financial  statements  included  elsewhere in this Prospectus have been included
in  accordance  with  Securities  and Exchange Commission (SEC) Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 80.


2. ACQUISITION OF FOUNDING COMPANIES:

Concurrently  and  as a condition with the closing of the Offering, Collectibles
USA  will  acquire  all  of  the  outstanding  capital  stock  of  the  Founding
Companies.  The  Acquisitions will be accounted for using the purchase method of
accounting  with  American  Royal Arts being treated as the accounting acquiror.
The  following table sets forth the consideration to be paid (a) in cash and (b)
in   shares   of  common  stock  of  Collectibles  USA  (Common  Stock)  to  the
stockholders  of  each  of the Founding Companies. For purposes of computing the
estimated  purchase  price  for  accounting purposes, the value of the shares is
determined  using an estimated fair value of $7.65 per share, which represents a
discount  of  ten  percent from the assumed initial public offering price due to
restrictions  on  the  sale  and  transferability  of  the  shares  issued.  The
estimated  purchase  price  for  the  acquisitions  is  based  upon  preliminary
estimates  and is subject to certain purchase price adjustments at and following
closing.  In  the  opinion  of  management, the final allocation of the purchase
price  will  not materially differ from these preliminary estimates. Adjustments
to the purchase price will be based upon the actual Offering Price.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               COMMON STOCK
                                                      ------------------------------
                                         CASH            SHARES           VALUE
                                   ----------------   ------------   ---------------
                                    (IN THOUSANDS)                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                <C>                <C>            <C>
   American Royal Arts .........        $2,592           540,000         $ 4,131
   Stone's Hallmark ............         1,148           373,766           2,859
   North Pole City .............         1,730           385,845           2,952
   Little Elegance .............           400            50,397             386
   Reef Hallmark ...............           850           186,346           1,426
   Animation USA ...............           350            75,000             574
   Filmart .....................           700           150,000           1,148
                                        ------           -------         -------
    Total ......................        $7,770         1,761,354         $13,476
                                        ======         =========         =======
 
</TABLE>


                                      F-7
<PAGE>

                COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., AND FOUNDING COMPANIES

   NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

3. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET ADJUSTMENTS:

The  following  tables  summarize  unaudited  pro  forma  combined balance sheet
adjustments:





   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             ADJUSTMENT
                                                                   ------------------------------      PRO FORMA
                                                                        (A)             (B)           ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                   ------------   ---------------   --------------
<S>                                                                <C>            <C>               <C>
                           ASSETS
Deferred tax asset .............................................    $  53,577      $         --      $     53,577
Property and equipment net .....................................      (31,183)               --           (31,183)
Goodwill, net ..................................................           --        20,699,683        20,699,683
                                                                    ---------      ------------      ------------
 Total assets ..................................................    $  22,394      $ 30,699,683      $ 20,722,077
                                                                    =========      ============      ============
 LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'
  (DEFICIT) EQUITY
Current maturities of long-term obligations ....................    $ (22,615)     $         --      $    (22,615)
Pro forma cash consideration due to Founding Companies .........           --         7,770,000         7,770,000
                                                                    ---------      ------------      ------------
 Total liabilities .............................................      (22,615)        7,770,000         7,747,385
Stockholders' (deficit) equity:
Common stock ...................................................           --          (205,671)         (205,671)
Additional paid-in capital .....................................                     15,081,020        15,081,020
Retained (deficit) earnings ....................................       45,009        (2,090,666)       (2,045,657)
Treasury stock .................................................           --           145,000           145,000
                                                                    ---------      ------------      ------------
  Total stockholders' (deficit) equity .........................       45,009        12,929,683        12,974,692
                                                                    ---------      ------------      ------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' (deficit) equity ...........    $  22,394      $ 20,699,683      $ 20,722,077
                                                                    =========      ============      ============
    

   
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     ADJUSTMENT
                                                                 --------------------------------------------------
                                                                        (D)              (E)              (F)
                                                                 ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
<S>                                                              <C>              <C>              <C>
                           ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents ......................................   $ 16,445,835     $ (3,269,882)    $ (7,770,000)
Other assets, net ..............................................     (5,576,730)              --               --
                                                                   ------------     ------------     ------------
 Total assets ..................................................   $ 10,869,105     $ (3,269,882)    $ (7,770,000)
                                                                   ============     ============     ============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT)
 EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .......................   $ (2,050,251)    $         --     $         --
Pro forma cash consideration due to founding companies .........             --               --       (7,770,000)
Line of credit .................................................             --       (1,540,762)              --
Payable to related parties .....................................     (3,270,875)      (1,030,038)              --
Current maturities of long-term obligations ....................             --         (378,230)              --
                                                                   ------------     ------------     ------------
 Total current liabilities .....................................     (5,321,126)      (2,949,030)      (7,770,000)
Long-term obligations, net of current maturities ...............             --         (320,852)              --
 Total liabilities .............................................     (5,321,126)      (3,269,882)      (7,770,000)
                                                                   ------------     ------------     ------------
Stockholders' (deficit) equity:
 Series A preferred stock ......................................     (1,666,667)              --               --
 Common stock ..................................................         30,536               --               --
 Additional paid-in capital ....................................     16,748,807               --               --
                                                                   ------------     ------------     ------------
 Retained (deficit) earnings ...................................      1,077,555               --               --
  Total stockholders' (deficit) equity .........................     16,190,231               --               --
                                                                   ------------     ------------     ------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' (deficit) equity ...........   $ 10,869,105     $ (3,269,882)    $ (7,770,000)
                                                                   ============     ============     ============
</TABLE>


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  POST ACQUISITION
                                                                    ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                 -----------------
<S>                                                              <C>
                           ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents ......................................   $   5,405,953
Other assets, net ..............................................      (5,576,730)
                                                                   -------------
 Total assets ..................................................   $    (170,777)
                                                                   =============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT)
 EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .......................   $  (2,050,251)
Pro forma cash consideration due to founding companies .........      (7,770,000)
Line of credit .................................................      (1,540,762)
Payable to related parties .....................................      (4,300,913)
Current maturities of long-term obligations ....................        (378,230)
                                                                   -------------
 Total current liabilities .....................................     (16,040,156)
Long-term obligations, net of current maturities ...............        (320,852)
 Total liabilities .............................................     (16,361,008)
                                                                   -------------
Stockholders' (deficit) equity:
 Series A preferred stock ......................................      (1,666,667)
 Common stock ..................................................          30,536
 Additional paid-in capital ....................................      16,748,807
                                                                   -------------
 Retained (deficit) earnings ...................................       1,077,555
  Total stockholders' (deficit) equity .........................      16,190,231
                                                                   -------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' (deficit) equity ...........   $    (170,777)
                                                                   =============
</TABLE>
    

 

                                      F-8
<PAGE>

                COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., AND FOUNDING COMPANIES

   NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

(a) Records   the   distribution   of   certain  assets,  $31,183,  and  related
    obligations,  $22,615,  to  certain  stockholders  of the Founding Companies
    and  to  record deferred tax assets on the S Corporations as if these were C
    Corporations.

   
(b) Records  the  purchase  of the Founding Companies for a total purchase price
    of  $21.2  million,  including $6.7 million (cash of $2.6 million and shares
    with  an  aggregate value of $4.1 million determined using an estimated fair
    value  of  $7.65  per  share)  attributed to ARA as the accounting acquiror.
    The  entry  includes  the  liability of $7.8 million for the cash portion of
    the  consideration  paid  to  the  stockholders of the Founding Companies in
    connection  with  the  Mergers  and  the  issuance  of 1.8 million shares of
    Common  Stock  to  the  Founding Companies resulting in the creation of $9.6
    million  of  goodwill  after  allocating the purchase price to the aggregate
    assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed,  excluding ARA, as shown below.
    Based  on  its  initial  assessment, management believes that the historical
    carrying  value  of  the  Founding  Companies'  assets  and liabilities will
    approximate  fair  value and that there are no other identifiable intangible
    assets  to  which  any  material  purchase  can  be  allocated. In addition,
    goodwill  of  $11.1  million,  determined  using the fair value of $7.65 per
    share  has  been recorded attributable to the 1,445,740 shares issued to RGR
    Financial  Group,  LLC  (RGR),  a  consultant  to  Collectibles,  and shares
    issued  to  third  parties  upon conversion of the preferred stock, the CEFC
    notes  and  the  CUSA  notes.  The  Company  will  record  a  non-recurring,
    non-cash  charge  upon  the  consummation  of the initial public offering of
    $765,000  for  the  estimated  fair value of $7.65 per share for the 100,000
    shares issued to management of the Company.
    





   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               ASSETS                                   (In thousands)
<S>                                                                    <C>
         Cash and cash equivalents .................................       $   539
         Accounts receivable .......................................           548
         Merchandise inventories ...................................         8,784
         Prepaid expenses and other current assets .................           642
                                                                           -------
          Total current assets .....................................        10,513
         Property and equipment, net ...............................           808
         Other assets, net .........................................           394
                                                                           -------
          Total assets .............................................       $11,715
                                                                           =======
                         LIABILITIES
         Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ..................       $ 3,227
         Customer deposits .........................................           375
         Federal income taxes payable ..............................            14
         Line of credit ............................................         1,541
         Notes payable to related party ............................           444
         Current maturities of long-term obligations ...............           401
                                                                           -------
          Total current liabilities ................................         6,002
         Deferred income taxes .....................................           517
         Long-term obligations, net of current maturities ..........           321
                                                                           -------
          Total liabilities ........................................       $ 6,840
                                                                           -------
          Net book value ...........................................       $ 4,875
                                                                           =======
 
</TABLE>
    


                                      F-9
<PAGE>

                COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., AND FOUNDING COMPANIES

   NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

  The  following  reconciles  the combined historical net assets of the Founding
  Companies to the net assets acquired (in thousands):





   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             ACQUIRED
                                                   TOTAL        LESS:          LESS:         FOUNDING
                                                 COMBINED        ARA       COLLECTIBLES      COMPANIES
                                               ------------   ---------   --------------   ------------
<S>                                            <C>            <C>         <C>              <C>
   Historical net assets ...................      $4,638        $ (96)        $ (95)          $4,829
   Distribution of assets and liabilities to
     Founding Companies ....................          (8)         --            --                (8)

   Tax adjustments .........................          54          --            --                54
                                                  -------       -----         -----           -------
                                                  $4,684        $ (96)        $ (95)          $4,875
                                                  =======       =====         =====           =======
 
</TABLE>
    

   
(c) Records  the  cash  proceeds from the issuance of 2,700,000 shares of Common
    Stock  based  on  an  assumed  Offering  price  of  $8.50  per share, net of
    estimated   offerings   costs.   Offering   costs   consist   primarily   of
    underwriting   commissions,   accounting  fees,  legal  fees,  and  printing
    expenses.
    

(d) Reflects the repayment of debt with proceeds from the Offering.

(e) Records   the   cash  portion  of  the  consideration  to  be  paid  to  the
    stockholders   of   the   Founding   Companies   in   connection   with  the
    Acquisitions.


4. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
     ADJUSTMENTS:


     Year Ended January 31, 1998

   
(a) Reflects  the  amortization  of  the  remaining  debt  financing  charges in
    connection  with  the CEFC and CUSA notes conversion recorded at the date of
    the Offering on the books of Collectibles USA.
    

(b) Reflects  the  reductions  in  salaries  and  benefits  to the owners of the
    Founding  Companies  to  which  they  have  agreed prospectively and certain
    other  adjustments,  including  the  effect  of  revisions  to certain lease
    agreements between certain owners of the Founding Companies

(c) Reflects   the   reduction   in   compensation   expense   relating  to  the
    non-recurring,  non-cash  compensation charge for the year ended January 31,
    1998  for  the issuance of 219,580 shares of Common Stock and 90,000 options
    to management directors of and consultants to the Company.

(d) Reflects  the  amortization  of  goodwill  to be recorded as a result of the
    Acquisitions over a 40 year period.

(e) Reflects  the elimination of interest expense attributed to the repayment of
    debt   with  a  portion  of  the  net  proceeds  of  the  Offering  and  the
    elimination  of  the  non-cash, non-recurring debt financing charges for the
    excess  value  of  Common  Stock issued in connection with the notes payable
    conversion.

   
(f) Reflects  the  incremental  provision  for  federal  and  state income taxes
    relating  to  the statements of operations adjustments and to reflect income
    taxes  on  each  S  Corporation as if these entities had been taxable as a C
    Corporation during the periods presented.
    

                                      F-10
<PAGE>

                COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., AND FOUNDING COMPANIES

   NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

          The  following  table  summarizes  the  unaudited  pro forma  combined
statements of operations adjustments:





   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                (A)         (B)        (C)       (D)        (E)         (F)     ADJUSTMENTS
                                            ----------- ---------- ---------- --------- ----------- ---------- ------------
<S>                                         <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>
Selling, general and administrative
 expenses .................................  $     --     $ (334)    $ (673)   $   --    $     --     $   --     $ (1,007)
Goodwill amortization .....................        --         --         --       517          --         --          517
                                             --------     ------     ------    ------    --------     ------     --------
 Income (loss) from operation .............        --        334        673      (517)         --         --          490
Other (income) expense:
 Interest (income) expense, net ...........     1,864         --         --        --      (2,182)        --         (318)
 Other, net ...............................        --         --         --        --          --         --           --
                                             --------     ------     ------    ------    --------     ------     --------
Income (loss) before income taxes .........    (1,864)       334        673      (517)      2,182         --          808
Provision for income taxes ................        --         --         --        --          --        758          758
                                             --------     ------     ------    ------    --------     ------     --------
Net income (loss) .........................  $ (1,864)    $  334     $  673    $ (517)   $  2,182     $ (758)    $     50
                                             ========     ======     ======    ======    ========     ======     ========
</TABLE>
    

5. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
   ADJUSTMENTS:
   

   Three Months Ended April 30, 1998

(a) Reflects  the  amortization  of  the  remaining  debt  financing  charges in
    connection  with  the CEFC and CUSA notes conversion recorded at the date of
    the Offering on the books of Collectibles USA.

(b) Reflects  the  reductions  in  salaries  and  benefits  to the owners of the
    Founding  Companies  to  which  they  have  agreed prospectively and certain
    other  adjustments,  including  the  effect  of  revisions  to certain lease
    agreements between certain owners of the Founding Companies

(c) Reflects  the  amortization  of  goodwill  to be recorded as a result of the
    Acquisitions over a 40 year period.

(d) Reflects  the elimination of interest expense attributed to the repayment of
    debt   with  a  portion  of  the  net  proceeds  of  the  Offering  and  the
    elimination  of  the  non-cash, non-recurring debt financing charges for the
    excess  value  of  Common  Stock issued in connection with the notes payable
    conversion.

(e) Reflects  the  incremental  provision  for  federal  and  state income taxes
    relating  to  the statements of operations adjustments and to reflect income
    taxes  on  each  S  Corporation as if these entities had been taxable as a C
    Corporation during the periods presented.
    

    The following  table  summarizes  the  unaudited pro forma combined
    statements of operations adjustments:



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            (A)         (B)       (C)        (D)        (E)    ADJUSTMENTS
                                                        ----------- ---------- --------- ----------- -------- ------------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>      <C>
Selling, general and administrative expenses ..........  $     --     $ (120)   $   --    $     --     $ --      $(120)
Goodwill amortization .................................        --         --       129          --       --        129
                                                         --------     ------    ------    --------     ----      -----
 Income (loss) from operation .........................        --        120      (129)         --       --         (9)
Other (income) expense:
 Interest (income) expense, net .......................     1,417         --        --      (2,006)      --       (589)
 Other, net ...........................................        --         --        --          --       --         --
                                                         --------     ------    ------    --------     ----      -------
Income (loss) before income taxes .....................    (1,417)       120      (129)      2,006       --        580
Provision for income taxes ............................        --         --        --          --        3          3
                                                         --------     ------    ------    --------     ----      -------
Net income (loss) .....................................  $ (1,417)    $  120    $ (129)   $  2,006     $ (3)     $ 577
                                                         ========     ======    ======    ========     ====      =======
</TABLE>
    


   
                                      F-11
    
<PAGE>

                COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., AND FOUNDING COMPANIES

   NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

   
6. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

     The  equity structure of Collectibles USA on an historical basis before the
Acquisitions  and  Offering  and  on a combined basis after the Acquisitions and
Offering is as follows:
    





   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             SHARES                              SHARES
                                                           OUTSTANDING                         OUTSTANDING
                                                              AS OF          SHARES ISSUED        AFTER
                                                         APRIL 30, 1998     OR TRANSFERRED      OFFERING
                                                        ----------------   ----------------   ------------
<S>                                                     <C>                <C>                <C>
SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK ................          20,000           (20,000)               0
COMMON STOCK:
CEFC note holders (restricted stock)(a) .............               0           241,706          241,706
CUSA note holders (restricted stock) ................               0           364,705          364,705
Series A convertible preferred stock ................               0            79,902           79,902
Former officers .....................................         119,580                 0          119,580
Present officers (restricted stock) .................         100,000                 0          100,000
Promoters, including RGR (restricted stock) .........         971,602          (332,755)         638,847
Founding companies ..................................               0         1,761,354        1,761,354
Shares sold in this Offering ........................               0         2,700,000        2,700,000
                                                              -------         ---------        ---------
 Total Common Stock .................................       1,191,182         4,814,912        6,006,094
                                                            =========         =========        =========
</TABLE>
    

   
- ----------
(a) 25,000 shares of the CEFC note holders are not restricted stock.
    

                                      F-12
<PAGE>

                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



To Collectibles USA, Inc.:

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  balance  sheet  of  Collectibles USA, Inc.
(a Delaware  corporation),  as  of January 25, 1998 and January 26, 1997 and the
related  statements of operations, stockholders' (deficit) equity and cash flows
for  the  fifty-two  week  period ended January 25, 1998 and for the period from
inception  (January  18,  1996)  through  January  26, 1997, respectively. These
financial  statements  are  the  responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility  is  to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audit.

We   conducted   our  audit  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of
material  misstatement.  An  audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also   includes   assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant
estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating the overall financial
statement  presentation.  We  believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In  our  opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all  material  respects, the financial position of Collectibles USA, Inc., as of
January  25, 1998 and January 26, 1997 and the results of its operations and its
cash  flows  for  the  fifty-two  week period ended January 25, 1998 and for the
period   from   inception   (January   18,   1996)  through  January  26,  1997,
respectively, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP



Houston, Texas
May 19, 1998
 

                                      F-13
<PAGE>

                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                                BALANCE SHEETS





   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      JANUARY 26,       JANUARY 25,        APRIL 26,
                                                                          1997              1998              1998
                                                                    ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
                                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                 <C>               <C>               <C>
                           ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash ...........................................................    $    425,681      $     60,153      $     21,573
 Receivable from affiliate ......................................         100,000            39,000                --
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ......................           7,500             9,700             9,700
                                                                     ------------      ------------      ------------
   Total current assets .........................................         533,181           108,853            31,273
 Property and equipment, net ....................................              --             6,335             5,960
 Deferred offering costs ........................................         828,856         4,692,939         5,188,768
                                                                     ------------      ------------      ------------
   Total assets .................................................    $  1,362,037      $  4,808,127      $  5,226,001
                                                                     ============      ============      ============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT)
 EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Accrued liabilities ............................................    $    586,198      $  2,747,983      $  2,050,251
 Notes payable-related party ....................................         855,000         1,534,000         3,270,875
                                                                     ------------      ------------      ------------
   Total current liabilities ....................................       1,441,198         4,281,983         5,321,126
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY:
 Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par,
   5,000,000 authorized, none, 20,000, and 20,000
   shares issued and outstanding, respectively. .................             --          1,666,667         1,666,667
 Common Stock, $.01 par, 31,200,000 shares
   authorized, 1,191,182 shares issued and outstanding.                    11,912            11,912            11,912
 Additional paid-in capital .....................................       1,323,725         1,640,919         1,774,252
 Deficit ........................................................      (1,414,798)       (2,793,354)       (3,547,956)
                                                                     ------------      ------------      ------------
   Total stockholders' (deficit) equity .........................         (79,161)         (526,144)          (95,125)
                                                                     ------------      ------------      ------------
   Total liabilities and stockholders' (deficit) equity .........    $  1,362,037      $  4,808,127      $  5,226,001
                                                                     ============      ============      ============
 
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 

                                      F-14
<PAGE>

                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          INCEPTION           FIFTY-
                                        (JANUARY 18,           TWO
                                            1996)             WEEKS              THIRTEEN WEEKS ENDED
                                           THROUGH            ENDED        --------------------------------
                                         JANUARY 26,       JANUARY 25,       APRIL 27,       APRIL 26,
                                            1997               1998             1997            1998
                                      ----------------   ---------------   -------------   -------------
                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                   <C>                <C>               <C>             <C>
NET SALES .........................     $         --      $         --       $      --      $       --
COST OF SALES .....................               --                --              --              --
                                        ------------      ------------       ---------      ----------
   Gross profit ...................               --                --              --              --
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
 EXPENSES .........................        1,402,984         1,009,971          78,196         120,586
                                        ------------      ------------       ---------      ----------
Operating loss ....................       (1,402,984)       (1,009,971)        (78,196)       (120,586)
OTHER EXPENSE:
 Interest expense .................           11,814            57,474          10,077         500,683
                                        ------------      ------------       ---------      ----------
NET LOSS ..........................     $ (1,414,798)     $ (1,067,445)      $ (88,273)     $ (621,269)
                                        ============      ============       =========      ==========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-15
<PAGE>



                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                  STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY





   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               COMMON STOCK          PREFERRED STOCK
                                          ----------------------- ---------------------
                                             SHARES      AMOUNT    SHARES     AMOUNT
                                          ------------ ---------- -------- ------------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>        <C>      <C>
BALANCE AT INCEPTION
 (JANUARY 18 , 1996) ....................         --    $    --        --   $       --
 Initial capitalization .................  1,016,602     10,166        --           --
 Issuance of management shares ..........    174,580      1,746        --           --
 Net loss ...............................         --         --        --           --
                                           ---------    -------        --   ----------
BALANCE AT JANUARY 26, 1997..............  1,191,182     11,912        --           --
 Net loss ...............................         --         --        --           --
 Issuance of convertible preferred
 stock ..................................         --         --    20,000    1,666,667
 Issuance of stock options ..............         --         --        --           --
 Purchase of treasury stock .............         --         --        --           --
 Distribution of treasury stock .........         --         --        --           --
 Amortization of conversion features              --         --        --           --
 Sponsor shares transferred to
  management ............................         --         --        --           --
                                           ---------    -------    ------   ----------
BALANCE AT JANUARY 25, 1998 .              1,191,182     11,912    20,000    1,666,667
 Net loss (unaudited) ...................         --         --        --           --
 Amortization of conversion features
  (unaudited) ...........................         --         --        --           --
                                           ---------    -------    ------   ----------
BALANCE AT APRIL 26, 1998
 (unaudited) ............................  1,191,182    $11,912    20,000   $1,666,667
                                           =========    =======    ======   ==========



<CAPTION>
                                            ADDITIONAL                                    TOTAL
                                             PAID-IN                      TREASURY    STOCKHOLDERS'
                                             CAPITAL        DEFICIT        STOCK     (DEFICIT) EQUITY
                                          ------------- --------------- ----------- -----------------
<S>                                       <C>           <C>             <C>         <C>
BALANCE AT INCEPTION
 (JANUARY 18 , 1996) ....................  $       --    $         --    $      --    $          --
 Initial capitalization .................     (10,066)             --           --              100
 Issuance of management shares ..........   1,333,791              --           --        1,335,537
 Net loss ...............................          --      (1,414,798)          --       (1,414,798)
                                           ----------    ------------    ---------    -------------
BALANCE AT JANUARY 26, 1997..............   1,323,725      (1,414,798)          --          (79,161)
 Net loss ...............................          --      (1,067,445)          --       (1,067,445)
 Issuance of convertible preferred
 stock ..................................    (666,667)             --           --        1,000,000
 Issuance of stock options ..............     328,500              --           --          328,500
 Purchase of treasury stock .............          --              --       (2,800)          (2,800)
 Distribution of treasury stock .........          --              --        2,800            2,800
 Amortization of conversion features          311,111        (311,111)          --               --
 Sponsor shares transferred to
  management ............................     344,250              --           --          344,250
                                           ----------    ------------    ---------    -------------
BALANCE AT JANUARY 25, 1998 .               1,640,919      (2,793,354)          --          526,144
 Net loss (unaudited) ...................          --        (621,269)          --         (621,269)
 Amortization of conversion features
  (unaudited) ...........................     133,333        (133,333)          --               --
                                           ----------    ------------    ---------    -------------
BALANCE AT APRIL 26, 1998
 (unaudited) ............................  $1,774,252    $ (3,547,956)   $      --    $     (95,125)
                                           ==========    ============    =========    =============
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 

                                      F-16

<PAGE>

                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS





   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   FIFTY-TWO
                                                                    FROM             WEEKS           THIRTEEN WEEKS ENDED
                                                                INCEPTION TO         ENDED      ------------------------------
                                                                 JANUARY 26,      JANUARY 25,      APRIL 27,       APRIL 26,
                                                                    1997             1998             1997           1998
                                                              ---------------- ---------------- --------------- --------------
                                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net loss ...................................................   $ (1,414,798)    $ (1,067,445)   $    (88,273)   $   (621,269)
 Non-cash compensation charge on issuance of
   management shares and options ............................      1,335,537          672,750              --              --
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in
   operating activities-
 Depreciation and amortization ..............................             --            1,118              --         487,250
   Operating assets and liabilities-
    Receivable from affiliate ...............................       (100,000)          61,000         100,000          39,000
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets ...............         (7,500)          (2,200)          7,500              --
    Deferred offering costs .................................       (828,856)      (3,864,083)     (1,529,909)       (495,829)
    Accrued liabilities .....................................        586,198        2,161,785       1,149,571        (697,732)
                                                                ------------     ------------    ------------    ------------
      Net cash used in operating activities .................       (429,419)      (2,037,075)       (361,111)     (1,288,580)
                                                                ------------     ------------    ------------    ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment ........................             --           (7,453)         (7,453)             --
                                                                ------------     ------------    ------------    ------------
      Net cash used in investing activities .................             --           (7,453)         (7,453)             --
                                                                ------------     ------------    ------------    ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from issuance of notes payable-related party .             855,000          679,000              --       1,250,000
 Proceeds from issuance of common stock .....................            100               --              --              --
 Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock ..................             --        1,000,000              --              --
 Purchase of treasury stock .................................             --           (2,800)             --              --
 Distribution of treasury stock .............................             --            2,800              --              --
                                                                ------------     ------------    ------------    ------------
      Net cash provided by financing activities .............        855,100        1,679,000              --       1,250,000
                                                                ------------     ------------    ------------    ------------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH .............................        425,681         (365,528)       (368,564)        (38,580)
CASH, beginning of period ...................................             --          425,681         425,681          60,153
                                                                ------------     ------------    ------------    ------------
CASH, end of period .........................................   $    425,681     $     60,153    $     57,117    $     21,573
                                                                ============     ============    ============    ============
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
Cash paid for interest ......................................   $         --     $     15,316    $         --    $     33,779
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 

                                      F-17
<PAGE>

                    COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

   
Collectibles  USA,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (Collectibles  USA  or  the
Company),   was  founded  in  January  1996  to  form  a  national  retailer  of
collectibles  merchandise  and  marketer  of animation art. Collectibles USA has
entered   into   definitive   agreements   to   acquire  seven  businesses  (the
Acquisitions),  complete an initial public offering (the Offering) of its common
stock  and,  subsequent  to the Offering, continue to acquire, through merger or
purchase, similar companies to expand its national operations.
    

Collectibles  USA  has  not conducted any operations, and all activities to date
have  related  to  the  Offering  and the Acquisitions. Collectibles USA did not
commence  activities  related  to the Offering until June 1996. All expenditures
to  date  have  been  funded  by  the issuance of Series A Convertible Preferred
Stock  (See  Note  6),  promissory  notes  from Collectibles Enterprises Funding
Corp.  (CEFC),  an  entity  under  common  control founded to obtain and provide
financing  for  the  Offering costs incurred by the Company and promissory notes
issued  by  the  Company.  Collectibles  USA  is  dependent upon the Offering to
execute  the  pending  Acquisitions  and  to repay the promissory notes to CEFC.
There  is  no  assurance that the pending Acquisitions will be completed or that
Collectibles USA will be able to generate future operating revenues.

The  Company's  future  success  is  dependent  upon  a  number of factors which
include,  among  others,  the  ability  to integrate operations, reliance on the
identification  and integration of satisfactory acquisition candidates, reliance
on  acquisition  financing,  the ability to manage growth and attract and retain
qualified  management,  dependence on licenses, the need for additional capital,
dependence  on  key collectibles vendors and risks associated with dependence on
foreign vendors, competition, and seasonality and quarterly fluctuations.


2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:


     Interim Financial Information

The  interim  financial  statements  as  of April 26, 1998, and for the thirteen
weeks  ended April 26, 1998, are unaudited, and certain information and footnote
disclosures,  normally  included  in financial statements prepared in accordance
with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  have  been  omitted.  In the
opinion  of  management,  all  adjustments,  consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments,  necessary  to  fairly  present  the financial position, results of
operations  and  cash  flows  with  respect to the interim financial statements,
have  been  included.  The results of operations for the interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of the results of the entire fiscal year.


     Income Taxes

   
The  Company  follows the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under
this  method,  deferred income taxes are recorded based upon differences between
the  financial  reporting  and  tax  bases  of  assets  and  liabilities and are
measured  using  the  enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the
underlying assets or liabilities are received or settled.
    

The  Company  has  recorded  a full valuation allowance against all deferred tax
assets  due to the uncertainty of ultimate realizability. Accordingly, no income
tax benefit has been recorded for current-year losses.


     Use of Estimates

The  preparation  of  financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting   principles  requires  the  use  of  estimates  and  assumptions  by
management  in  determining  the  reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenue  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  Company's  financial  instruments  consist  primarily  of  cash  and  notes
payable.  The  carrying  amounts  of  those  instruments reported in the balance
sheet  are  considered to be representative of their respective fair values, due
to  the short-term nature of such financial instruments and the current interest
rate environment.


                                      F-18
<PAGE>

                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

     Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred  offering costs consist of accounting, legal and consulting fees. These
costs will be treated as a reduction of the Offering proceeds.


     Reclassifications and Adjustments

Certain  reclassifications  and  adjustments  have been made to the prior-period
amounts to conform to current-period presentations.


     New Accounting Pronouncements

In  June  1997,  the  Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 131,
"Disclosures  About  Segments  of  an Enterprise and Related Information," which
requires  that  a public business enterprise to report financial and descriptive
information  about  its reportable operating segments. SFAS No. 131 is effective
for  financial  statements  for  periods  beginning after December 15, 1997. The
Company will adopt SFAS No. 131 in fiscal 1999.


3. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES:

Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following:





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                JANUARY 26,     JANUARY 25,
                                                    1997           1998
                                               -------------   ------------
<S>                                            <C>             <C>
     Accrued professional expenses .........      $556,992     $1,683,605
     Other accrued liabilities .............        29,206      1,064,378
                                                  --------     ----------
                                                  $586,198     $2,747,983
                                                  ========     ==========
 
</TABLE>

4. NOTES PAYABLE-RELATED PARTY:

CEFC,  which is currently owned by RGR Financial Group, LLC (RGR) was founded to
obtain  and provide financing for the Offering costs incurred by the Company. In
August  1996,  the Company issued 5% notes of $300,000 and $555,000 to CEFC, due
December  31,  1998.  Upon  consummation  of  the  Offering,  a  portion  of the
principal  amounts  will  become  due and payable immediately. Interest is being
accrued,  however,  no interest is due on such amounts in the event the Offering
is consummated.

In  June  1997,  the  Company issued to CEFC a $400,000 5% note due December 31,
1998.  Upon  consumation  of  the Offering, the principal amount will become due
and  payable immediately. Interest is being accrued, however, no interest is due
on such amount in the event the Offering is consummated.

   
In December 1997, the Company issued to CEFC a $279,000 5% note due December 31,
1998. Upon Consummation of the Offering,  the principal amount will be converted
into shares of the  Company's  Common Stock and  restricted  voting common stock
(Restricted Common Stock).  Interest is being accrued,  however,  no interest is
due on such amount in the event the Offering is consummated.

In  February  1998,  the Company issued $1,250,000 aggregate principal amount of
its  12%  note  due  February  28,  1999. Upon consummation of the Offering, the
aggregate  principal amount of the notes will convert into a number of shares of
Restricted  Common  Stock at a price equal to 50% of the initial public offering
price.

The  value  of  the  convertible  $279,000  CEFC  note  and  the $1,250,000 note
discussed  above  are  recorded  at face value, adjusted for the amortization of
the  value  of  the  conversion  feature  attached  to the notes. The conversion
feature  was  calculated  at  the date of issuance as the difference between the
conversion  price  and the assumed Offering price of $8.50 per share, multiplied
by  the  number  of shares into which the security is convertible. The amount is
being  amortized  as  a charge to interest expense over the period from issuance
to the first conversion date.
    


                                      F-19
<PAGE>

                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

5. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTION:


The  Company  has  entered  into  a  consulting  agreement  with each of RGR and
Wasatch  Capital  Corporation  ("Wasatch")  whereby  RGR and Wasatch will act as
merger   and   acquisition   advisory  consultants  to  assist  the  Company  in
implementing  its  strategy  to acquire additional retailers of collectibles and
marketers  of animation art and other related consulting services for an initial
term  of one year and three years, respectively. The Company will compensate RGR
and  Wasatch,  as  the  case  may be, based upon each acquisition candidate with
which  an  acquisition  is  consummated. The consideration to be paid to RGR and
Wasatch,  as  the case may be, upon consummation of a future acquisition will be
3.2%  of  the  acquisition  candidate's  pre-tax  net income for its most recent
fiscal year.


6. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:


     Common Stock and Restricted Common Stock


In  May  1997,  Collectibles USA effected a 1,016.604-for-one stock dividend for
each  share  of  common  stock (Common Stock) then outstanding and in June 1997,
increased  the  number  of  authorized  shares  of Common Stock to 31,200,000 of
which  1,200,000  was  designated  Restricted  Common  Stock. The effects of the
Common  Stock  dividend  have  been  retroactively  reflected  in  the financial
statements and the accompanying notes.


   
In  connection  with the organization and initial capitalization of Collectibles
USA  in  June 1996, the Company issued 1,016,602 shares of Common Stock (at $.10
per  share  prior  to  the stock split) to RGR, an individual who is to become a
director upon consummation of the Offering and another entity (the Promoters).
    


In  November  1996, the Company issued a total of 174,580 shares of Common Stock
(at  $.01  per  share  prior  to  the  stock  split)  to certain officers of the
Company.   As   a   result,  the  Company  recorded  a  non-recurring,  non-cash
compensation  charge  of  $1.3  million  representing the difference between the
amount  paid  for  the  shares and the estimated fair value of the shares on the
date of sale, as if the Founding Companies had been combined.


   
In  June  1997, RGR, an individual who is to become a director upon consummation
of  the  Offering  and another entity exchanged 1,016,602 shares of Common Stock
for  an  equal  number  of shares of Restricted Common Stock. The holders of the
Restricted  Common  Stock  are  entitled to one-tenth of one vote for each share
held on all other matters on which they are entitled to vote.

Each  share  of  Restricted  Common  Stock  will automatically convert to Common
Stock  on  a  share-for-share  basis  (i)  in the event of a disposition of such
share   of  Restricted  Common  Stock  by  the  holder  thereof  (other  than  a
distribution  which  is a distribution by a holder to its partners or beneficial
owners,  or  a  transfer to a related party of such holder (as defined), (ii) in
the  event  any  person  acquires  beneficial  ownership  of  15% or more of the
outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock  of  the  Company, (iii) in the event any
person  offers  to acquire 15% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock
of  the Company, or (iv) earlier, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the
aggregate  number of votes which may be cast by the holder of outstanding shares
of Common Stock and Restricted Common Stock.

In  November  1997,  RGR transferred to management 70,000 shares of Common Stock
as  to  which the Company recorded a non-recurring, non-cash compensation charge
of  $344,250  representing  the  estimated  fair  value of the shares, as if the
Founding  Companies  had  been  combined.  RGR  received 25,000 shares of Common
Stock from a former officer of the Company.


As of April 30, 1998,  after the  transfers of Common Stock,  971,602  shares of
Restricted  Common Stock and Common Stock were held by RGR and an individual who
is to become a director upon consummation of the Offering.


After  July 1, 1999, the Board of Directors may elect to convert any outstanding
shares  of  Restricted Common Stock into shares of Common Stock in the event 80%
or  more  of  the  originally outstanding shares of Restricted Common Stock have
been previously converted into shares of Common Stock.
    


                                      F-20
<PAGE>

                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

     Preferred Stock

In  May  1997,  the  Company  sold  20,000  shares  of  its Series A Convertible
Preferred  Stock,  liquidation  value  $50  per  share (the Series A Convertible
Preferred  Stock),  for  an aggregate consideration of $1.0 million the proceeds
of  which  were  used  by  the  Company  to  pay  various  expenses  incurred in
connection  with  its  efforts  to  complete  the  Acquisitions  and  effect the
Offering.  Pursuant  to  the  terms of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock,
upon  the  consummation  of the Offering, each share of the Series A Convertible
Preferred  Stock  will  automatically  convert  either  (i)  into that number of
shares  of Common Stock, determined by dividing (X) the liquidation value by (Y)
an  amount  equal  to 60% of the initial public offering price or, at the option
of  the  holder  of  the  Series  A  Convertible Preferred Stock, (ii) into that
number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock determined by dividing (X) the liquidation
value  by  (Y)  an amount equal to 150% of the initial public offering price and
cash  in an amount equal to the liquidation value. All but one of the holders of
the  Series A Convertible Preferred Stock have elected conversion option (ii) in
the  preceding  sentence.  As  a  result, upon consummation of the Offering, the
Series  A  Preferred  Stock will convert into approximately $987,500 in cash and
79,902  shares  of  Common  Stock (based upon an assumed initial public offering
price  of  $8.50 per share). Upon consummation of the Offering, the Company will
record  the  issuance  of the 79,902 shares of Common Stock as a preferred stock
dividend  at the estimated fair value of $7.65 per share. The Company intends to
pay  the required cash amounts in connection with the conversion of the Series A
Convertible  Preferred Stock with a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering.
 


     Treasury Stock

In  November  1997, the Company purchased 279,980 shares at the stated par value
of $0.01 per share and sold the shares to RGR at par value.


     Stock Based Compensation

SFAS  No.  123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based Compensation," allows entities to
choose  between fair value-based method of accounting for employee stock options
or  similar  equity instruments and the current intrinsic, value-based method of
accounting  prescribed  by  Accounting  Principles  Board  (APB) Opinion No. 25.
Companies  electing  to  remain  with  the accounting in APB Opinion No. 25 must
make  pro  forma disclosures of net income and earnings per share as if the fair
value  method of accounting had been applied. The Company will provide pro forma
disclosure  of net income and earnings per share, as applicable, in the notes to
future consolidated financial statements.


     1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan

During  May 1997, the Board of Directors and the Company's stockholders approved
the  Company's  1997  Long-Term Incentive Plan (the Plan). The maximum number of
shares  of  Common Stock that may be awarded pursuant to the Plan may not exceed
15%  of  the  aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the time
of  determination  which maximum will be 900,914 shares upon consummation of the
Offering.  Awards  may  be  settled  in  cash,  shares,  other  awards  or other
property,   as  determined  by  the  compensation  committee  of  the  Board  of
Directors.


     1997 Non-employee Directors' Stock Plan

The  Company's  1997  Non-Employee  Director's Stock Plan (the Directors' Plan),
which  was  adopted  by  the  Board  of  Directors and approved by the Company's
stockholders  in May 1997, provides for the automatic grant to each non-employee
director  of  an  initial  option  to  purchase  40,000  shares or such person's
subsequent  initial election as a director and an automatic annual grant to each
non-employee  director  of  an  option  to  purchase 5,000 shares at each annual
meeting  of  stockholders  thereafter  at  which  such director is re-elected or
remains  a  director,  unless such annual meeting is held within three months of
such  person's  initial  option granted. All options will have an exercise price
per  share  equal  to  the  fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of
grant  and expire on the earlier of ten years from the date of grant or one year
after  termination of service as a director. Options will become exercisable one
year  after  the  date  of  grant,  subject  to  acceleration  by  the  Board of
Directors, and will be forfeited


                                      F-21
<PAGE>

                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

upon  termination  of  service  as  a  director  for reasons other than death or
disability  unless  the director served for at least 11 months after the date of
grant  or  the  option was otherwise exercisable at the date of termination. The
Directors'  Plan  also  permits  non-employee  directors to elect to receive, in
lieu  of  cash directors' fees, shares or credits representing "deferred shares"
at  future  settlement  dates, as selected by the director. The number of shares
or  deferred  shares  received  will  equal the number of shares of Common Stock
which,  at  the date the fees would otherwise be payable, will have an aggregate
fair market value equal to the amount of such fees.


     Employment Contracts

The  Company has entered into employment agreements with certain officers of the
Company.  If  an officer's employment is terminated after the first year without
cause,  the  officer  would  be  entitled  to  one  year's  compensation and the
immediate vesting of all stock options.

   
In  August 1997, the Company entered into an Agreement and Release with a former
director  and  executive officer (the "Officer"), whose employment terminated in
June  1997,  pursuant to which the Officer will receive within three days of the
consummation  of  the Offering $250,000 and a six-month convertible note for the
principal  amount of $100,000 (convertible at the Offering price) as a severance
payment.
    


     Common Stock Options

   
In  August  and September 1997, pursuant to their employment agreements, certain
officers  of  the  Company  were  granted  stock  options  (the "$4 Options") to
acquire  90,000  shares of Common Stock at a $4.00 per share exercise price. The
$4  Options  are  fully  vested.  The Company recorded a non-recurring, non-cash
compensation  charge  of  $328,500, representing the estimated fair value of the
shares, as if the Founding Companies had been combined.

Concurrent  with  the  consummation  of the Offering, certain officers and three
directors  will  be  granted  additional  options  to  acquire 495,000 shares of
Common  Stock  at  the  initial  public offering price. These additional options
vest over a three year period in one-third increments annually.
    


7. ACQUISITION OF COMPANIES:

Wholly  owned subsidiaries of Collectibles USA have signed definitive agreements
to  acquire by merger or share exchange seven companies (the Founding Companies)
to  be effective with the Offering. The companies to be acquired are St. George,
Inc.;  DKG Enterprises, Inc.; Elwell Stores, Inc.; Stone's Shops, Inc.; American
Royal  Arts  Corp.;  Animation  U.S.A.,  Inc.;  and Filmart Productions Inc. The
aggregate  consideration  that  will  be paid by Collectibles USA to acquire the
Founding  Companies  is  approximately $7.8 million in cash and 1,761,354 shares
of   Common  Stock.  In  addition,  the  Company  will  repay  $3.3  million  of
indebtedness, as of April 30, 1998, of the Founding Companies.

In  June  1998,  Collectibles USA filed a registration statement on Form S-1 for
the  sale  of  2,700,000 shares of its Common Stock. See "Risk Factors" included
elsewhere  herein  for a discussion of certain factors that should be considered
by  prospective  purchasers  of the Common Stock offered hereby. The Company has
agreed  to  issue  to the representatives of the underwriters and its designees,
upon  completion  of  the  Offering,  warrants  covering an aggregate of 270,000
shares  of  Common  Stock.  Such  warrants  are exercisable during the five-year
period  commencing  on the date of the prospectus relating to the Offering at an
exercise  price  equal to 120% of the initial public offering price. The Company
has  agreed  to  grant  certain  registration  rights  to  the  holders of these
warrants.


8. SUBSEQUENT EVENT (UNAUDITED):

   
In May 1998,  the Company  issued  $300,000  notes due February  28, 1999.  Upon
consummation of the Offering, the aggregate principal amount will convert into a
number of  shares  of  Restricted  Common  Stock at a price  equal to 50% of the
initial  public  offering  price.  The notes  will be  recorded  at face  value,
adjusted for the value of the conversion feature of the notes.
    


                                      F-22
<PAGE>

                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

   
The  Company  has  received  a  commitment  letter for a senior revolving credit
facility  of  up  to  $25 million, which would be available if net proceeds from
the  Offering  are  not at least $14.5 million. The credit facility will be used
for  acquisitions,  working  capital and other general corporate purposes. It is
expected  that  such  facility,  if obtained, will require the Company to comply
with  various  loan  covenants  including,  (i) maintenance of certain financial
ratios;  (ii)  restrictions  on  additional  indebtedness; (iii) restrictions on
liens,  guarantees,  advances and dividends; and (iv) certain limitations on the
operating of new stores within the next 12 months.

The Company has entered  into an  agreement  with RGR  pursuant to which (i) RGR
shall  transfer  a total of 91,049  shares of Common  Stock to the  Company  for
cancellation,  and, concurrently therewith,  (ii) the Company shall issue 79,063
and 11,986 shares of Restricted  Common Stock  (assuming an $8.50 initial public
offering  price per share),  respectively,  to holders of certain CUSA Notes and
Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock as  designated  by the Company  upon the
consummation  of the  Offering.  The number of shares to be  transferred  by RGR
shall be  appropriately  adjusted based upon the actual initial public  offering
price.
    


                                      F-23
<PAGE>

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



To American Royal Arts Corp.:

We  have  audited  the  accompanying balance sheets of American Royal Arts Corp.
(a Delaware  corporation)  as  of  January 31,  1997  and  1998, and the related
statements  of operations, stockholder's equity (deficit) and cash flows for the
years  ended October 31, 1995 and 1996, and for the years ended January 31, 1997
and  1998.  These  financial  statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.

We   conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of
material  misstatement.  An  audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also   includes   assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant
estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating the overall financial
statement  presentation.  We  believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In  our  opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all  material  respects,  the financial position of American Royal Arts Corp. as
of  January 31,  1997  and  1998, and the results of its operations and its cash
flows  for  the  years  ended October 31, 1995 and 1996, and for the years ended
January 31,  1997  and  1998,  in  conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.



ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Houston, Texas
May 8, 1998

                                      F-24
<PAGE>

                           AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.

                                BALANCE SHEETS





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    JANUARY 31,
                                                                           ------------------------------      APRIL 30,
                                                                                1997             1998            1998
                                                                           --------------   -------------   --------------
                                                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                        <C>              <C>             <C>
                                   ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash ..................................................................     $  609,523      $   70,866       $  146,543
 Accounts receivable ...................................................         33,712          63,106           84,241
 Merchandise inventories ...............................................        611,943         624,778          636,936
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets .............................        105,914         193,198          124,773
                                                                             ----------      ----------       ----------
   Total current assets ................................................      1,361,092         951,948          992,493
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net ............................................         38,173          99,960           87,186
OTHER ASSETS, net ......................................................         82,885          73,184           67,434
                                                                             ----------      ----------       ----------
   Total assets ........................................................     $1,482,150      $1,125,092       $1,147,113
                                                                             ==========      ==========       ==========
               LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S (DEFICIT) EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Customer deposits ......................................................     $  334,131      $  334,733       $  311,330
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ...............................        341,254         309,627          346,102
Payable to stockholder .................................................             --         586,000          586,000
                                                                             ----------      ----------       ----------
   Total current liabilities ...........................................        675,385       1,230,360        1,243,432
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES ..........................................

STOCKHOLDER'S (DEFICIT) EQUITY:
 Convertible preferred stock, $100 par, 5,000 shares authorized, none
   outstanding .........................................................             --              --               --
 Common stock, $.01 par, 1,000,000 shares authorized, 158,333.336 shares
   issued, 79,166.668 shares outstanding ...............................          1,584           1,584            1,584
 Less- Treasury stock, at cost (79,166.668 shares) .....................       (145,000)       (145,000)        (145,000)
 Retained earnings .....................................................        950,181          38,148           47,097
                                                                             ----------      ----------       ----------
   Total stockholder's (deficit) equity ................................        806,765        (105,268)         (96,319)
                                                                             ----------      ----------       ----------
   Total liabilities and stockholder's (deficit) equity ................     $1,482,150      $1,125,092       $1,147,113
                                                                             ==========      ==========       ==========
 
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-25
<PAGE>

                           AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.

                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,          YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,       THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30,
                                    -----------------------------   -----------------------------   ----------------------------
                                         1995            1996            1997            1998            1997           1998
                                    -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -----------
                                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                 <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
NET SALES .......................    $4,051,072      $4,121,181      $4,288,612      $4,133,318      $1,100,477      $806,489
COST OF SALES ...................     1,559,918       1,571,068       1,505,784       1,516,516         346,442       291,916
                                     ----------      ----------      ----------      ----------      ----------      --------
 Gross profit ...................     2,491,154       2,550,113       2,782,828       2,616,802         754,035       514,573
SELLING, GENERAL AND
 ADMINISTRATIVE
 EXPENSES .......................     1,759,886       1,763,860       1,778,138       1,957,708         482,519       400,530
                                     ----------      ----------      ----------      ----------      ----------      --------
 Income from operations .........       731,268         786,253       1,004,690         659,094         271,516       114,043
INTEREST INCOME
 (EXPENSE), net .................        18,200          24,184          24,027         (14,037)          5,858           710
                                     ----------      ----------      ----------      ----------      ----------      --------
NET INCOME ......................    $  749,468      $  810,437      $1,028,717      $  645,057      $  277,374      $114,753
                                     ==========      ==========      ==========      ==========      ==========      ========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-26
<PAGE>

                           AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.

                 STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY (DEFICIT)





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      COMMON STOCK                                                TOTAL
                                                  --------------------      TREASURY          RETAINED        STOCKHOLDER'S
                                                    SHARES     AMOUNT         STOCK           EARNINGS       EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                                                  ---------   --------   --------------   ---------------   -----------------
<S>                                               <C>         <C>        <C>              <C>               <C>
BALANCE AT OCTOBER 31, 1994 ...................   158,333     $1,584     $(145,000)       $  710,197        $  566,781
 Net income ...................................        --         --            --           749,468           749,468
 Distributions ................................        --         --            --          (449,629)         (449,629)
                                                  -------     ------     ---------        ----------        ----------
BALANCE AT OCTOBER 31, 1995 ...................   158,333      1,584      (145,000)        1,010,036           866,620
 Net income ...................................        --         --            --           810,437           810,437
 Distributions ................................        --         --            --          (980,861)         (980,861)
                                                  -------     ------     ---------        ----------        ----------
BALANCE AT OCTOBER 31, 1996 ...................   158,333      1,584      (145,000)          839,612           696,196
 Net income ...................................        --         --            --           431,065           431,065
 Distributions ................................        --         --            --          (320,496)         (320,496)
                                                  -------     ------     ---------        ----------        ----------
BALANCE AT JANUARY 31, 1997 ...................   158,333      1,584      (145,000)          950,181           806,765
 Net income ...................................        --         --            --           645,057           645,057
 Distributions ................................        --         --            --        (1,557,090)       (1,557,090)
                                                  -------     ------     ---------        ----------        ----------
 
BALANCE AT JANUARY 31, 1998 ...................   158,333      1,584      (145,000)           38,148          (105,268)
 Net income (unaudited) .......................        --         --            --           114,753           114,753
 Distributions (unaudited) ....................        --         --            --          (105,804)         (105,804)
                                                  -------     ------     ---------        ----------        ----------
 
BALANCE AT APRIL 30, 1998 (unaudited) .........   158,333     $1,584     $(145,000)       $   47,097        $  (96,319)
                                                  =======     ======     =========        ==========        ==========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-27
<PAGE>

                           AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.

                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       YEAR ENDED                   YEAR ENDED
                                                      OCTOBER 31,                   JANUARY 31,
                                               -------------------------- -------------------------------
                                                    1995         1996           1997            1998
                                               ------------- ------------ --------------- ---------------
<S>                                            <C>           <C>          <C>             <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING
 ACTIVITIES:
 Net income ..................................  $   749,468   $  810,437   $   1,028,717   $     645,057
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
  cash provided by operating activities--
  Depreciation and amortization ..............       36,743       58,470          39,346          36,790
  Changes in operating assets and
   liabilities--
   Accounts receivable .......................       76,105       10,738          34,150         (29,394)
   Merchandise inventories ...................     (164,940)    (107,448)         19,409         (12,835)
   Prepaid expenses and other current
     assets ..................................      (10,109)     (52,432)        (47,213)        (87,284)
   Customer deposits .........................       62,097      239,813         178,569             602
   Accounts payable and accrued
     liabilities .............................      143,610      (52,882)         13,852         (31,627)
   Other assets ..............................           --        2,500           2,500         (15,299)
                                                -----------   ----------   -------------   -------------
     Net cash provided by operating
      activities .............................      892,974      909,196       1,269,330         506,010
                                                -----------   ----------   -------------   -------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING
 ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and
  equipment ..................................       (8,930)     (26,693)        (22,403)        (73,577)
 Proceeds from sale of property and
  equipment ..................................        1,195                           --              --
                                                -----------                -------------   -------------
   Net cash used in investing
     activities ..............................       (7,735)     (26,693)        (22,403)        (73,577)
                                                -----------   ----------   -------------   -------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING
 ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from issuance of obligations to
  stockholder ................................           --           --              --         586,000
 Principal payments on long-term
  obligations ................................      (92,732)      (7,268)             --              --
 Distributions to stockholder ................     (449,629)    (980,861)     (1,249,986)     (1,557,090)
                                                -----------   ----------   -------------   -------------
   Net cash used in financing activities......     (542,361)    (988,129)     (1,249,986)       (971,090)
                                                -----------   ----------   -------------   -------------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH...............      342,878     (105,626)         (3,059)       (538,657)
CASH, beginning of period ....................      205,112      547,990         612,582         609,523
                                                -----------   ----------   -------------   -------------
CASH, end of period ..........................  $   547,990   $  442,364   $     609,523   $      70,866
                                                ===========   ==========   =============   =============
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF
 CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during the period for interest ....  $     4,602   $       --   $          --   $       7,289
 



<CAPTION>
                                                   THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                        APRIL 30,
                                               ---------------------------
                                                    1997          1998
                                               ------------- -------------
                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                            <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING
 ACTIVITIES:
 Net income ..................................  $   277,374   $   114,753
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
  cash provided by operating activities--
  Depreciation and amortization ..............        9,273        12,774
  Changes in operating assets and
   liabilities--
   Accounts receivable .......................      (41,168)      (21,135)
   Merchandise inventories ...................       14,153       (12,158)
   Prepaid expenses and other current
     assets ..................................       25,525        68,425
   Customer deposits .........................       13,982       (23,403)
   Accounts payable and accrued
     liabilities .............................      (22,148)       36,475
   Other assets ..............................           --         5,750
                                                -----------   -----------
     Net cash provided by operating
      activities .............................      276,991       181,481
                                                -----------   -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING
 ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and
  equipment ..................................         (950)           --
 Proceeds from sale of property and
  equipment ..................................           --            --
                                                -----------   -----------
   Net cash used in investing
     activities ..............................         (950)           --
                                                -----------   -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING
 ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from issuance of obligations to
  stockholder ................................           --            --
 Principal payments on long-term
  obligations ................................           --            --
 Distributions to stockholder ................     (299,862)     (105,804)
                                                -----------   -----------
   Net cash used in financing activities......     (299,862)     (105,804)
                                                -----------   -----------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH...............      (23,821)       75,677
CASH, beginning of period ....................      609,523        70,866
                                                -----------   -----------
CASH, end of period ..........................  $   585,702   $   146,543
                                                ===========   ===========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF
 CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during the period for interest ....  $        --   $     8,977
 
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-28
<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

American  Royal  Arts  Corp.  (the  Company)  is a retail and wholesale marketer
specializing   in  the  sale  of  animation  art,  including  limited  editions,
production  cels,  sericels,  lithographs  and vintage animation. American Royal
Arts  produces animation art under various license arrangements certain of which
are  exclusive  to  it. American Royal Arts has been in operation since 1987 and
has   one  gallery  located  in  Westbury,  New  York,  which  also  houses  its
telemarketing operations.

Although  the  Company's  business  is  not seasonal, sales fluctuations between
quarters  do  occur  and  are  largely the result of the timing and frequency of
in-store artists signings and other promotional events.

The  Company  and  its stockholder have entered into a definitive agreement with
Collectibles  USA, Inc. (Collectibles), pursuant to which all outstanding shares
of  the  Company's  common  stock  will  be  exchanged  for  cash  and shares of
Collectibles  common  stock  concurrent  with  the  consummation  of the initial
public offering of the common stock of Collectibles.


2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:


     Fiscal Year End

The  Company's  fiscal  year  end  is October 31. To coincide with the Company's
potential  acquisition  by  an  acquiror with a 52/53 week fiscal year ending on
the  last  Sunday  in  January,  the Company has been presented on a fiscal year
ended on January 31, 1997 and 1998 in addition to October 31, 1995 and 1996.


     Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise  inventories  are  stated at the lower of cost or market, determined
by the average cost method.


     Property and Equipment

Property  and  equipment  are recorded at cost. Depreciation is determined using
the  straight-line  method  based on the estimated useful life of the respective
asset.  Leasehold  improvements  are amortized over the shorter of the estimated
useful  life  or  the  remaining lease term. Expenditures for major renewals and
betterments  are  capitalized  while  maintenance and repairs are expensed. When
property  is  retired or otherwise disposed of, the related cost and accumulated
depreciation  are  removed  from  the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is
reflected in the statements of operations.


     Other Assets

On   October 31,   1994,  the  Company  purchased  the  stock  of  a  50 percent
stockholder  for  $45,000  in  cash  and  a  note  of  $100,000  to  the  former
stockholder.  In  addition,  as  part  of  the  repurchase of stock, the Company
entered  into four noncompete agreements with the former stockholder and related
parties  of  the  stockholder.  The  total  amount  paid  under  the  noncompete
agreements  was  $150,000,  which is being amortized over the five-year lives of
the agreements.


     Revenue Recognition

The  Company  recognizes  revenue from sales upon delivery of the merchandise to
the  customer  and  receipt of payment. Customer deposits consist of collections
on  layaway  sales.  Upon receipt of final payment, the item is delivered to the
customer and the sale is recorded as revenue.


     Cost of Sales

Cost of sales includes costs of merchandise sold, framing and shipping costs.


     Advertising Expenses

Advertising  expenses  are  expensed in the month incurred. Advertising expenses
were  approximately  $258,000,  $141,000,  $139,000  and  $278,000 for the years
ended  October 31,  1995  and  1996 and for the years ended January 31, 1997 and
1998, respectively.


                                      F-29
<PAGE>

                           AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

     Income Taxes

For  income  tax  purposes,  the  Company and its stockholder have elected to be
treated  as  an  S Corporation  under  the  Internal  Revenue Code and a similar
section  in the state code. In accordance with the provisions of such elections,
the  Company's  income  and  losses  were  passed  through  to  its stockholder;
accordingly, no provision for income taxes has been recorded.


     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  Company's  financial  instruments  consist  of  cash,  accounts receivable,
accounts  payable  and  debt. The carrying amount of these financial instruments
approximates  fair  value  due  either  to  length  of  maturity or existence of
interest rates that approximate prevailing market rates.


     Use of Estimates

The  preparation  of  financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make estimates and assumptions
that  affect  the  reported  amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent  assets  and  liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.


     Interim Financial Information

The  interim financial statements as of April 30, 1998, and for the three months
ended  April  30,  1997  and  1998,  are  unaudited, and certain information and
footnote  disclosures,  normally  included  in  financial statements prepared in
accordance  with generally accepted accounting principles, have been omitted. In
the  opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments,  necessary  to  fairly  present  the financial position, results of
operations  and  cash  flows  with  respect to the interim financial statements,
have  been  included.  The results of operations for the interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of the results for the entire fiscal year.


     Reclassification and Adjustments

Certain  reclassifications  and  adjustments  have been made to the prior-period
amounts to conform to current-period presentations.


     New Accounting Pronouncements

In  June  1997,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  issued  SFAS  No.
131"Disclosures  About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information," which
requires  that  a  public  business  enterprise report financial and descriptive
information  about  its reportable operating segments. SFAS No. 131 is effective
for  financial  statements  for  periods  beginning after December 15, 1997. The
Company will adopt SFAS No. 131 in fiscal 1999.


3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment consist of the following:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                ESTIMATED              JANUARY 31,
                                               USEFUL LIVES   ----------------------------
                                                  (YEAR)          1997          1998
                                              -------------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                           <C>             <C>           <C>
Furniture, fixtures and equipment .........        5-7         $  62,332     $ 130,264
Leasehold improvements ....................        3-5            28,516        34,161
                                                                             ---------
                                                                  90,848       164,425
Less- Accumulated depreciation ............                      (52,675)      (64,465)
                                                               ---------     ---------
                                                               $  38,173     $  99,960
                                                               =========     =========
</TABLE>


                                      F-30
<PAGE>

                           AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

4. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                JANUARY 31,
                                         --------------------------
                                             1997           1998
                                         ------------   -----------
<S>                                      <C>            <C>
Accounts payable, trade ..............    $ 137,716      $162,341
Accrued vacation and payroll .........       22,623        22,051
Accrued royalties ....................       77,618        35,006
Other ................................      103,297        90,229
                                          ---------      --------
                                          $ 341,254      $309,627
                                          =========      ========
</TABLE>

5. PAYABLE TO STOCKHOLDER:

During  the year ended January 31, 1998, the Company made a cash distribution of
approximately  $586,000  which  represents the Company's estimated S Corporation
accumulated  adjustment  account.  The  Company funded this distribution through
borrowings  from the Company's sole stockholder. The borrowings bear interest at
an  annual rate of six percent and is payable upon the earlier of acquisition of
the Company by Collectibles or December 31, 1998.


6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:


     Lease Obligations

The  Company  leases  its  retail  facility  and other equipment under operating
leases  expiring  at  various  dates through December 2004. Rent expense for the
years  ended October 31, 1995 and 1996, and for the years ended January 31, 1997
and   1998,  was  approximately  $170,000,  $181,000,  $181,000,  and  $156,000,
respectively.  Future  minimum  lease  payments  under  noncancelable  operating
leases are as follows:



<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
            Year ending January 31,
            1999 ........................    $  171,825
            2000 ........................       176,635
            2001 ........................       175,951
            2002 and thereafter .........       743,898
                                             ----------
                                             $1,268,309
                                             ==========
 
</TABLE>

     Litigation

The  Company  is subject to various legal actions arising in the ordinary course
of  business.  Management  does  not  believe that the outcome of any such legal
action  would have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position
or results of operations.


     Consignments

The  Company  has  various  consignment  arrangements  with  certain  artists to
produce  and  sell  certain pieces of art. The consigned inventory is insured by
the  Company.  Under  these  arrangements,  the  Company is obligated to pay the
artist a royalty on the art sold.


     Distribution Agreements

The   Company  maintains  various  distribution  agreements  with  major  studio
suppliers  to  purchase  and  distribute  animation art. Some agreements contain
minimum  annual  purchase  requirements  which  the  Company had fulfilled as of
October 31,  1995  and  1996,  and  January 31,  1997 and 1998, respectively. On
February  1, 1997, the Company entered into a 15-month distribution agreement to
purchase  and distribute animated art products with a major studio supplier. The
Company is currently negotiating a renewal of this agreement.


                                      F-31
<PAGE>

                           AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

7. SIGNIFICANT SUPPLIERS:

   
During  the  year  ended October 31, 1995, one supplier accounted for 10 percent
of  total  inventory purchases. For the year ended October 31, 1996, and for the
year  ended  January  31,  1997,  one supplier accounted for 13 percent of total
inventory  purchases.  For  the  year  ended  January  31,  1998,  one  supplier
accounted for 14 percent of total inventory purchases.
    


8. SUBSEQUENT EVENT (UNAUDITED):

     In  May  1998,  the  Company  borrowed $39,000 from its sole shareholder to
fund  an  S corporation distribution of $39,000. The borrowings bear interest at
an  annual  rate  of  six  percent  and  is  payable  upon  the  earlier  of the
acquisition of the Company by Collectibles or December 31, 1998.


                                      F-32
<PAGE>

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



To Stone's Shops, Inc.:

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  balance  sheets  of  Stone's  Shops,  Inc.
(an Illinois  corporation),  as  of  November 30, 1996 and 1997, and the related
statements  of  operations,  shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the
three  years  in  the period ended November 30, 1997. These financial statements
are  the  responsibility  of  the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We   conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of
material  misstatement.  An  audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also   includes   assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant
estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating the overall financial
statement  presentation.  We  believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In  our  opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all  material  respects,  the  financial  position of Stone's Shops, Inc., as of
November 30,  1996  and  1997,  and  the  results of its operations and its cash
flows  for  each  of  the  three years in the period ended November 30, 1997, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.



ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Houston, Texas
April 24, 1998

                                      F-33
<PAGE>

                              STONE'S SHOPS, INC.

                                BALANCE SHEETS



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      NOVEMBER 30,               MAY 31,
                                                             ------------------------------   ------------
                                                                  1996             1997           1998
                                                             --------------   -------------   ------------
                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                          <C>              <C>             <C>
                          ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash and cash equivalents ...............................    $    82,610      $  383,289     $  144,128
 Merchandise inventories .................................      2,673,712       3,427,982      3,340,805
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ...............         86,681          36,387         37,158
                                                              -----------      ----------     ----------
   Total current assets ..................................      2,843,003       3,847,658      3,522,091
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net ..............................        286,837         222,621        188,701
OTHER ASSETS, net ........................................             --          81,288         90,624
                                                              -----------      ----------     ----------
   Total assets ..........................................    $ 3,129,840      $4,151,567     $3,801,416
                                                              ===========      ==========     ==========
 
           LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Customer deposits .......................................    $    25,946      $   36,852     $   21,606
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ................      1,499,985       1,846,143      1,123,000
 Current maturities of long-term obligations .............         14,400          14,400         14,400
 Payable to shareholder ..................................         30,000           6,000             --
                                                              -----------      ----------     ----------
   Total current liabilities .............................      1,570,331       1,903,395      1,159,006
 
LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS, net of current maturities .........         28,800          14,400          7,200
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES ....................................        500,455         501,941        507,441
                                                              -----------      ----------     ----------
   Total liabilities .....................................      2,099,586       2,419,736      1,673,647
 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 Common stock, no par value, 10,000 shares authorized,
   1,000 shares outstanding ..............................          1,000           1,000          1,000
 Additional paid-in capital ..............................         39,000          39,000         39,000
 Retained earnings .......................................        990,254       1,691,831      2,087,769
                                                              -----------      ----------     ----------
   Total shareholders' equity ............................      1,030,254       1,731,831      2,127,769
                                                              -----------      ----------     ----------
   Total liabilities and shareholders' equity ............    $ 3,129,840      $4,151,567     $3,801,416
                                                              ===========      ==========     ==========
 
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-34
<PAGE>

                              STONE'S SHOPS, INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS





   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 30,                 SIX MONTHS ENDED MAY 31,
                                       -----------------------------------------------   -----------------------------
                                            1995             1996             1997            1997            1998
                                       --------------   --------------   -------------   -------------   -------------
                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                    <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>             <C>
NET SALES ..........................    $ 4,281,040      $ 4,985,549      $5,744,826      $3,201,997      $3,222,088
COST OF SALES ......................      2,268,690        2,496,574       2,762,629       1,659,576       1,655,695
                                        -----------      -----------      ----------      ----------      ----------
   Gross profit ....................      2,012,350        2,488,975       2,982,197       1,542,421       1,566,393
 
SELLING, GENERAL AND
 ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES ...........      1,787,457        2,117,010       1,818,203         943,931         932,346
                                        -----------      -----------      ----------      ----------      ----------
   Income from operations ..........        224,893          371,965       1,163,994         598,490         634,047
 
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
Interest (net) .....................        (10,438)          (2,891)            (24)           (947)              8
Other, (net) .......................             --               --           3,162              --              --
                                        -----------      -----------      ----------      ----------      ----------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES .........        214,455          369,074       1,167,132         597,543         634,055
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES .........        128,101          193,941         465,555         226,927         238,117
                                        -----------      -----------      ----------      ----------      ----------
NET INCOME .........................    $    86,354      $   175,133      $  701,577      $  370,616      $  395,938
                                        ===========      ===========      ==========      ==========      ==========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-35
<PAGE>

                              STONE'S SHOPS, INC.

                      STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY





   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             COMMON STOCK        ADDITIONAL                        TOTAL
                                         --------------------      PAID-IN       RETAINED      SHAREHOLDERS'
                                          SHARES     AMOUNTS       CAPITAL       EARNINGS        EARNINGS
                                         --------   ---------   ------------   ------------   --------------
<S>                                      <C>        <C>         <C>            <C>            <C>
BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 30, 1994 .........    1,000      $1,000        $39,000     $  728,767       $  768,767
 Net income ..........................       --          --             --         86,354           86,354
                                          -----      ------        -------     ----------       ----------
BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 30, 1995 .........    1,000       1,000         39,000        815,121          855,121
 Net income ..........................       --          --             --        175,133          175,133
                                          -----      ------        -------     ----------       ----------
BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 30, 1996 .........    1,000       1,000         39,000        990,254        1,030,254
 Net income ..........................       --          --             --        701,577          701,577
                                          -----      ------        -------     ----------       ----------
BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 30, 1997 .........    1,000       1,000         39,000      1,691,831        1,731,831
 Net income (unaudited) ..............       --          --             --        395,938          395,938
                                          -----      ------        -------     ----------       ----------
BALANCE AT MAY 31, 1998
 (unaudited) .........................    1,000      $1,000        $39,000     $2,087,769       $2,127,769
                                          =====      ======        =======     ==========       ==========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-36
<PAGE>

                              STONE'S SHOPS, INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS





   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        NOVEMBER 30,                SIX MONTHS ENDED MAY 31,
                                                          ---------------------------------------- ---------------------------
                                                               1995         1996          1997          1997          1998
                                                          ------------- ------------ ------------- ------------- -------------
                                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income .............................................  $   86,354    $  175,133   $  701,577    $  370,616    $  395,938
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
  cash provided by operating activities-- ...............
  Depreciation and amortization .........................      55,800        63,467       81,071        38,373        38,373
  Deferred income taxes .................................     109,366       178,534        1,486        30,001         5,500
  Loss on sale of assets ................................          --         9,765           --            --            --
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities-- .........
  Merchandise inventories ...............................    (540,902)     (483,307)    (754,270)     (257,275)       87,177
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets .............      (7,726)      (43,943)      50,294        20,576          (771)
  Other Assets ..........................................          --            --      (81,288)      (30,000)       (9,336)
  Customer deposits .....................................       5,291         7,428       10,906         7,965       (15,246)
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ..............     443,413       182,259      346,158        86,419      (723,143)
                                                           ----------    ----------   ----------    ----------    ----------
   Net cash provided by (used in) operating
     activities .........................................     151,596        89,336      355,934       266,675      (221,508)
                                                           ----------    ----------   ----------    ----------    ----------
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment ....................    (113,260)      (98,816)     (16,855)           --        (4,453)
 Proceeds from sales of property and equipment ..........           -        12,575           --         1,340            --
                                                           ----------    ----------   ----------    ----------    ----------
   Net cash provided by (used in) investing
     activities .........................................    (113,260)      (86,241)     (16,855)        1,340        (4,453)
                                                           ----------    ----------   ----------    ----------    ----------
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Principal payments on long-term obligations and note
  payable to shareholder ................................           -       (25,400)     (38,400)      (31,190)      (13,200)
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term obligations and
  loan payable to shareholder ...........................      68,600        30,000           --            --            --
                                                           ----------    ----------   ----------    ----------    ----------
   Net cash provided (used in) by financing
     activities .........................................      68,600         4,600      (38,400)      (31,190)      (13,200)
                                                           ----------    ----------   ----------    ----------    ----------
 
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH .........................     106,936         7,695      300,679       236,825      (239,161)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of
 period .................................................     (32,021)       74,915       82,610        82,610       383,289
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period ................  $   74,915    $   82,610   $  383,289    $  319,435    $  144,128
                                                           ==========    ==========   ==========    ==========    ==========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during the period for-
  Interest ..............................................  $   10,438    $    2,891   $    3,246    $      947    $    3,404
  Income taxes ..........................................           -        (1,238)      10,225            --       535,656
 
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-37
<PAGE>

                               STONE'S SHOPS, INC.
                         
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

Stone's  Shops,  Inc.  (the  Company)  d/b/a  Stone's  Hallmark is a retailer of
contemporary   collectibles,   ornaments,  figurines,  lighthouses  and  lighted
ceramic   houses  from  vendors,  including  Enesco,  Boyds,  Cast  Art,  Disney
Classics,  Department  56,  Seraphim  Angels  and Hallmark. Stone's Hallmark has
been  in  the  contemporary  collectibles  business  since  1979  and has stores
located in Rockford (4), Freeport and Rochelle, Illinois.

The  Company's  business  is  seasonal, with its highest levels occurring in its
first  fiscal quarter. This period, which includes the Christmas selling season,
accounted  for  approximately 33.3 percent, 29.6 percent and 32.1 percent of the
Company's  net  sales  for  years  ended  November  30,  1995,  1996  and  1997,
respectively.

The  Company  and its shareholders have entered into a definitive agreement with
Collectibles  USA, Inc. (Collectibles), pursuant to which all outstanding shares
of  the  Company's  common  stock  will  be  exchanged  for  cash  and shares of
Collectibles  common  stock  concurrent  with  the  consummation  of the initial
public offering of the common stock of Collectibles.


2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:


     Cash and Cash Equivalents

For  purposes  of  the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all highly
liquid  debt instruments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be
cash equivalents.


     Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise  inventories  are  stated at the lower of cost or market, determined
by the weighted average cost method.


     Property and Equipment

Property  and  equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation and amortization are
determined  using the straight-line method based on the estimated useful life of
the  respective  asset. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of
the  estimated  useful  life or the remaining lease term. Expenditures for major
renewals  and  betterments  are  capitalized  while  maintenance and repairs are
expensed.  When  property  is retired or otherwise disposed of, the related cost
and  accumulated  depreciation  are  removed from the accounts and any resulting
gain or loss is reflected in the statements of operations.


     Revenue Recognition

The  Company recognizes revenue from in-store sales upon delivery of merchandise
to  the  customer  and  receipt  of  payment. Revenues from mail order sales are
recognized  upon  shipment  to  the  customer  and  receipt of payment. Customer
deposits  consist  of  collections  on  layaway  sales. Layaways are recorded as
revenue  upon  receipt  of  final payment and delivery of the merchandise to the
customer.


     Cost of Sales

Included in cost of sales are cost of merchandise sold and shipping costs.


     Advertising Expenses

Advertising  expenses  are  expensed in the month incurred. Advertising expenses
were  $145,000, $205,000, and $229,800 during the years ended November 30, 1995,
1996 and 1997, respectively.


     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  Company's  financial  instruments  consist  of  cash, investments, accounts
payable   and   debt.   The  carrying  amount  of  these  financial  instruments
approximates  fair  value  due  either  to  length  of  maturity or existence of
interest  rates  that  approximate  prevailing  market  rates  unless  otherwise
disclosed in these financial statements.


                                      F-38
<PAGE>

                              STONE'S SHOPS, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED )

     Use of Estimates

The  preparation  of  financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make estimates and assumptions
that  affect  the  reported  amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent  assets  and  liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.


     Interim Financial Information

   
The  interim  financial  statements  as  of May 31, 1998, and for the six months
ended  May  31,  1997  and  1998,  are  unaudited,  and  certain information and
footnote  disclosures,  normally  included  in  financial statements prepared in
accordance  with generally accepted accounting principles, have been omitted. In
the  opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments,  necessary  to  fairly  present  the financial position, results of
operations  and  cash  flows  with  respect to the interim financial statements,
have  been  included.  The results of operations for the interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of the results for the entire fiscal year.
    


     Reclassifications and Adjustments

Certain  reclassifications  and  adjustments  have been made to the prior-period
amounts to conform to current-period presentations.


3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment consist of the following:





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                ESTIMATED             NOVEMBER 30,
                                               USEFUL LIVES   ----------------------------
                                                  (YEAR)          1996            1997
                                              -------------   ------------   -------------
<S>                                           <C>             <C>            <C>
Furniture, fixtures and equipment .........        5-7         $  635,770     $  637,637
Leasehold improvements ....................        5-7            165,719        180,707
Signs .....................................          5             15,477         15,477
Vehicles ..................................        3-5             72,073         72,073
                                                               ----------     ----------
                                                                  889,039        905,894
Less- Accumulated depreciation ............                      (602,202)      (683,273)
                                                               ----------     ----------
                                                               $  286,837     $  222,621
                                                               ==========     ==========
</TABLE>

4. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    NOVEMBER 30,
                                           ------------------------------
                                                1996             1997
                                           --------------   -------------
<S>                                        <C>              <C>
       Accounts payable, trade .........    $ 1,044,519      $  912,614
       Accrued liabilities .............        419,254         475,581
       Taxes payable ...................         36,212         489,948
                                            -----------      ----------
                                            $ 1,499,985      $1,878,143
                                            ===========      ==========
 
</TABLE>


                                      F-39
<PAGE>

                              STONE'S SHOPS, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED )

5. PAYABLE TO SHAREHOLDER AND LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS:


     Payable to Shareholder

The  Company  had  borrowings  from a shareholder totaling $30,000 and $6,000 at
November 30,  1996 and 1997, respectively. The borrowings are unsecured, bear no
interest and are payable upon demand.


     Long-Term Obligations

The  Company  has  an  unsecured  noninterest-bearing  obligation to a landlord,
which is payable in monthly installments of $1,200 through November 1999.

Scheduled principal maturities of long-term obligations are as follows:



<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
  Year ending November 30,
  1998 .............................    $14,400
  1999 .............................     14,400
                                        -------
                                        $28,800
                                        =======
 
</TABLE>

6. INCOME TAXES:

The  Company  provides  for  income  taxes  under the asset and liability method
which  provides  the  method for determining the appropriate asset and liability
for  deferred  taxes  which  are  computed  by  applying applicable tax rates to
temporary  (timing)  differences.  Therefore,  expenses  recorded  for financial
statement  purposes  before  they are deducted for tax purposes create temporary
differences  which give rise to deferred tax assets. Expenses deductible for tax
purposes   before  they  are  recognized  in  the  financial  statements  create
temporary differences which give rise to deferred tax liabilities.

Deferred  income  taxes  are provided in recognition of temporary differences in
reporting  certain transactions for financial reporting and income tax reporting
purposes.

The  provision  for income taxes for the years ended November 30, 1995, 1996 and
1997, is as follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       NOVEMBER 30,
                          ---------------------------------------
                              1995          1996          1997
                          -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                       <C>           <C>           <C>
     Current ..........    $  18,735     $  15,407     $464,069
     Deferred .........      109,366       178,534        1,486
                           ---------     ---------     --------
                           $ 128,101     $ 193,941     $465,555
                           =========     =========     ========
 
</TABLE>

Actual  income  tax expense differs from income tax expense computed by applying
the  U.S.  federal  statutory  corporate tax rate of 34 percent to income before
income taxes as follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       NOVEMBER 30,
                                                          ---------------------------------------
                                                              1995          1996          1997
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
     Statutory federal rate ...........................     34.00%         34.00%        34.00%
     Expenses not deductible for tax purposes .........     22.55          15.38          2.50
     State income taxes ...............................      3.18           3.17          3.40
                                                            ------        ------        ------
                                                            59.73%         52.55%        39.90%
                                                            ======        ======        ======
 
</TABLE>


                                      F-40
<PAGE>

                              STONE'S SHOPS, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED )

The  significant  components  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  and liabilities at
November 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997, are as follows:





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      NOVEMBER 30,
                                                     -----------------------------------------------
                                                          1995             1996             1997
                                                     --------------   --------------   -------------
<S>                                                  <C>              <C>              <C>
     Deferred tax assets-
       Property and equipment ....................     $  (12,868)      $  (16,369)     $  (17,194)
       State taxes ...............................         14,135           21,974          25,754
                                                       ----------       ----------      ----------
          Total deferred tax asset ...............          1,267            5,605           8,560
                                                       ==========       ==========      ==========
     Deferred tax liabilities-
        Inventory ................................       (296,703)        (468,284)       (468,284)
        Accruals .................................        (26,485)         (37,776)        (42,217)
                                                       ----------       ----------      ----------
          Total deferred tax liabilities .........       (323,188)        (506,060)       (510,501)
                                                       ----------       ----------      ----------
     Net deferred tax liabilities ................     $ (321,921)      $ (500,455)     $ (501,941)
                                                       ==========       ==========      ==========
 
</TABLE>

A  valuation  allowance  is  provided  when it is more likely than not that some
portion  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  will not be realized. Management of the
Company  believes  the net deferred tax assets will be utilized in full based on
the  nature of the assets, the Company's estimates of the timing of reversals of
temporary   differences  and  the  generation  of  taxable  income  before  such
reversals.


7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:


     Lease Obligation

The  Company  leases its retail space under non-cancelable leases that expire at
various  dates  through  February 2004.  The following represents future minimum
rental payments under these operating leases:



<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
  Year ending November 30,
  1998 .............................    $  299,946
  1999 .............................       246,696
  2000 .............................       228,946
  2001 .............................       232,696
  Thereafter .......................       369,650
                                        ----------
                                        $1,377,934
                                        ==========
 
</TABLE>

Concurrent  with  the  acquisition  discussed  in Note 1, the Company will enter
into  agreements  with the shareholders to lease retail and warehouse space used
in the Company's operations for a negotiated amount and term.


     Litigation

The  Company  is subject to various legal actions arising in the ordinary course
of  business.  Management  does  not  believe that the outcome of any such legal
action  would have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position
or results of operations.


                                      F-41
<PAGE>

                              STONE'S SHOPS, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED )

8. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

The  Company  leases  certain  of  its  retail space from a shareholder. Monthly
lease  payments are approximately $2,000, which management believes approximates
the fair market value of the lease.


   
9. SIGNIFICANT SUPPLIERS:

During  the  years  ended  November 30, 1995 and 1996, three suppliers accounted
for  26,  19  and 16 percent of total inventory purchases. During the year ended
November  31, 1997, three suppliers accounted for 29, 16 and 16 percent of total
inventory purchases.
    


                                      F-42
<PAGE>

                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS




To DKG Enterprises, Inc.:

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  balance  sheets  of  DKG Enterprises, Inc.
(an Oklahoma  corporation),  as  of  March 31,  1997  and  1998, and the related
statements  of  operations,  shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the
three  years  in the period ended March 31, 1998. These financial statements are
the  responsibility  of  the  Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We   conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of
material  misstatement.  An  audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also   includes   assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant
estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating the overall financial
statement  presentation.  We  believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In  our  opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all  material  respects,  the financial position of DKG Enterprises, Inc., as of
March 31,  1997  and  1998, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for  each  of  the three years in the period ended March 31, 1998, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.



ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Houston, Texas
May 1, 1998

                                      F-43
<PAGE>

                             DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.

                                BALANCE SHEETS





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      MARCH 31,
                                                                             ----------------------------
                                                                                  1997           1998
                                                                             -------------   ------------
<S>                                                                          <C>             <C>
                                    ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash ....................................................................    $   11,274     $    8,136
 Accounts receivable .....................................................        11,593          8,711
 Merchandise inventories .................................................     2,200,281      2,390,654
 Receivable from shareholder .............................................        21,504         29,933
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ...............................        15,833          4,830
                                                                              ----------     ----------
   Total current assets ..................................................     2,260,485      2,442,264
                                                                              ----------     ----------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net ..............................................       212,417        226,923
OTHER ASSETS .............................................................         3,225          3,225
                                                                              ----------     ----------
   Total assets ..........................................................    $2,476,127     $2,672,412
                                                                              ==========     ==========
                       LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Customer deposits .......................................................    $  127,800     $  173,392
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ................................       561,634        537,849
 Federal income taxes payable ............................................       119,939             --
 Line of credit ..........................................................       410,000      1,084,414
 Current maturities of long-term obligations .............................        32,989             --
 Deferred income taxes ...................................................         8,103         14,746
                                                                              ----------     ----------
   Total current liabilities .............................................     1,260,465      1,810,401
 
LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS, net of current maturities .........................       346,989             --
                                                                              ----------     ----------
   Total liabilities .....................................................     1,607,454      1,810,401
 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 Common stock, $1.00 par, 25,000 shares authorized, 500 shares outstanding           500            500
 Retained earnings .......................................................       868,173        861,511
                                                                              ----------     ----------
   Total shareholders' equity ............................................       868,673        862,011
                                                                              ----------     ----------
   Total liabilities and shareholders' equity ............................    $2,476,127     $2,672,412
                                                                              ==========     ==========
 
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-44
<PAGE>

                             DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                 ---------------------------------------------
                                                      1996            1997            1998
                                                 -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                              <C>             <C>             <C>
NET SALES ....................................    $2,865,249      $3,726,332      $4,752,176
COST OF SALES ................................     1,491,639       1,732,631       2,622,227
                                                  ----------      ----------      ----------
    Gross profit .............................     1,373,610       1,993,701       2,129,949
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
 EXPENSES ....................................     1,077,684       1,521,669       2,044,521
                                                  ----------      ----------      ----------
    Income from operations ...................       295,926         472,032          85,428
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
 Interest expense ............................       (57,511)        (82,311)        (99,022)
 Other, net ..................................        10,367          37,703           6,420
                                                  ----------      ----------      ----------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES ............       248,782         427,424          (7,174)
PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES .........        96,139         168,044            (512)
                                                  ----------      ----------      ----------
NET INCOME (LOSS) ............................    $  152,643      $  259,380      $   (6,662)
                                                  ==========      ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-45
<PAGE>

                             DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.

                      STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         COMMON STOCK                           TOTAL
                                      -------------------     RETAINED      SHAREHOLDERS'
                                       SHARES     AMOUNT      EARNINGS         EQUITY
                                      --------   --------   ------------   --------------
<S>                                   <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1995 .........      500       $500       $456,150        $456,650
 Net income .......................       --         --        152,643         152,643
                                         ---       ----       --------        --------
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1996 .........      500        500        608,793         609,293
 Net income .......................       --         --        259,380         259,380
                                         ---       ----       --------        --------
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1997 .........      500        500        868,173         868,673
 Net loss .........................       --         --         (6,662)         (6,662)
                                         ---       ----       --------        --------
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1998 .........      500       $500       $861,511        $862,011
                                         ===       ====       ========        ========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-46
<PAGE>

                             DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                                        ----------------------------
                                                                                            1996           1997
                                                                                        ------------ ---------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>          <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income (loss) ....................................................................  $  152,643   $     259,380
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating
  activities-
  Depreciation ........................................................................      41,330          48,284
  Gain on sale of assets ..............................................................          --          (5,684)
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities-
   Accounts receivable ................................................................          --         (33,097)
   Merchandise inventories ............................................................    (326,323)       (450,805)
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..........................................      (6,632)         (6,700)
   Customer deposits ..................................................................     (40,103)        113,047
   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ...........................................     (88,133)        311,440
   Deferred income taxes ..............................................................      32,880         (68,436)
                                                                                         ----------   -------------
     Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities ..............................    (234,338)        167,429
                                                                                         ----------   -------------
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment ..................................................     (67,012)       (164,438)
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment .........................................          --          21,933
                                                                                         ----------   -------------
     Net cash used in investing activities ............................................     (67,012)       (142,505)
                                                                                         ----------   -------------
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Principal payments on long-term obligations ..........................................    (507,450)     (1,447,810)
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term obligations and borrowings on line of credit.          809,000       1,431,000
                                                                                         ----------   -------------
     Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ..............................     301,550         (16,810)
                                                                                         ----------   -------------
 
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH .......................................................         200           8,114
CASH, beginning of period .............................................................       2,960           3,160
                                                                                         ----------   -------------
CASH, end of period ...................................................................  $    3,160   $      11,274
                                                                                         ==========   =============
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
  Cash paid during the period for-
   Interest ...........................................................................  $   51,511   $      82,311
   Income taxes .......................................................................      50,084          47,325
  Non cash transactions:
   Transfer of long-term obligations into line of credit ..............................  $       --   $          --
 



<CAPTION>
                                                                                          YEAR ENDED
                                                                                           MARCH 31,
                                                                                        --------------
                                                                                             1998
                                                                                        --------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income (loss) ....................................................................   $   (6,662)
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating
  activities-
  Depreciation ........................................................................       57,822
  Gain on sale of assets ..............................................................           --
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities-
   Accounts receivable ................................................................       (5,547)
   Merchandise inventories ............................................................     (190,373)
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..........................................       11,003
   Customer deposits ..................................................................       45,592
   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ...........................................     (143,724)
   Deferred income taxes ..............................................................        6,643
                                                                                          ----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities ..............................     (225,246)
                                                                                          ----------
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment ..................................................      (72,328)
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment .........................................           --
                                                                                          ----------
     Net cash used in investing activities ............................................      (72,328)
                                                                                          ----------
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Principal payments on long-term obligations ..........................................     (735,564)
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term obligations and borrowings on line of credit.         1,030,000
                                                                                          ----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ..............................      294,436
                                                                                          ----------
 
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH .......................................................       (3,138)
CASH, beginning of period .............................................................       11,274
                                                                                          ----------
CASH, end of period ...................................................................   $    8,136
                                                                                          ==========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
  Cash paid during the period for-
   Interest ...........................................................................   $   99,022
   Income taxes .......................................................................      112,784
  Non cash transactions:
   Transfer of long-term obligations into line of credit ..............................   $1,114,246
 
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-47
<PAGE>

                              DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.
                          
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

DKG  Enterprises,  Inc.  (the  Company), d/b/a North Pole City is a retailer and
marketer  of  Christmas  and  other contemporary collectibles such as ornaments,
lighted  houses  and  figurines  from  vendors, including Department 56, Enesco,
Giuseppe  Armani  and  Disney. North Pole City has been in operation since 1984.
It  has one "superstore" of approximately 15,000 square feet of retail space and
a  free-standing  retail  outlet of approximately 1,500 square feet both located
in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.

The  Company's  business  is  seasonal, with its highest levels occurring in its
third  fiscal quarter. This period, which includes the Christmas selling season,
accounted  for  approximately  63 percent,  49  percent  and  55  percent of the
Company's   net   sales   for  years  ended  March  31,  1996,  1997  and  1998,
respectively.

The  Company  and its shareholders have entered into a definitive agreement with
Collectibles  USA, Inc. (Collectibles), pursuant to which all outstanding shares
of  the  Company's  common  stock  will  be  exchanged  for  cash  and shares of
Collectibles  common  stock  concurrent  with  the  consummation  of the initial
public offering of the common stock of Collectibles.


2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:


     Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise  inventories  are  stated at the lower of cost or market, determined
by the weighted average cost method.


     Property and Equipment

Property  and  equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation and amortization are
determined  using the straight-line method based on the estimated useful life of
the  respective  asset. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of
the  estimated  useful  life or the remaining lease term. Expenditures for major
renewals  and  betterments  are  capitalized  while  maintenance and repairs are
expensed.  When  property  is retired or otherwise disposed of, the related cost
and  accumulated  depreciation  are  removed from the accounts and any resulting
gain or loss is reflected in the statements of operations.


     Revenue Recognition

The  Company recognizes revenue from in-store sales upon delivery of merchandise
to  the  customer  and  receipt  of  payment. Revenues from mail order sales are
recognized  upon  shipment  to  the  customer  and  receipt of payment. Customer
deposits  consist  of  collections  on  layaway  sales. Layaways are recorded as
revenue  upon  receipt  of  final payment and delivery of the merchandise to the
customer.


     Cost of Sales

Included in cost of sales are cost of merchandise sold and shipping costs.


     Advertising Expenses

Advertising  expenses  are  expensed in the month incurred, subject to reduction
by   reimbursement   from   vendors.   Advertising   expenses,   net  of  vendor
reimbursements,  were  approximately  $112,000, $180,000 and $307,000 during the
years ended March 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively.


     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  Company's  financial  instruments  consist  of  cash,  accounts receivable,
accounts  payable  and  debt. The carrying amount of these financial instruments
approximates  fair  value  due  either  to  length  of  maturity or existence of
interest  rates  that  approximate  prevailing  market  rates  unless  otherwise
disclosed in these financial statements.


                                      F-48
<PAGE>

                             DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED )

     Use of Estimates

The  preparation  of  financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make estimates and assumptions
that  affect  the  reported  amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent  assets  and  liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.


     Reclassifications and Adjustments

Certain  reclassifications  and  adjustments  have been made to the prior-period
amounts to conform to current-period presentations.


3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment consist of the following:





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  ESTIMATED
                                                   USEFUL
                                                    LIVES
                                                   (YEARS)             MARCH 31,
                                                 ----------   ----------------------------
                                                                  1997            1998
                                                              ------------   -------------
<S>                                              <C>          <C>            <C>
   Furniture, fixtures and equipment .........       5         $  348,001     $  414,726
   Leasehold improvements ....................       5            150,222        155,825
   Vehicles ..................................       5             24,290         24,290
                                                                              ----------
                                                                  522,513        594,841
   Less- Accumulated depreciation ............                   (310,096)      (367,918)
                                                               ----------     ----------
                                                               $  212,417     $  226,923
                                                               ==========     ==========
 
</TABLE>

4. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        MARCH 31,
                                                --------------------------
                                                    1997           1998
                                                ------------   -----------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>
     Accounts payable, trade ................    $ 248,502      $192,776
     Accrued liabilities ....................      132,000       201,750
     Sales taxes and other payables .........      181,132       143,323
                                                 ---------      --------
                                                 $ 561,634      $537,849
                                                 =========      ========
 
</TABLE>

5. LINE OF CREDIT:

     Line of Credit

In  February  1998  the Company refinanced existing borrowings under a bank line
of  credit  and  long-term  note  of  $1,114,246 into a revolving line of credit
facility  with  a  bank. The revolving line of credit facility allows borrowings
up  to $1,250,000 and bears interest at the prime rate plus 1 percent (9 percent
at  March  31,  1998).  The revolving line of credit is secured by the Company's
assets  and the personal guarantee of a shareholder and matures on July 1, 1998.
Borrowings  under  the  revolving  line  of  credit were $1,084,414 at March 31,
1998.

6. INCOME TAXES:

The  Company  provides  for  income  taxes  under the asset and liability method
which  provides  the  method for determining the appropriate asset and liability
for  deferred  taxes  which  are  computed  by  applying applicable tax rates to
temporary  (timing)  differences.  Therefore,  expenses  recorded  for financial
statement purposes before they


                                      F-49
<PAGE>

                             DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED )

are  deducted  for  tax purposes create temporary differences which give rise to
deferred  tax  assets.  Expenses  deductible  for  tax  purposes before they are
recognized  in  the financial statements create temporary differences which give
rise to deferred tax liabilities.

Deferred  income  taxes  are provided in recognition of temporary differences in
reporting  certain transactions for financial reporting and income tax reporting
purposes.

The provision (benefit) for income taxes is as follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                              ----------------------------------------
                                 1996          1997          1998
                              -----------   -----------   ------------
<S>                           <C>           <C>           <C>
     Current ..........       $ 63,259      $ 236,480      $ (7,155)
     Deferred .........         32,880        (68,436)        6,643
                              --------      ---------      --------
                              $ 96,139      $ 168,044      $   (512)
                              ========      =========      ========
 
</TABLE>

Actual  income  tax expense differs from income tax expense computed by applying
the  U.S.  federal  statutory  corporate tax rate of 34 percent to income before
income taxes as follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                          ---------------------------------------
                                                              1996          1997          1998
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
     Statutory federal rate ...........................   34.00%        34.00%         34.00%
     Expenses not deductible for tax purposes .........     .61          1.21         (27.61)
     State income taxes ...............................    4.03          4.10            .75
                                                          ------        ------        -------
                                                          38.64%        39.31%          7.14%
                                                          ======        ======        =======
 
</TABLE>

The  significant  components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at March
31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 are as follows:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                   ------------------------------------------
                                                       1996           1997           1998
                                                   ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                                <C>            <C>            <C>
     Deferred tax assets-
       Accruals ................................    $  16,206      $  32,157      $  31,999
       State taxes .............................        4,113            435            333
                                                    ---------      ---------      ---------
          Total deferred tax assets ............       20,319         32,592         32,332
                                                    ---------      ---------      ---------
     Deferred tax liabilities-
       Inventory ...............................      (87,198)       (22,814)       (22,554)
       Property and equipment ..................       (9,660)       (17,881)       (24,524)
                                                    ---------      ---------      ---------
        Total deferred tax liabilities .........      (96,858)       (40,695)       (47,078)
                                                    ---------      ---------      ---------
     Net deferred tax liabilities ..............    $ (76,539)     $  (8,103)     $ (14,746)
                                                    =========      =========      =========
 
</TABLE>

A  valuation  allowance  is  provided  when it is more likely than not that some
portion  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  will not be realized. Management of the
Company  believes  the net deferred tax assets will be utilized in full based on
the  nature of the assets, the Company's estimates of the timing of reversals of
temporary   differences  and  the  generation  of  taxable  income  before  such
reversals.


                                      F-50
<PAGE>

                             DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED )

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:


     Lease Obligation

The  Company leases its rental space and warehouse from a shareholder and leased
an  automobile  under operating leases that expire in December 1998, and January
1999,  respectively. Rental expense for the years ended March 31, 1996, 1997 and
1998  was  approximately  $125,000,  $134,000,  and  $173,000, respectively. The
following   represents   future  minimum  rental  payments  under  noncancelable
operating leases:



<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
  Year ending March 31,
  1999 ..........................    $121,000
                                     ========
 
</TABLE>

Concurrent  with  the  acquisition  discussed  in Note 1, the Company will enter
into  agreements  with the shareholders to lease retail and warehouse space used
in the Company's operations for a negotiated amount and term.


     Litigation

The  Company  is subject to various legal actions arising in the ordinary course
of  business.  Management  does  not  believe that the outcome of any such legal
action  would have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position
or results of operations.


8. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

The  Company  leases its rental space from a shareholder. Monthly lease payments
are  approximately  $13,500,  which  approximates  the  fair market value of the
lease.


9. SIGNIFICANT SUPPLIERS:

   
During  the  year ended March 31, 1996, one supplier accounted for 26 percent of
total  inventory  purchases. During the year ended March 31, 1997, two suppliers
accounted  for  20%  and  12%  of  total  inventory  purchases. During 1998, two
suppliers accounted for 20% and 14% of total inventory purchases.
    


                                      F-51
<PAGE>

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS




To Elwell Stores, Inc.:

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  balance  sheets  of  Elwell  Stores,  Inc.
(a Florida  corporation),  as  of  December 31,  1996  and 1997, and the related
statements  of  operations, shareholders' deficit and cash flows for each of the
three  years  in  the period ended December 31, 1997. These financial statements
are  the  responsibility  of  the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We   conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of
material  misstatement.  An  audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also   includes   assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant
estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating the overall financial
statement  presentation.  We  believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In  our  opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all  material  respects,  the  financial  position of Elwell Stores, Inc., as of
December 31,  1996  and  1997,  and  the  results of its operations and its cash
flows  for  each  of  the  three  years in the period ended December 31, 1997 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.



ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Houston, Texas
May 7, 1998

                                      F-52
<PAGE>

                              ELWELL STORES, INC.

                                BALANCE SHEETS



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,                MARCH 31,
                                                                        -------------------------------   --------------
                                                                             1996             1997             1998
                                                                        --------------   --------------   --------------
                                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                     <C>              <C>              <C>
                             ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash ...............................................................     $  113,084       $   66,942       $   47,510
 Merchandise inventories ............................................        853,733        1,094,557        1,111,117
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..........................          2,064           14,742           12,835
                                                                          ----------       ----------       ----------
   Total current assets .............................................        968,881        1,176,241        1,171,462
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net .........................................        122,756          107,260          101,428
OTHER ASSETS ........................................................          5,375           62,902           81,200
                                                                          ----------       ----------       ----------
   Total assets .....................................................     $1,097,012       $1,346,403       $1,354,090
                                                                          ==========       ==========       ==========
                LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Customer deposits ..................................................     $   10,021       $    5,719       $    9,819
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ...........................        634,367          813,019          687,344
 Line of credit .....................................................             --          180,000          350,724
 Current maturities of long-term obligations ........................        153,303           94,749           86,445
                                                                          ----------       ----------       ----------
   Total current liabilities ........................................        797,691        1,093,487        1,134,332
 
LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS, net of current maturities ....................        368,333          307,749          310,052
                                                                          ----------       ----------       ----------
   Total liabilities ................................................      1,166,024        1,401,236        1,444,384
 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT:
 Common stock, $5 par, 100 shares authorized and outstanding.........            500              500              500
 Additional paid-in capital .........................................         99,275           99,275           99,275
 Deficit ............................................................       (168,787)        (154,608)        (190,069)
                                                                          ----------       ----------       ----------
   Total shareholders' deficit ......................................        (69,012)         (54,833)         (90,294)
                                                                          ----------       ----------       ----------
   Total liabilities and shareholders' deficit ......................     $1,097,012       $1,346,403       $1,354,090
                                                                          ==========       ==========       ==========
 
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-53
<PAGE>

                              ELWELL STORES, INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                  MARCH 31,
                                           ----------------------------------------- -------------------------
                                                1995          1996          1997          1997         1998
                                           ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -----------
                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                        <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
NET SALES ................................  $1,838,788    $2,492,809    $2,725,129     $ 581,159    $ 623,011
COST OF SALES ............................   1,101,758     1,301,468     1,464,580       322,780      340,234
                                            ----------    ----------    ----------     ---------    ---------
   Gross profit ..........................     737,030     1,191,341     1,260,549       258,379      282,777
 
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
 EXPENSES ................................     628,543       934,764       943,686       262,120      237,695
                                            ----------    ----------    ----------     ---------    ---------
   Income (loss) from operations .........     108,487       256,577       316,863        (3,741)      45,082
 
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
 Interest expense ........................     (41,058)      (48,826)      (51,574)      (10,921)     (15,040)
 Other, net ..............................         (95)      (11,520)          174            90           --
                                            ----------    ----------    ----------     ---------    ---------
 
NET INCOME (LOSS) ........................  $   67,334    $  196,231    $  265,463     $ (14,572)   $  30,042
                                            ==========    ==========    ==========     =========    =========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-54
<PAGE>

                              ELWELL STORES, INC.

                      STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      COMMON STOCK        ADDITIONAL                          TOTAL
                                                  --------------------      PAID-IN                       SHAREHOLDERS'
                                                   SHARES     AMOUNTS       CAPITAL         DEFICIT          DEFICIT
                                                  --------   ---------   ------------   --------------   --------------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>         <C>            <C>              <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994 ..................      100        $500        $99,275       $ (174,805)      $  (75,030)
 Net income ...................................       --          --             --           67,334           67,334
 Distributions ................................       --          --             --          (99,476)         (99,476)
                                                     ---        ----        -------       ----------       ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995 ..................      100         500         99,275         (206,947)        (107,172)
 Net income ...................................       --          --             --          196,231          196,231
 Distributions ................................       --          --             --         (158,071)        (158,071)
                                                     ---        ----        -------       ----------       ----------
 
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996 ..................      100         500         99,275         (168,787)         (69,012)
 Net income ...................................       --          --             --          265,463          265,463
 Distributions ................................       --          --             --         (251,284)        (251,284)
                                                     ---        ----        -------       ----------       ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1997 ..................      100         500         99,275         (154,608)         (54,833)
 Net income (unaudited) .......................       --          --             --           30,042           30,042
 Distributions (unaudited) ....................       --          --             --          (65,503)         (65,503)
                                                     ---        ----        -------       ----------       ----------
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1998 (unaudited) .........      100        $500        $99,275       $ (190,069)      $  (90,294)
                                                     ===        ====        =======       ==========       ==========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-55
<PAGE>

                              ELWELL STORES, INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   ----------------------------------------
                                                                        1995         1996          1997
                                                                   ------------- ------------ -------------
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>          <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income (loss) ...............................................  $    67,334   $  196,231   $   265,463
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
   by operating activities-
   Depreciation and amortization .................................       31,283       39,168        30,823
   Loss on sale of assets ........................................           --       11,880            --
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities- ..................
    Merchandise inventories ......................................     (113,546)    (343,379)     (240,824)
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets ....................       (1,541)       1,893       (12,678)
    Customer deposits ............................................           --       10,021        (4,302)
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .....................      120,475      217,504       178,652
    Other assets .................................................       (1,707)       1,822       (57,527)
                                                                    -----------   ----------   -----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities.               102,298      135,140       159,607
                                                                    -----------   ----------   -----------
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment .............................     (120,475)     (63,420)      (15,327)
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment ....................       15,884       34,500            --
                                                                    -----------   ----------   -----------
     Net cash used in investing activities .......................     (104,591)     (28,920)      (15,327)
                                                                    -----------   ----------   -----------
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term obligations .................      453,666      590,009            --
 Principal payments on long-term obligations .....................     (314,834)    (494,480)     (119,138)
 Borrowings (payments on line-of-credit), net ....................           --           --       180,000
 Distributions to shareholders ...................................      (99,476)    (158,071)     (251,284)
                                                                    -----------   ----------   -----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities.                39,356      (62,542)     (190,422)
                                                                    -----------   ----------   -----------
 
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH ..................................       37,063       43,678       (46,142)
CASH, beginning of period ........................................       32,343       69,406       113,084
                                                                    -----------   ----------   -----------
CASH, end of period ..............................................  $    69,406   $  113,084   $    66,942
                                                                    ===========   ==========   ===========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during the period for interest ........................  $    41,058   $   48,826   $    53,830
 Non cash transactions:
   Transfer of long-term obligations into line of credit .........  $        --   $       --   $   180,000
 



<CAPTION>
                                                                       THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                            MARCH 31,
                                                                   ---------------------------
                                                                        1997          1998
                                                                   ------------- -------------
                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income (loss) ...............................................   $ (14,572)   $    30,042
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
   by operating activities-
   Depreciation and amortization .................................       5,403          5,832
   Loss on sale of assets ........................................          --             --
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities- ..................
    Merchandise inventories ......................................     (17,414)       (16,560)
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets ....................         552          1,907
    Customer deposits ............................................       2,471          4,100
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .....................     (46,760)      (125,675)
    Other assets .................................................      (2,967)       (18,298)
                                                                     ---------    -----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities.              (73,287)      (118,652)
                                                                     ---------    -----------
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment .............................          --             --
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment ....................          --             --
                                                                     ---------    -----------
     Net cash used in investing activities .......................          --             --
                                                                     ---------    -----------
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term obligations .................     150,000             --
 Principal payments on long-term obligations .....................     (13,899)        (6,001)
 Borrowings (payments on line-of-credit), net ....................          --        170,724
 Distributions to shareholders ...................................     (69,599)       (65,503)
                                                                     ---------    -----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities.               66,502         99,220
                                                                     ---------    -----------
 
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH ..................................      (6,785)       (19,432)
CASH, beginning of period ........................................     113,084         66,942
                                                                     ---------    -----------
CASH, end of period ..............................................   $ 106,299    $    47,510
                                                                     =========    ===========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during the period for interest ........................   $  10,921    $    12,483
 Non cash transactions:
   Transfer of long-term obligations into line of credit .........   $      --    $        --
 
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-56
<PAGE>

                               ELWELL STORES, INC.
                        
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

Elwell  Stores,  Inc.  (the Company), d/b/a The Reef Hallmark Shop is a retailer
and  marketer  of  contemporary  collectibles,  including  ornaments, figurines,
lighthouses,  lighted  ceramic  houses  and  crystals  from  vendors,  including
Enesco,  Swarovski,  Disney, Department 56 and Hallmark. The Company has been in
operation  since  1959  and  has one strip mall-based store located in West Palm
Beach, Florida.

The  Company's  business is seasonal, with its highest levels of sales occurring
in  its fourth fiscal quarter. This period, which includes the Christmas selling
season,  accounted  for  approximately  34 percent, 31 percent and 32 percent of
the  Company's  net  sales for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997,
respectively.

The  Company  and its shareholders have entered into a definitive agreement with
Collectibles  USA, Inc. (Collectibles), pursuant to which all outstanding shares
of  the  Company's  common  stock  will  be  exchanged  for  cash  and shares of
Collectibles  common  stock  concurrent  with  the  consummation  of the initial
public offering of the common stock of Collectibles.

Prior  to  the  acquisition,  the  Company will distribute certain assets to the
shareholders,  consisting  of  automobiles  with  a  total net carrying value of
approximately  $19,100  as  of  December 31,  1997.  Had these transactions been
recorded  at  December 31,  1997,  the  effect on the accompanying balance sheet
would  be  a decrease in assets of approximately $19,100, liabilities of $12,900
and shareholders' equity of $6,200.


2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:


     Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise  inventories  are  stated at the lower of cost or market, determined
by the weighted average cost method.


     Property and Equipment

Property  and  equipment  are recorded at cost. Depreciation is determined using
an  accelerated  method  based  on  the  estimated useful life of the respective
asset.  Leasehold  improvements  are amortized over the shorter of the estimated
useful  life  or  the  remaining lease term. Expenditures for major renewals and
betterments  are  capitalized  while  maintenance and repairs are expensed. When
property  is  retired or otherwise disposed of, the related cost and accumulated
depreciation  are  removed  from  the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is
reflected in the statements of operations.


     Revenue Recognition

The  Company recognizes revenue from in-store sales upon delivery of merchandise
to  the  customer  and  receipt  of  payment. Revenues from mail order sales are
recognized  upon  shipment  to  the  customer  and  receipt of payment. Customer
deposits  are  collections  on layaway sales. Upon receipt of final payment, the
item is delivered to the customer and the sale is recorded as revenue.


     Cost of Sales

Included in cost of sales are costs of merchandise sold and shipping costs.


     Advertising Expenses

Advertising  expenses  are  expensed in the month incurred, subject to reduction
by   reimbursement   from   vendors.   Advertising   expenses,   net  of  vendor
reimbursements,  were  approximately  $71,000, $113,000, and $179,000 during the
years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.


                                      F-57
<PAGE>

                              ELWELL STORES, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED )

     Income Taxes

For  income  tax  purposes,  the Company and its shareholders have elected to be
treated  as  an  S Corporation  under  the  Internal  Revenue Code and a similar
section  in the state code. In accordance with the provisions of such elections,
the  Company's  income  and  losses  were  passed  through  to its shareholders;
accordingly, no provision for income taxes has been recorded.


     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  Company's financial instruments consist of cash, accounts payable and debt.
The  carrying  amount of these financial instruments approximates fair value due
either  to  length  of  maturity or existence of interest rates that approximate
prevailing market rates.


     Use of Estimates

The  preparation  of  financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make estimates and assumptions
that  affect  the  reported  amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent  assets  and  liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.


     Interim Financial Information

The  interim financial statements as of March 31, 1998, and for the three months
ended  March  31,  1997  and  1998,  are  unaudited, and certain information and
footnote  disclosures,  normally  included  in  financial statements prepared in
accordance  with generally accepted accounting principles, have been omitted. In
the  opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments,  necessary  to  fairly  present  the financial position, results of
operations  and  cash  flows  with  respect to the interim financial statements,
have  been  included.  The results of operations for the interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of the results for the entire fiscal year.


     Reclassifications and Adjustments

Certain  reclassifications  and  adjustments  have been made to the prior-period
amounts to conform to current-period presentations.


3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment consist of the following:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     ESTIMATED
                                                    USEFUL LIVES
                                                      (YEARS)           1996            1997
                                                   -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                                <C>             <C>             <C>
     Furniture, fixtures and equipment .........          7         $  116,046      $  128,244
     Leasehold improvements ....................         14             60,442          63,572
     Vehicles ..................................          5             47,832          47,831
                                                                    ----------      ----------
                                                                       224,320         239,647
     Less- Accumulated depreciation ............                      (101,564)       (132,387)
                                                                    ----------      ----------
                                                                    $  122,756      $  107,260
                                                                    ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

4. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1996          1997
                                                 -----------   -----------
<S>                                              <C>           <C>
            Accounts payable, trade ..........    $512,982      $687,547
            Accrued liabilities ..............      99,000       125,472
            Other ............................      22,385            --
                                                  --------      --------
                                                  $634,367      $813,019
                                                  ========      ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-58
<PAGE>

                              ELWELL STORES, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED )

5. LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS:

Long-term obligations consist of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1996         1997
                                                                                   ----------   ----------
<S>                                                                                <C>          <C>
Bank term loans due in monthly installments through November 2000, including
 interest ranging from 7.5% to 10% .............................................    $ 39,027     $ 22,545
Note payable to bank, interest at 10.5%, principal and interest due May 1998 ...      99,650       37,700
Bank term loan due in monthly installments, including interest at 8.25%, through
 April 2004 ....................................................................     382,959      342,253
                                                                                    --------     --------
                                                                                     521,636      402,498
Less- Current maturities .......................................................     153,303       94,749
   Long-term obligations, net of current maturities ............................    $368,333     $307,749
                                                                                    ========     ========
</TABLE>

The   bank   term  loans  are  collateralized  by  personal  guarantees  of  the
shareholders  as  well  as  the Company's property and equipment, and inventory.
The note payable due May 1998 is unsecured.

The  Company maintained a $180,000 line of credit expiring in August 1998. There
were  no  borrowings  on the line of credit as of December 31, 1996 and $180,000
of  borrowings  as  of December 31, 1997. In February 1998, the Company paid off
the  existing line and established a $500,000 line of credit with the same bank.
The  Company  had  borrowings  of $351,000 as of March 31, 1998 (unaudited). The
borrowings  are  collateralized  by  the  personal  guarantees  of the Company's
shareholders.

Scheduled  principal  maturities  of  long-term  obligations  as of December 31,
1997, are as follows:


<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
  Year ending December 31,
  1998 .............................    $ 94,749
  1999 .............................      53,188
  2000 .............................      52,760
  2001 .............................      55,061
  Thereafter .......................     146,740
                                        --------
                                        $402,498
                                        ========
</TABLE>

6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

     Lease Obligations

The  Company  leases  retail  facilities  under  an operating lease, expiring on
July 31,  2002.  Additionally,  the  Company  maintains an operating lease on an
automobile  for  an officer and shareholder of the Company. Rent expense for the
years  ended  December 31,  1995,  1996  and  1997,  was  approximately $72,000,
$94,000   and  $108,000,  respectively.  Future  minimum  lease  payments  under
noncancelable operating leases are as follows.


<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
  Year ending December 31,
  1998 .............................    $109,183
  1999 .............................     109,926
  2000 .............................      80,010
  2001 .............................      79,803
  Thereafter .......................      82,995
                                        --------
                                        $461,917
                                        ========
</TABLE>

Concurrent  with  the  acquisition  discussed  in Note 1, the Company will enter
into  agreements  with  the  shareholders  to  lease warehouse space used in the
Company's operations for a negotiated amount and term.


     Litigation

The  Company  is subject to various legal actions arising in the ordinary course
of  business.  Management  does  not  believe that the outcome of any such legal
action  would have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position
or results of operations.


                                      F-59
<PAGE>

                              ELWELL STORES, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED )

7. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

The  Company  leases warehouse space from a partnership made up of the Company's
shareholders  and  third parties. There are two warehouse spaces currently being
leased  from  the  partnership,  and both are on a month-to-month lease. Monthly
lease payments are approximately $1,300, which approximates fair market value.


   
8. SIGNIFICANT SUPPLIERS:

The  Company had purchases of approximately 30, 19 and 18 percent of total sales
from  three  major  suppliers  for the year ended December 31, 1995 and sales of
approximately  30, 19 and 19 percent and 35, 24 and 22 percent of total sales to
three major suppliers for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997.
    


                                      F-60
<PAGE>

                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



To Animation U.S.A., Inc.:

We  have  audited  the  accompanying balance sheets of Animation U.S.A., Inc. (a
Washington  corporation),  as  of  December 31,  1996  and  1997 and the related
statements  of operations, shareholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows for the
years  then  ended.  These  financial  statements  are the responsibility of the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audit.

We   conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of
material  misstatement.  An  audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also   includes   assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant
estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating the overall financial
statement  presentation.  We  believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In  our  opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all  material  respects, the financial position of Animation U.S.A., Inc., as of
December 31,  1996  and  1997,  and  the  results of its operations and its cash
flows  for  the  two  years  then  ended,  in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.



ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Houston, Texas
May 1, 1998

                                      F-61
<PAGE>

                            ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.

                                BALANCE SHEETS





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                                    -----------------------------     MARCH 31,
                                                                         1996            1997           1998
                                                                    -------------   -------------   ------------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                 <C>             <C>             <C>
                             ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash ...........................................................    $    4,824      $   76,510      $   12,696
 Merchandise inventories ........................................       321,653         312,899         299,612
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ......................         6,994          97,438          90,812
 Deferred tax asset .............................................        25,319          13,941          13,941
                                                                     ----------      ----------      ----------
   Total current assets .........................................       358,790         500,788         417,061
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net .....................................        72,176          63,954          62,129
                                                                     ----------      ----------      ----------
   Total assets .................................................    $  430,966      $  564,742      $  479,190
                                                                     ==========      ==========      ==========
             LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Customer deposits ..............................................    $   13,775      $  170,869      $   59,994
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .......................       231,714         272,942         264,211
 Federal income taxes payable ...................................        32,835          13,948          13,948
 Line of credit .................................................        72,494         109,226         105,624
 Current maturities of long-term obligations ....................        38,454              --              --
                                                                     ----------      ----------      ----------
   Total current liabilities ....................................       389,272         566,985         443,777
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT):
 Class A common stock, no par, 1,000,000 shares authorized,
   196,840 shares outstanding ...................................        85,200         192,700         192,700
 Class B common stock, no par, 500,000 shares authorized
   and outstanding ..............................................       107,500              --              --
 Deficit ........................................................      (151,006)       (194,943)       (157,287)
                                                                     ----------      ----------      ----------
   Total shareholders' equity (deficit) .........................        41,694          (2,243)         35,413
                                                                     ----------      ----------      ----------
   Total liabilities and shareholders' equity (deficit) .........    $  430,966      $  564,742      $  479,190
                                                                     ==========      ==========      ==========
 
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-62
<PAGE>

                            ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       YEAR ENDED               THREE MONTHS
                                                      DECEMBER 31,             ENDED MARCH 31,
                                               --------------------------- -----------------------
                                                    1996          1997         1997        1998
                                               ------------- ------------- ----------- -----------
                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                            <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>
NET SALES ....................................  $1,716,410    $1,319,162    $340,760    $344,236
COST OF SALES ................................     840,283       595,974     136,622     128,554
                                                ----------    ----------    --------    --------
 Gross profit ................................     876,127       723,188     204,138     215,682
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
 EXPENSES ....................................     845,100       762,330     187,556     149,792
                                                ----------    ----------    --------    --------
 Income (loss) from operations ...............      31,027       (39,142)     16,582      65,890
INTEREST EXPENSE .............................       9,349        13,903       2,685       2,913
                                                ----------    ----------    --------    --------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES ............      21,678       (53,045)     13,897      62,977
PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES .........       8,944       (18,143)      5,268      23,931
                                                ----------    ----------    --------    --------
NET INCOME (LOSS) ............................  $   12,734    $  (34,902)   $  8,629    $ 39,046
                                                ==========    ==========    ========    ========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-63
<PAGE>

                            ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.

                       STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 CLASS A                  CLASS B
                                               COMMON STOCK            COMMON STOCK                             TOTAL
                                           -------------------- ---------------------------                 SHAREHOLDERS'
                                             SHARES    AMOUNT       SHARES        AMOUNT        DEFICIT        EQUITY
                                           --------- ---------- ------------- ------------- -------------- --------------
<S>                                        <C>       <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995 .............  190,000   $ 51,000      500,000    $  107,500     $ (154,776)    $   3,724
 Conversion of shareholder loan to Class A
   common stock ..........................    6,840     34,200           --            --             --        34,200
 Net income ..............................       --         --           --            --         12,734        12,734
 Distributions ...........................       --         --           --            --         (8,964)       (8,964)
                                            -------   --------      -------    ----------     ----------     ---------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996 .............  196,840     85,200      500,000       107,500       (151,006)       41,694
 Conversion of Class B common stock to
   Class A common stock ..................             107,500     (500,000)     (107,500)            --            --
 Net loss ................................       --         --           --            --        (34,902)      (34,902)
 Distributions ...........................       --         --           --            --         (9,035)       (9,035)
                                            -------   --------     --------    ----------     ----------     ---------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1997 .............  196,840    192,700           --            --       (194,943)       (2,243)
                                            -------   --------     --------    ----------     ----------     ---------
 Net income (unaudited ...................       --         --           --            --         39,046        39,046
 Distributions (unaudited) ...............       --         --           --            --         (1,390)       (1,390)
                                            -------   --------     --------    ----------     ----------     ---------
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1998
 (unaudited) .............................  196,840   $192,700           --    $       --     $ (157,287)    $  35,413
                                            =======   ========     ========    ==========     ==========     =========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-64
<PAGE>

                            ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        YEAR ENDED                 THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,                    MARCH 31,
                                                               ----------------------------   ----------------------------
                                                                   1996            1997           1997            1998
                                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income (loss) .........................................    $  12,734       $ (34,902)     $   8,629      $   39,046
 Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
   used in operating activities-
   Depreciation ............................................       12,057           8,222          3,014           1,825
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities-
    Accounts receivable ....................................           --              --        (16,360)             --
    Merchandise inventories ................................      (19,765)          8,754         38,772          13,287
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..............           --         (90,444)            --           6,626
    Deferred tax asset .....................................       (6,932)         11,378         (4,894)             --
    Customer deposits ......................................      (19,754)        157,094          8,609        (110,875)
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ...............      (55,882)         41,228           (188)         (8,731)
    Federal income taxes payable ...........................        6,691         (18,887)         1,887              --
                                                                ---------       ---------      ---------      ----------
     Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities.         (70,851)         82,443         39,469         (58,822)
                                                                ---------       ---------      ---------      ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment .......................      (28,862)             --             --              --
                                                                ---------       ---------      ---------      ----------
    Net cash used in investing activities ..................      (28,862)             --             --              --
                                                                ---------       ---------      ---------      ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Principal payments on long-term obligations ...............      (18,860)        (38,454)            --              --
 Borrowings (repayments) on line of credit, net ............       46,454          36,732         14,520          (3,602)
 Distributions to shareholders .............................       (8,964)         (9,035)        (2,086)         (1,390)
                                                                ---------       ---------      ---------      ----------
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities.....       18,630         (10,757)        12,434          (4,992)
                                                                ---------       ---------      ---------      ----------
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH ............................      (81,083)         71,686         51,903         (63,814)
CASH, beginning of period ..................................       85,907           4,824          4,824          76,510
                                                                ---------       ---------      ---------      ----------
CASH, end of period ........................................    $   4,824       $  76,510      $  56,727      $   12,696
                                                                =========       =========      =========      ==========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
 Conversion of shareholder loan to Class A common stock.        $  34,200       $      --      $      --      $       --
                                                                                ---------
 Cash paid during the period for-
   Interest ................................................        9,349          13,909          1,888           2,913
                                                                                ---------
   Income taxes ............................................        2,253           6,900             --              --
                                                                                ---------
 
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-65
<PAGE>

                             ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

Animation  U.S.A.,  Inc.  (the  Company),  is a retail and wholesale marketer of
animation  art  such  as  vintage original production cels, limited edition cels
and  sericels.  Animation  USA  has  been  in  operation  since 1990 and has two
free-standing  galleries, of which one is located in Seattle, Washington and one
is located in San Francisco, California.

Although  the  Company's  business  is  not seasonal, sales fluctuations between
quarters  do  occur  and  are  largely the result of the timing and frequency of
in-store artists signings and other promotional events.

The  Company  and its shareholders have entered into a definitive agreement with
Collectibles  USA, Inc. (Collectibles), pursuant to which all outstanding shares
of  the  Company's  common  stock  will  be  exchanged  for  cash  and shares of
Collectibles  common  stock  concurrent  with  the  consummation  of the initial
public offering of the common stock of Collectibles.

Prior  to  the  acquisition,  the  Company will distribute certain assets to the
shareholders,  consisting  of automobiles net of distributed liabilities, with a
total  net  carrying value of approximately $17,000 as of December 31, 1997. Had
these  transactions  been  recorded  at  December  31,  1997,  the effect on the
accompanying  balance  sheet  would  be a decrease in liabilities of $13,000 and
shareholders' equity of $4,000.


2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:


     Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise  inventories  are  stated at the lower of cost or market, determined
by the specific identification method.


     Property and Equipment

Property  and  equipment  are recorded at cost. Depreciation is determined using
the  straight-line  method  based on the estimated useful life of the respective
asset.  Expenditures  for  major  renewals and betterments are capitalized while
maintenance  and  repairs  are  expensed.  When property is retired or otherwise
disposed  of, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the
accounts  and  any  resulting  gain  or  loss  is reflected in the statements of
operations.


     Revenue Recognition

The  Company  recognizes  revenue from sales upon delivery of merchandise to the
customer  and  receipt  of  payment. Customer deposits consist of collections on
layaway  sales.  Upon  receipt  of  final  payment, the item is delivered to the
customer and the sale is recorded as revenue.


     Cost of Sales

Included  in  cost  of  sales are cost of merchandise sold, framing and shipping
costs.


     Advertising Expenses

Advertising  expenses  are expensed in the month incurred and were approximately
$23,000   and   $13,000  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  1996  and  1997,
respectively.


     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  Company's financial instruments consist of cash, accounts payable and debt.
The  carrying  amount of these financial instruments approximates fair value due
either  to  length  of  maturity or existence of interest rates that approximate
prevailing   market   rates   unless  otherwise  disclosed  in  these  financial
statements.


                                      F-66
<PAGE>

                            ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

     Use of Estimates

The  preparation  of  financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make estimates and assumptions
that  affect  the  reported  amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent  assets  and  liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.


     Interim Financial Information

The  Interim financial statements as of March 31, 1998, and for the three months
ended  March  31,  1997  and  1998,  are  unaudited, and certain information and
footnote  disclosures,  normally  included  in  financial statements prepared in
accordance  with generally accepted accounting principles, have been omitted. In
the  opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments,  necessary  to  fairly  present  the financial position, results of
operations  and  cash  flows  with  respect to the interim financial statements,
have  been  included.  The results of operations for the interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of the results for the entire fiscal year.


     Reclassifications and Adjustments

Certain  reclassifications  and  adjustments  have been made to the prior-period
amounts to conform to current-period presentations.


3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property  and equipment at December 31, 1996 and 1997, consist of the following:
 




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 ESTIMATED          DECEMBER 31,
                                                USEFUL LIVES --------------------------
                                                  (YEARS)        1996         1997
                                               ------------- ------------ ------------
<S>                                            <C>           <C>          <C>
       Vehicle ...............................         7      $  25,707    $  25,707
       Furniture, fixtures and equipment .....      5-10         74,158       74,158
       Leasehold improvements ................        10         18,935       18,935
                                                              ---------    ---------
                                                                118,800      118,800
       Less-Accumulated depreciation .........                  (46,624)     (54,846)
                                                              ---------    ---------
                                                              $  72,176    $  63,954
                                                              =========    =========
 
</TABLE>

4. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

Accounts  payable and accrued liabilities at December 31, 1996 and 1997, consist
<PAGE>

of the following:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                           -----------------------
                                              1996         1997
                                           ----------   ----------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>
       Accounts payable, trade .........    $ 69,482     $ 85,633
       Accrued compensation ............     150,000      165,105
       Other ...........................      12,232       22,204
                                            --------     --------
                                            $231,714     $272,942
                                            ========     ========
</TABLE>

5. LINE OF CREDIT AND CURRENT MATURITIES OF LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS:

     Line of Credit

The  Company  has  a line of credit with a bank, under which it may borrow up to
$180,000.  The  line of credit bears interest at 10.75 percent. Borrowings under
the  line  of  credit  were  $72,000 and $109,000 at December 31, 1996 and 1997,
respectively. The line of credit is secured by the Company's inventory.


                                      F-67
<PAGE>

                            ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

6. INCOME TAXES:

The  Company  provides  for  income  taxes  under the asset and liability method
which  provides  the  method for determining the appropriate asset and liability
for  deferred  taxes  which  are  computed  by  applying applicable tax rates to
temporary  (timing)  differences.  Therefore,  expenses  recorded  for financial
statement  purposes  before  they are deducted for tax purposes create temporary
differences  which give rise to deferred tax assets. Expenses deductible for tax
purposes   before  they  are  recognized  in  the  financial  statements  create
temporary differences which give rise to deferred tax liabilities.

Deferred  income  taxes  are provided in recognition of temporary differences in
reporting  certain transactions for financial reporting and income tax reporting
purposes.

The provision (benefit) for income taxes is as follows:





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                           ------------------------
                                                              1996             1997
                                                           ---------   ------------
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>
        Current ..................                           $8,944      $  (6,765)
        Deferred .................                             --          (11,378)
                                                             ------       ---------
                                                             $8,944      $ (18,143)
                                                             ======       =========
 
</TABLE>

Actual  income  tax expense differs from income tax expense computed by applying
the  U.S.  federal  statutory  corporate tax rate of 34 percent to income before
income taxes as follows:





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                               -----------------------
                                                                  1996         1997
                                                               ----------   ----------
<S>                                                            <C>          <C>
          Statutory federal rate ...........................       34.0%        34.0%
          Expenses not deductible for tax purposes .........        5.0         (1.7)
          State income taxes ...............................        2.3          1.8
                                                                   ----         ----
                                                                   41.3%        34.1%
                                                                   ====         ====
 
</TABLE>

The significant components of the deferred tax asset are as follows:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ----------------------
                                                                  1996         1997
                                                              ----------   ---------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
          Deferred tax asset--
           Accrued liabilities ..............                  $14,421      $ 3,043
           Other ............................                   10,898       10,898
                                                               -------      -------
           Total deferred tax asset .........                  $25,319      $13,941
                                                               =======      =======
 
</TABLE>

A  valuation  allowance  is  provided  when it is more likely than not that some
portion  of  the  deferred  tax  asset  will  not be realized. Management of the
Company  believes  the  net deferred tax asset will be utilized in full based on
the  nature  of the asset, the Company's estimates of the timing of reversals of
temporary   differences  and  the  generation  of  taxable  income  before  such
reversals.


                                      F-68
<PAGE>

                            ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:


     Lease Obligations

The  Company  leases  retail  facilities  and computer equipment under operating
leases  that  expire  through  December  1999.  Rent expense for the years ended
December   31,   1996   and   1997  was  approximately  $133,000  and  $154,000,
respectively.  Future  minimum  lease  payments  under  noncancelable  operating
leases are as follows:



<TABLE>
                       <S>                            <C>
                        Year ending December 31,
                        1998 .....................    $46,000
                        1999 .....................      7,000
                                                      -------
                                                      $53,000
                                                      =======
 
</TABLE>

     Litigation

The  Company  is  subject  to  legal  actions  arising in the ordinary course of
business.  Management does not believe that the outcome of any such legal action
would  have  a  material  adverse  effect on the Company's financial position or
results of operations.


     Distribution Agreement

On  February 1, 1997, the Company entered into a 15-month distribution agreement
to  purchase  and  distribute animated art products with a major studio supplier
which expired May 1, 1998.


     Stock Option Plan

Effective  January  1,  1992,  the  Company  adopted the Animation, U.S.A., Inc.
Employee  Incentive  Stock  Option  Plan  (the  Plan) providing for the grant of
options  to  officers  and  directors  of  the  Company to purchase up to 50,000
shares  of  its  common  stock.  The  Plan  provides  that options be granted at
exercise  prices  greater  than  or  equal  to  the market value on the date the
option  is  granted  as determined by the board of directors. As of December 31,
1997,  no  options  have  been  granted  under  the Plan. The Plan is subject to
termination  upon the occurrence of certain events including a change in control
as defined by the Plan.


8. SIGNIFICANT SUPPLIERS:

   
During  the  years  ended  December 31, 1996 and 1997, three suppliers accounted
for  24,  11  and  10  percent  of  total  inventory purchases and 24, 10 and 10
percent of total inventory purchases, respectively.
    


                                      F-69
<PAGE>

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



To Filmart Productions Inc.:

We  have  audited the accompanying balance sheets of Filmart Productions Inc. (a
New  York  corporation)  as  of  December 31,  1996  and  1997,  and the related
statements  of  operations,  shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the
three  years  in  the period ended December 31, 1997. These financial statements
are  the  responsibility  of  the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We   conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of
material  misstatement.  An  audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also   includes   assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant
estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating the overall financial
statement  presentation.  We  believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In  our  opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all  material respects, the financial position of Filmart Productions Inc. as of
December 31,  1996  and  1997,  and  the  results of its operations and its cash
flows  for  each  of  the  three years in the period ended December 31, 1997, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.



ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Houston, Texas
May 15, 1998

                                      F-70
<PAGE>

                           FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.

                                BALANCE SHEETS





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        -----------------------------     MARCH 31,
                                                                             1996            1997           1998
                                                                        --------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                     <C>              <C>            <C>
                                  ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash ...............................................................    $    76,758      $   27,408     $    2,096
 Accounts receivable ................................................         13,116          26,224         76,223
 Barter receivables .................................................        199,930         363,590        347,260
 Merchandise inventories ............................................        375,258         451,967        441,821
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..........................         37,153             250            927
 Prepaid advertising from barter transactions .......................        285,000         420,000        445,750
 Advances to shareholder ............................................        176,722         123,881        115,377
                                                                         -----------      ----------     ----------
   Total current assets .............................................      1,163,937       1,413,320      1,429,454
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net .........................................         36,521          21,607         17,900
OTHER ASSETS ........................................................          7,172         135,608        135,608
                                                                         -----------      ----------     ----------
   Total assets .....................................................    $ 1,207,630      $1,570,535     $1,582,962
                                                                         ===========      ==========     ==========
 
                    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Customer deposits ..................................................    $    32,778      $    1,345     $    3,513
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ...........................        129,747         194,168        186,211
 Payable to shareholder .............................................         25,444              --             --
                                                                         -----------      ----------     ----------
   Total current liabilities ........................................        187,969         195,513        189,724
 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 Common stock, no par, 200 shares authorized, 100 shares outstanding.             --              --             --
 Retained earnings ..................................................      1,019,661       1,375,022      1,393,238
                                                                         -----------      ----------     ----------
   Total shareholders' equity .......................................      1,019,661       1,375,022      1,393,238
                                                                         -----------      ----------     ----------
   Total liabilities and shareholders' equity .......................    $ 1,207,630      $1,570,535     $1,582,962
                                                                         ===========      ==========     ==========
 
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-71
<PAGE>

                           FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                          31,
                                      -----------------------------------------------   -------------------------
                                           1995             1996             1997           1997          1998
                                      --------------   --------------   -------------   -----------   -----------
                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                   <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>           <C>
NET SALES .........................   $ 1,053,089      $ 1,445,848      $1,323,867      $231,456      $209,059
COST OF SALES .....................       511,369          497,920         432,403       113,731        79,879
                                      -----------      -----------      ----------      --------      --------
   Gross profit ...................       541,720          947,928         891,464       117,725       129,180
 
SELLING, GENERAL AND
 ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES ..........       492,577          539,178         541,459       163,604       118,074
                                      -----------      -----------      ----------      --------      --------
   Income from operations .........        49,143          408,750         350,005       (45,879)       11,106
 
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
 Interest, net ....................        (4,619)          (1,056)         (4,638)          374        (1,124)
 Other, net .......................        74,350          278,866         114,675        56,250        31,250
                                      -----------      -----------      ----------      --------      --------
 
NET INCOME ........................   $   118,874       $  686,560       $ 460,042       $10,745       $41,232
                                      ===========      ===========      ==========      ========      ========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-72
<PAGE>

                           FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.

                      STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      COMMON STOCK
                                                  --------------------      RETAINED      SHAREHOLDERS'
                                                   SHARES     AMOUNTS       EARNINGS         EQUITY
                                                  --------   ---------   -------------   --------------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>         <C>             <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994 ..................      100        $ --      $  222,080       $  222,080
 Capital contribution from forgiveness of loan
   obligation by related party ................       --          --          43,000           43,000
 Net income ...................................       --          --         118,874          118,874
 Distributions ................................       --          --         (50,853)         (50,853)
                                                     ---        ----      ----------       ----------
 
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995 ..................      100          --         333,101          333,101
 Net income ...................................       --          --         686,560          686,560
                                                     ---        ----      ----------       ----------
 
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996 ..................      100          --       1,019,661        1,019,661
 Net income ...................................       --          --         460,042          460,042
                                                     ---        ----
 Distributions ................................       --          --        (104,681)        (104,681)
                                                     ---        ----      ----------       ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1997 ..................      100                   1,375,022        1,375,022
                                                     ---
 Net income (unaudited) .......................       --          --          41,232           41,232
 Distributions (unaudited) ....................       --          --         (23,016)         (23,016)
                                                     ---        ----      ----------       ----------
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1988 (unaudited) .........      100        $ --      $1,393,238       $1,393,238
                                                     ===        ====      ==========       ==========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-73
<PAGE>

                           FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  ---------------------------------------
                                                                      1995         1996          1997
                                                                  ------------ ------------ -------------
<S>                                                               <C>          <C>          <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING
 ACTIVITIES:
 Net income .....................................................  $ 118,874    $  686,560   $   460,042
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
  (used in) operating activities-
  Depreciation and amortization .................................     17,919        16,226        15,625
  Barter receivables ............................................     (8,788)     (191,142)     (163,660)
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities-
   Accounts receivable ..........................................    (17,073)        3,957       (13,108)
   Merchandise inventories ......................................    (18,935)       21,040       (76,709)
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets ....................     (1,412)      (35,741)       36,903
   Prepaid advertising from barter transactions .................    (60,000)     (225,000)     (135,000)
   Other assets .................................................     (5,350)       (1,422)     (128,436)
   Advances to shareholder ......................................         --      (176,722)       52,841
   Customer deposits ............................................     53,619       (20,841)      (31,433)
   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .....................    (30,947)       54,244        64,421
                                                                   ---------    ----------   -----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities ........     47,907       131,159        81,486
                                                                   ---------    ----------   -----------
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING
 ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment ............................    (15,989)         (150)         (711)
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment ...................         --           300            --
                                                                   ---------    ----------   -----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities ........    (15,989)          150          (711)
                                                                   ---------    ----------   -----------
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING
 ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from issuance of payable to shareholder ................     40,625            --            --
Principal payments on payable to shareholder ....................    (20,624)      (84,532)      (25,444)
Distributions to shareholders ...................................    (50,853)           --      (104,681)
                                                                   ---------    ----------   -----------
     Net cash used in financing activities ......................    (30,852)      (84,532)     (130,125)
                                                                   ---------    ----------   -----------
 
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH .................................      1,066        46,777       (49,350)
CASH, beginning of period .......................................     28,915        29,981        76,758
                                                                   ---------    ----------   -----------
CASH, end of period .............................................  $  29,981    $   76,758   $    27,408
                                                                   =========    ==========   ===========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH
 FLOW INFORMATION:
 Capital contribution from forgiveness of obligation from
  related party .................................................  $  43,000    $       --   $        --
 Cash paid during the period for interest .......................      4,619         1,056         6,633
 



<CAPTION>
                                                                        THREE MONTHS
                                                                       ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                  -------------------------
                                                                      1997         1998
                                                                  ------------ ------------
                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                               <C>          <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING
 ACTIVITIES:
 Net income .....................................................  $   10,745   $   41,232
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
  (used in) operating activities-
  Depreciation and amortization .................................       4,056        3,707
  Barter receivables ............................................      (8,183)      16,330
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities-
   Accounts receivable ..........................................      (7,086)     (49,999)
   Merchandise inventories ......................................      (2,592)      10,146
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets ....................      (1,510)        (677)
   Prepaid advertising from barter transactions .................     (56,250)     (25,750)
   Other assets .................................................        (750)          --
   Advances to shareholder ......................................      (6,004)       8,504
   Customer deposits ............................................     (24,940)       2,168
   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .....................      18,075       (7,957)
                                                                   ----------   ----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities ........     (74,439)      (2,296)
                                                                   ----------   ----------
</TABLE>



<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                               <C>           <C>    
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING
 ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment ............................          --           --
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment ...................          --           --
                                                                   ----------   ----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities ........          --           --
                                                                   ----------   ----------
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING
 ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from issuance of payable to shareholder ................          --           --
Principal payments on payable to shareholder ....................          --           --
Distributions to shareholders ...................................          --      (23,016)
                                                                   ----------   ----------
     Net cash used in financing activities ......................          --      (23,016)
                                                                   ----------   ----------
 
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH .................................     (74,439)     (25,312)
CASH, beginning of period .......................................      76,758       27,408
                                                                   ----------   ----------
CASH, end of period .............................................  $    2,319   $    2,096
                                                                   ==========   ==========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH
 FLOW INFORMATION:
 Capital contribution from forgiveness of obligation from
  related party .................................................  $       --   $       --
 Cash paid during the period for interest .......................         135           --
 
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-74
<PAGE>

                            FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.
                        
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

Filmart  Productions  Inc.  (the  Company)  d/b/a  Cartoon  World, d/b/a Filmart
Galleries  and  d/b/a  Animation Art Resources is a retail marketer of animation
art  such  as  vintage  original  production  cels,  limited  edition  cels  and
sericels.  Filmart  has  been  in operation since 1991 and has two free-standing
galleries,  of  which  one  is  located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania and one is
located in Huntington, New York.

Effective  January 1,  1996,  the  Company acquired Animation Art Resources. The
acquisition  was  accounted  for  as  a  pooling  of  interests, and the assets,
liabilities  and  results  of  operations  of  Animation Art Resources have been
included in the accompanying financial statements for all years presented.

Although  the  Company's  business  is  not seasonal, sales fluctuations between
quarters  do  occur  and  are  largely the result of the timing and frequency of
in-store artists signings and other promotional events.

The  Company  and its shareholders have entered into a definitive agreement with
Collectibles  USA, Inc. (Collectibles), pursuant to which all outstanding shares
of  the  Company's  common  stock  will  be  exchanged  for  cash  and shares of
Collectibles  common  stock  concurrent  with  the  consummation  of the initial
public offering of the common stock of Collectibles.


2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:


     Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise  inventories  are  stated at the lower of cost or market, determined
by  the specific identification method. Additionally, Filmart holds inventory on
consignment.  Consigned  inventory  was  valued  at  approximately $364,000, and
$520,000,  as  of  December  31,  1996,  1997,  respectively.  Inventory held on
consignment is excluded from Filmart's inventory.


     Property and Equipment

Property  and  equipment  are recorded at cost. Depreciation is determined using
the  straight-line  method  based on the estimated useful life of the respective
asset.  Expenditures  for  major  renewals and betterments are capitalized while
maintenance  and  repairs  are  expensed.  When property is retired or otherwise
disposed  of, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the
accounts  and  any  resulting  gain  or  loss  is reflected in the statements of
operations.


     Revenue Recognition

The  Company  recognizes  revenue from sales upon delivery of merchandise to the
customer  and  receipt  of  payment. Customer deposits consist of collections on
layaway  sales.  Upon  receipt  of  final  payment, the item is delivered to the
customer and the sale is recorded as revenue.


     Barter Transactions

   
The  Company  is  a  member  of  several  barter  companies.  Within each barter
company,  the  Company  trades artwork for various goods and services from other
barter  company members. Barter transactions involving artwork for various goods
and  services  are  valued at the market value of the goods or services received
as  the value of the goods or services is a more readily determinable measure of
market  value  in  the  transaction.  The Company had approximately $248,000 and
$250,000  of  art  sales through the barter companies and received approximately
$37,000  and  $60,000  of goods and services through the barter companies during
the  years  ended  December 31,  1996 and 1997, respectively. As of December 31,
1996  and 1997, the Company had barter receivables of approximately $200,000 and
$364,000, respectively.

During  1995,  the  Company entered into a two-year agreement with a third party
to  provide  consulting  services  in  exchange  for advertising. The revenue is
recorded   when  the  services  have  been  provided  and  a  prepaid  asset  is
recognized.  The  prepaid asset is reduced as expenses are incurred. During 1996
and 1997, the Company recognized
    


                                      F-75
<PAGE>

                           FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

$225,000,  and $114,675, respectively, of consulting revenue as other income. At
December 31,  1996  and  1997,  the  Company had prepaid advertising expenses of
$285,000,  $420,000,  respectively,  related  to  this  agreement.  The right to
receive  advertising  under  this  agreement  begins  to  expire  in  2000.  The
agreement expires in August, 1998.


     Cost of Sales

Included  in  cost  of  sales are cost of merchandise sold, framing and shipping
costs.


     Advertising Expenses

Advertising  expenses  are  expensed in the month incurred. Advertising expenses
were  approximately  $74,000,  $50,000  and  $70,000,  during  the  years  ended
December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.


     Income Taxes

For  income  tax  purposes,  the Company and its shareholders have elected to be
treated  as  an  S Corporation  under  the  Internal  Revenue Code and a similar
section  in the state code. In accordance with the provisions of such elections,
the  Company's  income  and  losses  were  passed  through  to its shareholders;
accordingly, no provision for income taxes has been recorded.


     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  Company's  financial  instruments  consist  of  cash,  accounts receivable,
accounts  payable  and  debt. The carrying amount of these financial instruments
approximates  fair  value  due  either  to  length  of  maturity or existence of
interest rates that approximate prevailing market rates.


     Use of Estimates

The  preparation  of  financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make estimates and assumptions
that  affect  the  reported  amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent  assets  and  liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.


     Interim Financial Information

The  interim financial statements as of March 31, 1998, and for the three months
ended  March  31,  1997  and  1998,  are  unaudited, and certain information and
footnote  disclosures,  normally  included  in  financial statements prepared in
accordance  with generally accepted accounting principles, have been omitted. In
the  opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments,  necessary  to  fairly  present  the financial position, results of
operations  and  cash  flows  with  respect to the interim financial statements,
have  been  included.  The results of operations for the interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of the results for the entire fiscal year.


     Reclassifications and Adjustments

Certain  reclassifications  and  adjustments  have been made to the prior-period
amounts to conform to current-period presentations.


3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
     Property and equipment consist of the following:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     ESTIMATED
                                                    USEFUL LIVES
                                                      (YEARS)          1996          1997
                                                   -------------   -----------   ------------
<S>                                                <C>             <C>           <C>
     Furniture, fixtures and equipment .........        5-7         $  92,951     $  93,662
     Less- Accumulated depreciation ............                      (56,430)      (72,055)
                                                                    ---------     ---------
                                                                    $  36,521     $  21,607
                                                                    =========     =========
</TABLE>

                                      F-76
<PAGE>

                           FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

4. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              1996           1997
                                          ------------   -----------
<S>                                       <C>            <C>
     Accounts payable, trade ..........    $ 113,466      $175,165
     Taxes payable ....................        6,354        14,076
     Other ............................        9,927         4,927
                                           ---------      --------
                                           $ 129,747      $194,168
                                           =========      ========
 
 
</TABLE>

5. PAYABLE TO SHAREHOLDER:

The  Company  had borrowings from a shareholder totaling $25,444 at December 31,
1996.  The  borrowings were unsecured, interest-bearing and payable upon demand.
The  borrowings  accrued  interest  at  4 percent annually. At December 31, 1996
accrued  interest on the borrowings was $1,056. In 1997, the payable and accrued
interest was paid by the Company.


6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:


     Lease Obligations

The  Company  leases  retail  facilities  under  operating  leases  that  expire
April 1999.  Rent  expense  for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997
was  approximately  $59,000,  $68,000,  and $58,000 respectively. Future minimum
lease payments under noncancelable operating leases are as follows:




<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
  Year ending December 31,
  1998 .............................    $23,000
  1999 .............................     17,000
                                        -------
                                        $40,000
                                        =======
 
</TABLE>

     Litigation

The  Company  is  subject  to  legal  actions  arising in the ordinary course of
business.  Management does not believe that the outcome of any such legal action
would  have  a  material  adverse  effect on the Company's financial position or
results of operations.


     Distribution Agreements

The   Company  maintains  various  distribution  agreements  with  major  studio
suppliers  to  purchase  and  distribute  animated  art. Some agreements contain
minimum  annual  purchase  requirements  which  the  Company had fulfilled as of
December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.


7. SALES TO SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS:

   
During  the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, 14 percent and 25 percent of
the  Company's  net  sales  were to one customer. During the year ended December
31, 1995, no customer accounted for more than 10 percent of total sales.
    


                                      F-77
<PAGE>


================================================================================
       NO  DEALER,  SALESPERSON  OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION  OR  TO  MAKE  ANY  REPRESENTATION  IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING
OTHER  THAN  THOSE  CONTAINED  IN  THIS  PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH
INFORMATION  OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED
BY  THE  COMPANY  OR  THE  UNDERWRITERS.  THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN
OFFER  TO  SELL  OR  A  SOLICITATION  OF  AN  OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE SECURITIES
OFFERED  HEREBY IN ANY JURISDICTION TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE
SUCH  OFFER  IN  SUCH  JURISDICTION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR
ANY  SALE  MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION
THAT  THE  INFORMATION  CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO
THE  DATE  HEREOF OR THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY
SINCE SUCH DATE.

                   ----------------------------------------
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       PAGE
                                                    ---------
<S>                                                 <C>
Prospectus Summary ..............................        3
Risk Factors ....................................       10
The Company .....................................       18
Use of Proceeds .................................       20
Dividend Policy .................................       20
Dilution ........................................       21
Capitalization ..................................       22
Selected Financial Data .........................       23
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
   Condition and Results of Operations ..........       25
Business ........................................       39
Management ......................................       48
Certain Transactions ............................       56
Principal Stockholders ..........................       60
Description of Capital Stock ....................       61
Shares Eligible for Future Sale .................       64
Underwriting ....................................       66
Legal Matters ...................................       68
Experts .........................................       68
Additional Information ..........................       68
Index to Financial Statements ...................      F-1
</TABLE>
    

                   ----------------------------------------
       UNTIL  _______,  1998  (25  DAYS  AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS  EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS  IN  THE  REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING  IN  THIS  DISTRIBUTION,  MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS  IS  IN  ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN
ACTING   AS  UNDERWRITERS  AND  WITH  RESPECT  TO  THEIR  UNSOLD  ALLOTMENTS  OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.


================================================================================

================================================================================
                                2,700,000 SHARES


                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]



                                        
                                  COMMON STOCK







                         -----------------------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                         -----------------------------
                                CRUTTENDEN ROTH
                                 INCORPORATED




                                        , 1998





================================================================================

<PAGE>

                                    PART II



                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


ITEM 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

     The  following  table  sets  forth  the  expenses  (other than underwriting
compensation  expected to be incurred) in connection with the offering described
in   this   Registration   Statement.  All  of  such  amounts  (except  the  SEC
Registration  Fee,  the  NASD  Filing Fee and the Nasdaq National Market Initial
Listing Fee) are estimated.





<TABLE>
<S>                                                              <C>
       SEC Registration Fee ....................................  $   11,291
       NASD Filing Fee .........................................       4,226
       Nasdaq National Market Initial Listing Fee ..............      66,875
       Blue Sky Fees and Expenses ..............................      10,000
       Printing and Engraving Costs ............................     435,000
       Legal Fees and Expenses .................................   1,290,000
       Accounting Fees and Expenses ............................   3,750,000
       Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees and Expenses ..........      10,000
       Representative's Financial Advisory Fee .................     450,000
       Miscellaneous ...........................................     172,608
                                                                  ----------
          Total ................................................  $6,200,000
                                                                  ==========
 
</TABLE>

- ----------
ITEM 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

     The  Company's  by-laws  provide  that  the Company shall indemnify, to the
fullest  extent  permitted  by  Section  145 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law,  as  amended  from time to time, all persons whom it may indemnify pursuant
thereto.

     Section  145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation,
under  specified  circumstances, to indemnify its directors, officers, employees
or  agents  against  expenses  (including attorney's fees), judgments, fines and
amounts  paid  in  settlements  actually  and  reasonably  incurred  by  them in
connection  with  any  action  (other  than  an action by or in the right of the
corporation),  suit or proceeding brought by third parties by reason of the fact
that  they  were  or  are  directors,  officers,  employees  or  agents  of  the
corporation,  if  such  directors,  officers,  employees or agents acted in good
faith  and  in  a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best  interests  of  the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding,  had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. In a
derivative   action  (i.e.,  one  by  or  in  the  right  of  the  corporation),
indemnification  may  be  made  only  for  expenses  (including attorney's fees)
actually  and  reasonably  incurred  by  persons  who  are  or  were  directors,
officers,  employees or agents of the corporation in connection with the defense
or  settlement  of  an action or suit, and only with respect to any matter as to
which  they  shall  have  acted  in  good  faith and in a manner they reasonably
believed  to  be  in  or  not  opposed to the best interests of the corporation,
except  that  no  indemnification  shall  be made if such person shall have been
adjudged  liable  to  the  corporation,  unless  and only to the extent that the
Court  of  Chancery  or  the court in which the action or suit was brought shall
determine  upon application that the defendant directors, officers, employees or
agents  are  fairly  and  reasonably  entitled  to  indemnity  for such expenses
despite such adjudication of liability.

     Article  Seventh  of  the  Company's  charter  provides  that the Company's
directors  will  not be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for
monetary  damages  resulting  from breaches of their fiduciary duty as directors
except  (a)  for  any  breach  of  the  duty  of  loyalty  to the Company or its
stockholders,  (b)  for  acts  or  omissions  not in good faith or which involve
intentional  misconduct  or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of
the  Delaware General Corporation Law, which makes directors liable for unlawful
dividends  or  unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions or (d) for transactions
from which directors derive improper personal benefit.

     Under  Section 6  of  the  Underwriting  Agreement,  the  Underwriters  are
obligated,  under  certain  circumstances,  to indemnify officers, directors and
controlling  persons  of  the  Company  against  certain  liabilities  under the
Securities Act.


                                      II-1
<PAGE>

ITEM 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

     The  following  information  relates to securities of the Company issued or
sold  within the past three years which were not registered under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"):

     On  June  16,  1996,  pursuant  to  subscription  agreements, RGR Financial
Group,  LLC  ("RGR")  received  700  shares  (711,622 shares as adjusted for the
Stock  Split  (as  defined  hereinafter)) of Common Stock and each of Michael A.
Baker  and  Capstone  Partners,  LLC  ("Capstone")  received 150 shares (152,490
shares  as  adjusted for the Stock Split) of Common Stock, in each case for $.10
per pre-Stock Split share.

     On  November  20,  1996, the Company sold 171.729 shares (174,580 shares as
adjusted  for the Stock Split) of Common Stock at $.01 per pre-Stock Split share
to David L. Yankey.

     In   August  1996,  Collectibles  Enterprises  Funding  Corp.,  a  Delaware
corporation  ("CEFC"),  an  affiliate  of  the  Company,  issued  to  accredited
investors  in  two  transactions,  $855,000 principal amount of 5.0% convertible
subordinated  notes  due, pursuant to an amendment, December 31, 1998 (the "1996
Notes").  $300,000  of the 1996 Notes automatically convert upon consummation of
the  Offering either (i) into Common Stock having a value, at the initial public
offering  price,  equal  to  2.5  times the principal amount of the note or (ii)
into  cash in the principal amount of the note plus Common Stock having a value,
at  the  initial  public offering price, equal to 1.5 times the principal amount
of  the  note.  $555,000 of the 1996 Notes automatically convert either (i) into
Common  Stock  having  a  value,  at the initial public offering price, equal to
1.66  times  the principal amount of the note or (ii) into cash in the principal
amount  of  the  note  plus  Common  Stock having a value, at the initial public
offering price, equal to .66 times the principal amount of the note.

     In  June  1997  and  December  1997,  CEFC  issued  to accredited investors
$400,000  principal  amount of 5.0% convertible subordinated notes due, pursuant
to  an  amendment,  December  31,  1998  and  $279,000  principal amount of 5.0%
convertible  subordinated  notes  due  December  31, 1998 (the "1997 Notes," and
together  with  the  1996  Notes,  the  "Notes").  $400,000  of  the  1997 Notes
automatically  convert  upon consummation of the Offering either (i) into Common
Stock  having a value, at the initial public offering price, equal to 1.66 times
the  principal  amount  of the note or (ii) into cash in the principal amount of
the  note  plus  Common  Stock  having  a  value, at the initial public offering
price, equal to .66 times the principal amount of the note.

     On  August 6, 1996, the Company sold a $300,000 5% note due, pursuant to an
amendment,  December  31, 1998 (the "CEFC Note-1") to CEFC which is owned by RGR
and  Capstone.  Upon  consummation  of the Offering, the principal amount of the
CEFC  Note-1  will become due and payable immediately. No interest is payable on
the  CEFC Note-1 in the event the Offering is consummated. The Company itends to
repay the CEFC Note-1 with a portion of the proceeds of the Offering.

     On  August 27, 1996, the Company also sold a $555,000 5% note due, pursuant
to   an  amendment,  December  31,  1998  (the  "CEFC  Note-2")  to  CEFC.  Upon
consummation  of  the  Offering,  the  principal  amount of the CEFC Note-2 will
become  due  and  payable immediately. No interest is payable on the CEFC Note-2
in  the event the Offering is consummated. The Company intends to repay the CEFC
Note-2 with a portion of the proceeds of the Offering.


   
     On  June  12, 1997, the Company sold a $400,000 5% note due, pursuant to an
amendment,  December  31,  1998  (the  "CEFC  Note-3") and in December 1997, the
Company  sold  a $279,000 5% note due December 31, 1998 (the "CEFC Note-4," and,
together  with  the  CEFC  Note-1,  CEFC  Note-2  and the CEFC Note-3, the "CEFC
Notes")  to CEFC. Upon consummation of the Offering, the principal amount of the
CEFC  Note-3  and  CEFC  Note-4  will  become  due  and  payable immediately. No
interest  is  payable  on  the  CEFC  Note-3  and  CEFC  Note-4 in the event the
Offering  is  consummated.  The  Company intends to repay the CEFC Note-3 with a
portion  of the proceeds of the Offering. Upon consummation of the Offering, the
principal  amount  of  the  CEFC  Note-4  will  be  converted into shares of the
Company's Restricted Vote Common Stock and Common Stock.

     In February  1998 and May 1998,  the Company  sold an  aggregate  principal
amount of $1,550,000 12% notes (the "CUSA Notes"). The CUSA Notes become due and
payable on February 28, 1999. In the event the Offering is consummated, the CUSA
Notes  automatically  will  convert into a number of shares of  Restricted  Vote
Common Stock,  which number shall be determined by dividing the aggregate amount
of CUSA Notes by an amount equal to 50% of the initial  public  offering  price.
$700,000 of the CUSA Notes were issued to entities  affiliated  with  Michael A.
Baker and Paul T.  Shirley,  both of whom will become  directors  of the Company
upon consummation of the Offering.
    


                                      II-2
<PAGE>

     The  proceeds of the CEFC Notes and the CUSA Notes were used by the Company
to  pay various expenses incurred in connection with its efforts to complete the
Acquisitions and effect the Offering.

     In  May  1997,  Collectibles  USA  issued  to  22  unaffiliated, accredited
investors   20,000   shares   of  its  Series  A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,
liquidation  value  $50  per  share,  for  an  aggregate  consideration  of $1.0
million,  the proceeds of which were used by the Company to pay various expenses
incurred  in connection with its efforts to complete the Acquisitions and effect
the  Offering.  Pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the Series A Convertible Preferred
Stock,  upon  the  consummation  of  the  Offering,  each  share of the Series A
Convertible  Preferred  Stock  will  automatically  convert either (i) into that
number  of  shares  of  Common Stock, determined by dividing (X) the liquidation
value  by (Y) an amount equal to 60% of the initial public offering price or, at
the  option of the holder of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, (ii) into
that   number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  determined  by  dividing  (X)  the
liquidation  value by (Y) an amount equal to 150% of the initial public offering
price  and  cash in an amount equal to the liquidation value. All but one of the
holders  of  the  Series  A  Convertible Preferred Stock have elected conversion
option  (ii)  in  the  preceding sentence. As a result, upon consummation of the
Offering,   the   Series   A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  will  convert  into
approximately  $1.0  million  in  cash  and  79,902  shares of Common Stock. The
Company  intends  to  pay  the  required  cash  amounts  in  connection with the
conversion  of  the  Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, with a portion of the
proceeds of the Offering.

     Effective  May  12, 1997, the Company effected a 1,016.604-to-1 stock split
(the "Stock Split") on outstanding shares of Common Stock as of May 11, 1997.


     Effective  June  1997,  the  Company  issued 1,016,602 shares of Restricted
Vote  Common  Stock  to  RGR,  Capstone  and  Michael  A.  Baker in exchange for
1,016,602 shares of Common Stock.


   
     In  August  1997,  the  Company  issued options to purchase an aggregate of
90,000  shares  of  Common Stock to certain officers of the Company, pursuant to
the Company's 1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
    


     Each  of  these  transactions  was  completed  without  registration of the
relevant  security  under  the  Securities  Act  in reliance upon the exemptions
provided  by  Sections  3(a)(9)  and 4(2) of the Securities Act for transactions
not involving a sale or a public offering.


ITEM 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.


(A) EXHIBITS



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
   NUMBER                                               EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
- -----------   ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>           <C>
1.1**         Form of Underwriting Agreement
2.1**         Form of Agreement and Plan of Organization (together with Schedule identifying and distinguishing the
              substantially identical documents which have been omitted herein as permitted by Item 601 of
              Regulation S-K)
2.2**         Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 15, 1997, together with Amendment No. 2, dated as of
              November 28, 1997, to Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 9, 1997, by and among
              Collectibles USA, Inc., Filmart Acquisition Corp., Filmart Productions and the stockholders named
              therein.
2.3**         Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 15, 1997, together with Amendment No. 2, dated as of
              November 28, 1997, to Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 9, 1997, by and among
              Collectibles USA, Inc., ARA Acquisition Corp., American Royal Arts Corp., and the stockholders
              named therein.
2.4**         Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 15, 1997, together with Amendment No. 2, dated as of
              November 28, 1997, to Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 9, 1997, by and among
              Collectibles USA, Inc., Stone's Acquisition Corp., Stone's Shops Inc., and the stockholders named
              therein.
2.5**         Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 15, 1997, together with Amendment No. 2, dated as of
              November 28, 1997, to Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 9, 1997, by and among
              Collectibles USA, Inc., St. George Acquisition Corp., St. George, Inc., and the stockholders named
              therein.
</TABLE>
    

                                      II-3
<PAGE>


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
   NUMBER                                              EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
- -----------   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>           <C>
  2.6**       Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 15, 1997, together with Amendment No. 2, dated as of
              November 28, 1997, to Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 9, 1997, by and among
              Collectibles USA, Inc., Elwell Acquisition Corp., Elwell Stores, Inc., and the stockholders named
              therein.
  2.7**       Amendment No. 1, dated as of November 28, 1997, to Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of
              May 9, 1997, by and among Collectibles USA, Inc., DKG Acquisition Corp., DKG Enterprises, Inc.,
              and the stockholders named therein.
  2.8**       Amendment No. 1, dated as of November 28, 1997, to Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of
              May 9, 1997, by and among Collectibles USA, Inc., Animation USA Acquisition Corp., Animation
              USA, Inc., and the stockholders named therein.
  3.1**       Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
  3.2**       Certificate of Designation of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
  3.3**       Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company
  4.1**       Form of Common Stock certificate of the Company
  5.1*        Opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
 10.1**       Employment Agreement, dated as of May 9, 1997, between the Company and Jerry Gladstone (together
              with Schedule identifying and distinguishing the substantially identical documents which have been
              omitted herein as permitted by item 601 of Regulation S-K).
 10.2**       1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan
 10.3**       1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan
 10.4**       Consulting Agreement, dated as of June 12, 1997, between the Company and RGR, together with
              Amendment No. 1 dated May 31, 1998
 10.5**       Form of Representative's Warrant
 10.6         [Intentionally Omitted]
 10.7**       Employment Agreement, dated as of August 11, 1997, between the Company and Neil J. DePascal, Jr.
              together with Amendment No. 1 dated May 28, 1998
 10.8**       Licensing Agreement, dated March 26, 1996, between The Curtis Publishing Company, Licensing
              Division and American Royal Arts Corporation, together with Addendum No. 1 dated June 6, 1997 and
              Addendum No. 2 dated March 16, 1998
 10.9**       Garfield Exclusive Licensing Agreement, effective as of January 1, 1995, between Mendelson/Paws
              Productions and American Royal Arts Corp., together with Amendment No. 1 dated May 7, 1996
 10.10**      Consignment Agreement, dated September 30, 1994, between Ross Editions, Inc. and American Royal
              Arts Corp., together with Amendment to Consignment Agreement, dated March 31, 1997
 10.11        Agreement and Release, dated August 11, 1997, between the Company and David L. Yankey, together with
              Letter Agreement dated as of July 8, 1998
 10.12**      Employment Agreement, dated August 25, 1997, between the Company and Shonnie Bilin together with
              Amendment No. 1 dated May 28, 1998
 10.13**      Trademark License Agreement, dated June 15, 1987, between Hallmark Cards Incorporated and Reef's
              Hallmark Shop
 10.14        Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1998, between the Company and Administaff, Inc.
 10.15**      Assignment and License Agreement, dated as of April 28, 1982, by and among Hallmark Cards, Inc. and
              Stone's Shops, Inc.
 10.16**      Trademark Assignment and License Agreement, dated as of July 18, 1984, by and among Hallmark Cards,
              Inc. and Stone's Shops, Inc.
 10.17**      Trademark Assignment and License Agreement, dated as of August 13, 1984, by and among Hallmark
              Cards, Inc. and Stone's Shops, Inc.
 10.18**      Trademark License Agreement, dated as of May 14, 1985, by and among Hallmark Cards, Inc. and Stone's
              Shops, Inc.
</TABLE>
    

                                      II-4
<PAGE>


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   EXHIBIT
    NUMBER                                              EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
- -------------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>
  10.19**       Trademark Sublicense Agreement, dated as of September 1, 1992, by and among Hallmark Marketing
                Corporation and Stone's Shops, Inc.
  10.20**       Trademark Sublicense Agreement, by and among Hallmark Marketing Corporation and Stone's Shops,
                Inc.
  10.21**       Consulting Agreement, dated as of May 31, 1998, between the Company and Wasatch Capital
                Corporation
  10.22         Letter  Agreement,  dated as of May 31, 1998,  between the Company and RGR  Financial  Group,  LLC,
                together with Letter Amendment, dated July 29, 1998
  21**          List of Subsidiaries (including state of incorporation and trade name(s)) of the Company
  23.1          Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
  23.2*         Consent of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
  24**          Power of Attorney (contained in the signature page)
  27**          Financial Data Schedule
  99.1**        Consent of each of Michael A. Baker, Roy C. Elwell, Jerry Gladstone, David K. Green, Paul Shirley,
                Susan M. Spiegel and David Stone to use their names as director nominees
 99.2           Consent of Unity Marketing
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
 * To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.


(B) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

     Not applicable.

                                      II-5
<PAGE>

ITEM 17. Undertakings

     Insofar  as  indemnification  for  liabilities arising under the Securities
Act  of  1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of
the  registrant  pursuant  to the provisions described in Item 14, or otherwise,
the  registrant  has  been  advised  that  in  the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange  Commission  such indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in  such  Act  and  is,  therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  the
registrant  of  expenses  incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person  of  the  registrant  in  the  successful  defense of any action, suit or
proceeding)  is  asserted  by  such  director,  officer or controlling person in
connection  with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in
the  opinion  of  its  counsel  the  matter  has  been  settled  by  controlling
precedent,  submit  to  a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such  indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

   (1) For  purposes  of  determining  any liability under the Securities Act of
    1933,  the  information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of
    this  registration  statement  in  reliance  on Rule 430A and contained in a
    form  of  prospectus  filed  by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
    (4)  or  497(h)  under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
    registration statement as of the time it is declared effective.

   (2) That  for  the  purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
    Act  of  1933,  each  such  post-effective amendment that contains a form of
    prospectus  shall  be  deemed to be a new registration statement relating to
    the  securities  offered  therein,  and  the  offering of such securities at
    that time shall be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

     The   undersigned   registrant   hereby   undertakes   to  provide  to  the
Underwriters,   at   the   closing  specified  in  the  underwriting  agreement,
certificates  in  such denominations and registered in such names as required by
the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.


                                      II-6
<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES

   
     Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of the Securities Act of 1933, the Company
has  duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement to be signed
on  its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New
York, State of New York, on this 29th day of July, 1998.
    


                                     COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.




                                     BY: /s/ Shonnie D. Bilin
                                         --------------------------------------
                               
                                         Shonnie D. Bilin
                                         President and Chief Executive Officer


   
     Pursuant  to  the requirement of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
No.  4 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in
the capacities and on the dates indicated.
    


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           SIGNATURE                      CAPACITY IN WHICH SIGNED               DATE
- -------------------------------   ---------------------------------------   --------------
<S>                               <C>                                       <C>
       /s/ Shonnie D. Bilin       President and Chief Executive Officer     July 29, 1998
     -----------------------       (Principal Executive Officer)
         Shonnie D. Bilin
          
     /s/ Neil J. DePascal, Jr.     Chief Financial Officer                  July 29, 1998
     -----------------------       (Principal Financial and
       Neil J. DePascal, Jr.                           
       
                                   
      /s/ Ronald P. Rafaloff      Accounting Officer)                       July 29, 1998
      -----------------------     Chairman of the Board                     
        Ronald P. Rafaloff
</TABLE>
    


                                      II-7
<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX





   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT                                                                                                   PAGE
   NUMBER                                        EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION                                       NUMBER
- ----------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------
<S>         <C>                                                                                           <C>
  1.1**     Form of Underwriting Agreement
  2.1**     Form of Agreement and Plan of Organization (together with Schedule identifying and
            distinguishing the substantially identical documents which have been omitted herein as
            permitted by Item 601 of Regulation S-K)
  2.2**     Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 15, 1997, together with Amendment No. 2, dated as of
            November 28, 1997, to Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 9, 1997, by and
            among Collectibles USA, Inc., Filmart Acquisition Corp., Filmart Productions and the
            stockholders named therein.
  2.3**     Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 15, 1997, together with Amendment No. 2, dated as of
            November 28, 1997, to Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 9, 1997, by and
            among Collectibles USA, Inc., ARA Acquisition Corp., American Royal Arts Corp., and the
            stockholders named therein.
  2.4**     Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 15, 1997, together with Amendment No. 2, dated as of
            November 28, 1997, to Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 9, 1997, by and
            among Collectibles USA, Inc., Stone's Acquisition Corp., Stone's Shops Inc., and the
            stockholders named therein.
  2.5**     Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 15, 1997, together with Amendment No. 2, dated as of
            November 28, 1997, to Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 9, 1997, by and
            among Collectibles USA, Inc., St. George Acquisition Corp., St. George, Inc., and the
            stockholders named therein.
  2.6**     Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 15, 1997, together with Amendment No. 2, dated as of
            November 28, 1997, to Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 9, 1997, by and
            among Collectibles USA, Inc., Elwell Acquisition Corp., Elwell Stores, Inc., and the
            stockholders named therein.
  2.7**     Amendment No. 1, dated as of November 28, 1997, to Agreement and Plan of Organization,
            dated as of May 9, 1997, by and among Collectibles USA, Inc., DKG Acquisition Corp., DKG
            Enterprises, Inc., and the stockholders named therein.
  2.8**     Amendment No. 1, dated as of November 28, 1997, to Agreement and Plan of Organization,
            dated as of May 9, 1997, by and among Collectibles USA, Inc., Animation USA Acquisition
            Corp., Animation USA, Inc., and the stockholders named therein.
  3.1**     Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
  3.2**     Certificate of Designation of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
  3.3**     Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company
  4.1**     Form of Common Stock certificate of the Company
  5.1*      Opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
 10.1**     Employment Agreement, dated as of May 9, 1997, between the Company and Jerry Gladstone,
            (together with Schedule identifying and distinguishing the substantially identical documents
            which have been omitted herein as permitted by item 601 of Regulation S-K).
 10.2**     1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan
 10.3**     1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan
 10.4**     Consulting Agreement, dated as of June 12, 1997, between the Company and RGR, together
            with Amendment No. 1 dated May 31, 1998
 10.5**     Form of Representative's Warrant
 10.6       [Intentionally Omitted]
 10.7**     Employment Agreement, dated as of August 11, 1997, between the Company and Neil J.
            DePascal, Jr. together with Amendment No. 1 dated May 28, 1998
</TABLE>
    

<PAGE>


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   EXHIBIT                                                                                                   PAGE
   NUMBER                                         EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION                                       NUMBER
- ------------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------
<S>          <C>                                                                                           <C>
   10.8**    Licensing Agreement, dated March 26, 1996, between The Curtis Publishing Company,
             Licensing Division and American Royal Arts Corporation, together with Addendum No. 1
             dated June 6, 1997 and Addendum No. 2 dated March 16, 1998
   10.9**    Garfield Exclusive Licensing Agreement, effective as of January 1, 1995, between
             Mendelson/Paws Productions and American Royal Arts Corp., together with Amendment No. 1
             dated May 7, 1996
  10.10**    Consignment Agreement, dated September 30, 1994, between Ross Editions, Inc. and
             American Royal Arts Corp., together with Amendment to Consignment Agreement, dated
             March 31, 1997
  10.11      Agreement and Release, dated August 11, 1997, between the Company and David L. Yankey,
             together with Letter Agreement dated as of July 8, 1998
  10.12**    Employment Agreement, dated August 25, 1997, between the Company and Shonnie Bilin
             together with Amendment No. 1 dated May 28, 1998
  10.13**    Trademark License Agreement, dated June 15, 1987, between Hallmark Cards Incorporated and
             Reef's Hallmark Shop
  10.14      Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1998, between the Company and Administaff, Inc.
  10.15**    Assignment and License Agreement, dated as of April 28, 1982, by and among Hallmark Cards,
             Inc. and Stone's Shops, Inc.
  10.16**    Trademark Assignment and License Agreement, dated as of July 18, 1984, by and among
             Hallmark Cards, Inc. and Stone's Shops, Inc.
  10.17**    Trademark Assignment and License Agreement, dated as of August 13, 1984, by and among
             Hallmark Cards, Inc. and Stone's Shops, Inc.
  10.18**    Trademark License Agreement, dated as of May 14, 1985, by and among Hallmark Cards, Inc. and
             Stone's Shops, Inc.
  10.19**    Trademark Sublicense Agreement, dated as of September 1, 1992, by and among Hallmark
             Marketing Corporation and Stone's Shops, Inc.
  10.20**    Trademark Sublicense Agreement, by and among Hallmark Marketing Corporation and Stone's
             Shops, Inc.
  10.21**    Consulting Agreement, dated as of May 31, 1998, between the Company and Wasatch Capital
             Corporation
  10.22      Letter Agreement, dated as of May 31, 1998, between the Company and RGR Financial Group,
             LLC, together with Letter Amendment, dated July 29, 1998
  21**       List of Subsidiaries (including state of incorporation and trade name(s)) of the Company
  23.1       Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
  23.2*      Consent of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
  24**       Power of Attorney (contained in the signature page)
  27**       Financial Data Schedule
  99.1**     Consent of each of Michael A. Baker, Roy C. Elwell, Jerry Gladstone, David K. Green, Paul
             Shirley, Susan M. Spiegel and David Stone to use their names as director nominees
  99.2       Consent of Unity Marketing
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
 * To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.





                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

August 8, 1997

Mr. David L. Yankey
13500 Country Way Road
Los Altos Hills, California 94022

Dear David:

     This letter (the "Agreement and Release")  confirms the termination of your
employment with Collectibles USA, Inc. (the "Company")  effective June 11, 1997.
Our  understanding  and  agreement  with  respect  to the  termination  of  your
employment is as follows:

     1. You hereby confirm your termination of employment and all  directorships
with the Company  effective  June 11, 1997,  provided that the Company  confirms
that you were paid your salary through June 30, 1997. You further  confirm that,
except as provided in paragraph 11 hereof, the Employment  Agreement between you
and the Company,  dated as of May,  1997,  shall not become  effective,  and all
provisions thereof shall be null and void ab initio provided,  however, that you
shall be entitled to retain all salary, bonuses, compensation and other payments
made to you by the Company.

     2. Subject to paragraph 20 hereof, upon your execution and delivery of this
Agreement  and Release,  you shall be entitled to receive a payment of $350,000,
in consideration  for  cancellation of the Employment  Agreement and as full and
final resolution of all actual and potential  claims for back pay,  severance or
other form of  compensation,  or otherwise  relating to the  termination of your
employment,  compensation  and benefits with the Company.  Such payment shall be
made to you  within  three days of the  consummation  of the  Company's  initial
public  offering (the "IPO") of its Common Stock,  par value $.01 per share (the
"Common Stock").

     3. Of the 174,580  shares of Common Stock  purchased by you on November 15,
1996,  you shall be entitled to retain  104,580 shares and you shall forfeit the
remaining  shares of Common Stock.  On the effective  date of this Agreement and
Release, you shall surrender any rights in the stock certificate for the 174,580
shares of Common  Stock,  whereupon  the Company will deliver to you a new stock
certificate (the "New Stock  Certificates") for 104,580 shares (the "Shares") of
Common Stock. You acknowledge and agree that any ownership interest that you may
have in any  other  shares of Common  Stock of the  Company,  or any right to be
awarded or acquire such shares of Common  Stock,  shall be  forfeited.  Provided
that all of the other persons holding 100,000 shares or more of Common Stock are
required  to do so,  you  agree to enter  into a  lock-up  arrangement  with the
Underwriters of the IPO whereby you will agree not to, directly or indirectly,



<PAGE>


David L. Yankey
August 8, 1997
Page 2


sell or  otherwise  transfer  or dispose of any shares of Common  Stock that you
retain  hereunder for a period of 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the
"Lock-up  Period") relating to the IPO without the prior written consent of such
Underwriters. You shall deliver the New Stock Certificates to be held by Morgan,
Lewis & Bockius LLP, the Company's  counsel,  or another  suitable  escrow agent
acceptable to you and the Company,  until the expiration of the Lock-Up  Period.
Upon the  earlier  of (i) the  expiration  of the  Lock-Up  Period  and (ii) the
abandonment  by the  Company  of the IPO,  the New Stock  Certificates  shall be
promptly redelivered to you.

     4. Other  than  as set forth  herein,  you will not  receive  compensation,
payments or benefits of any kind from the Company or Releasees  (as that term is
defined in paragraph  6(c) below) and you expressly  acknowledge  and agree that
you are not entitled to any additional compensation, payment or benefits.

     5. You  understand and agree that the  compensation,  payments and benefits
provided  for in  this  Agreement  and  Release  are  being  provided  to you in
consideration  for your  acceptance  and execution of, and in reliance upon your
representations in, this Agreement and Release.  The releases provided by you in
this  Agreement  and Release are subject to and  conditioned  upon the Company's
compliance with the terms hereof.

     6. a. You agree to accept the compensation,  payments and benefits provided
for in paragraph 2 hereof in full  resolution  and  satisfaction  of, and hereby
IRREVOCABLY  AND  UNCONDITIONALLY  RELEASE,  REMISE AND  FOREVER  DISCHARGE  the
Company and  Releasees  from,  any and all  agreements,  promises,  liabilities,
claims and demands of any kind  whatsoever,  in law or equity,  whether known or
unknown, suspected or unsuspected,  fixed or contingent,  apparent or concealed,
which you,  your heirs,  executors,  administrators,  successors or assigns ever
had,  now have or in the future may have  against  the  Company  and  Releasees,
including,  without limitation, any and all claims arising out of or relating to
your employment,  the Employment Agreement,  your compensation and benefits with
the Company and/or the termination  thereof,  and any and all present  contract,
tort or fraud claims,  present claims for  defamation or other personal  injury,
present   claims  under  any  federal,   state  or   municipal   wage   payment,
discrimination  or fair  employment  practices  law,  statute or regulation  and
present claims for costs, expenses and attorneys' fees with respect thereto, but
excluding liabilities, claims and demands relating to matters in connection with
your  employment  with the Company in which the Company has: (i)  committed  any
material act of fraud or theft,  or (ii) engaged in conduct in  connection  with
your employment  that  constitutes a felony.  THIS RELEASE AND WAIVER  INCLUDES,
WITHOUT  LIMITATION,  ANY  AND  ALL  CLAIMS  UNDER  THE  AGE  DISCRIMINATION  IN
EMPLOYMENT ACT, 29 U.S.C. SS.SS. 621-634.  However, it is agreed that you do not
waive your rights for coverage or indemnification under any directors & officers
policy,  or bylaws of the Company for acts or  omissions  occurring  during your
employment.



<PAGE>


David L. Yankey
August 8, 1997
Page 3


         b. By signing  this  Agreement  and  Release and by  acceptance  of the
compensation,  payments  and benefits  provided  for in  paragraph 2 above,  you
WAIVE, RELEASE AND COVENANT NOT TO SUE the Company and Releasees with respect to
any matter  relating  to or arising  out of your  employment,  compensation  and
benefits with the Company  and/or the  termination  thereof,  including  without
limitation any and all claims  described in subparagraph  (a) of this paragraph,
and you agree that neither you nor any person,  organization or entity acting on
your behalf will (i) file,  participate  in or assist,  facilitate or permit the
bringing or maintenance  of any claim against the Company or Releasees,  whether
in the form of a federal,  state or municipal  court  lawsuit or  administrative
agency  action,  an  arbitration  proceeding  or  otherwise,  arising  out of or
relating to your  employment,  compensation and benefits with the Company and/or
the  termination  thereof,  including  without  limitation  any and  all  claims
described in subparagraph (a) of this paragraph,  or (ii) seek  reinstatement or
any other monetary or equitable  relief from the Company and Releasees,  however
that relief might be called,  on the basis of any such claim,  except for claims
for breach of this Agreement and Release or relating to liabilities specifically
excluded from release under  paragraph  6(a). You warrant and represent (A) that
you have not filed any  claim or  demand  for  relief  against  the  Company  or
Releasees, (B) that there are no outstanding claims or demands for relief within
the meaning of this  paragraph  6(b) and (C) that in the event any such claim or
demand is or has been filed by someone other than you without your consent,  you
will  immediately upon becoming aware of such matters and without further notice
take all actions  necessary  to  withdraw or dismiss  such claim or demand as it
relates to you with prejudice, if possible.

         c. For purposes of this Agreement and Release,  the term "Company" when
used in conjunction with "Releasees"  includes the Company and its past, present
and future direct and indirect  parents,  subsidiaries,  affiliates,  divisions,
predecessors,  successors,  and assigns, and their respective current and former
officers,  directors,  shareholders,   representatives,  agents,  attorneys  and
employees,   in  their   official  and   individual   capacities,   jointly  and
individually.

     7.  a. The Company hereby IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY RELEASES, REMISES
AND FOREVER DISCHARGES you from any and all agreements,  promises,  liabilities,
claims and demands of any kind  whatsoever,  in law or equity,  whether known or
unknown, suspected or unsuspected,  fixed or contingent,  apparent or concealed,
which the Company, its successors or assigns ever had, now have or in the future
may have against you, including,  without limitation, any and all claims arising
out  of  or  relating  to  your  employment,   the  Employment  Agreement,  your
compensation and benefits with the Company and/or the termination  thereof,  and
any and  all  present  contract,  tort  or  fraud  claims,  present  claims  for
defamation or other personal injury,  present claims under any federal, state or
municipal wage payment, discrimination or fair employment practices law, statute
or regulation  and present claims for costs,  expenses and attorneys'  fees with
respect  thereto,  but  excluding  liabilities,  claims and demands  relating to
matters in connection  with your  employment with the Company in which you have:
(i) committed any



<PAGE>


David L. Yankey
August 8, 1997
Page 4


material  act of fraud or theft or (ii)  engaged in conduct in  connection  with
your employment that constitutes a felony.

         b. By signing this Agreement and Release, the Company WAIVES,  RELEASES
AND COVENANTS  NOT TO SUE you with respect to any matter  relating to or arising
out of your  employment,  compensation  and benefits with the Company and/or the
termination  thereof,  including without limitation any and all claims described
in subparagraph  (a) of this  paragraph,  and the Company agrees that neither it
nor any  person,  organization  or entity  acting on its  behalf  will (i) file,
participate  in or assist,  facilitate or permit the bringing or  maintenance of
any claim  against  you,  whether in the form of a federal,  state or  municipal
court lawsuit or  administrative  agency action,  an  arbitration  proceeding or
otherwise,  arising  out of or  relating to your  employment,  compensation  and
benefits with the Company  and/or the  termination  thereof,  including  without
limitation any and all claims  described in subparagraph  (a) of this paragraph,
or (ii) seek  reinstatement  or any other monetary or equitable relief from you,
however that relief  might be called on the basis of any such claim,  except for
claims for breach of this  Agreement  and  Release or  relating  to  liabilities
specifically  excluded from release under paragraph  6(a). The Company  warrants
and represents (A) that the Company has not filed any claim or demand for relief
within  the  meaning of this  paragraph  7(b) and (B) that in the event any such
claim or demand is or has been filed by someone  other than the Company  without
its consent,  the Company will  immediately  upon becoming aware of such matters
and without  further  notice take all actions  necessary  to withdraw or dismiss
such claim or demand with prejudice.

     8.  a. The Company  shall  prepare  and file a  registration  statement  to
effect the  registration  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended  (the
"Securities  Act"),  of the Shares,  all to the extent  requisite  to permit the
public  resale of the  Shares.  The Company  shall  initiate  such  registration
statement at least 60 days prior to the end of the Lock-Up  Period and shall use
best efforts to cause the  Registration  Statement  which is the subject of this
Section 8 to be declared  effective by the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission
(the "Commission") immediately upon the expiration of the Lock-Up Period.

         b.  The  Company  will pay all  registration  expenses  (including  all
registration,  filing, qualification,  legal and accounting fees), in connection
with any registration pursuant to this Section 8.

         c. A  registration  pursuant  to this  Section 8 shall not be deemed to
have been effected (i) unless a registration  statement with respect thereto has
become  effective  within the time  period  specified  herein,  provided  that a
registration  which does not be come  effective  after the  Company  has filed a
registration  statement with respect thereto solely by reason of your refusal to
proceed shall be deemed to have been effected by the Company,  (ii) if, after it
has become effective,



<PAGE>


David L. Yankey
August 8, 1997
Page 5


such registration  becomes subject to any stop order,  injunction or other order
or extraordinary  requirement of the Commission or other governmental  agency or
court for any reason, (iii) if, after it has become effective, such registration
ceases to be  effective  for more than an  aggregate  of ninety  (90) days.  The
Company  covenants  with you that it shall take such action as is  necessary  to
keep such registration statement current and effective through at least November
30, 1998.

         d. If the  Company  has fixed  plans to file a  registration  statement
within 60 days after the expiration of the Lock-Up  Period  covering the sale of
any of its  securities  in a  public  offering  under  the  Securities  Act,  no
registration of the Shares shall be initiated under this Section 8 until 90 days
after the effective  date of such  registration  unless the Company is no longer
proceeding diligently to effect such registration; provided that (i) the Company
shall provide you with the right to participate in such public offering and (ii)
notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in no event shall the Company's  obligation to
file and use its best efforts to have the  registration  statement under Section
8a be declared  effective,  be delayed for more than 60 days from the end of the
Lock-Up.

         e. If at the time of expiration of the Lock-Up Period,  or such earlier
time as the Shares are to be delivered to you, the holding period required under
Rule 144  promulgated  pursuant to the Securities Act has been met, then the New
Stock  Certificates  shall be delivered without any restrictive  legends and the
transfer agent will be so instructed by the Company.

         f. You agree  that you shall  not sell more than  25,000  Shares in any
calendar week under such  registration  statement and you further agree that you
shall give the managing  underwriter of the Company's IPO the first  opportunity
to handle the sale of such Shares,  provided,  however, that if such underwriter
is not willing to make such sales on your behalf,  or will not be able to obtain
a price that is as desirable as those attainable by another broker-dealer,  then
you may sell such  Shares  through  another  broker-dealer.  The  Company  shall
deliver to you,  within 30 days of the date  hereof,  notice of the  appropriate
person at such underwriter to contact with respect to any such sale of shares.

     9.  a. Nothing contained in this  Agreement  and Release shall be deemed to
constitute  an admission or evidence of any  wrongdoing or liability on the part
of you or the Company or Releasees.

     10. a. You  have  returned  and/or  agree to  immediately  return,  freight
collect,  to the Company any and all original and duplicate copies of all files,
calendars,  books, records,  notes, manuals,  computer disks,  diskettes and any
other  magnetic and other media  materials you have in your  possession or under
your control belonging to the Company or Releasees or containing confidential or
proprietary  information  concerning the Company or Releasees or their customers
or operations.  You have also returned your Company keys,  credit cards, etc. to
the Company and you



<PAGE>


David L. Yankey
August 8, 1997
Page 6


will return the  Company's  cellular  telephone.  By signing this  Agreement and
Release, you confirm that you have not retained in your possession or under your
control any of the documents or materials described in this paragraph.

         b. The Company  acknowledges that you have no legal  responsibility for
the Company's offices, or bank accounts,  at 2081 Landings Drive, Mountain View,
CA 94043.

     11. You agree that the  provisions  of  Sections 5 and 9 of the  Employment
Agreement (and only such provisions)  shall be incorporated by reference herein,
shall become  effective  upon your  execution and delivery of this Agreement and
Release and shall remain in full force and effect as provided therein.

     12. You  agree that upon the  Company's  instructions  you will  assist and
cooperate  with the  Company and  Releasees  in  connection  with the defense or
prosecution  of any  claim  that  may be  made  against  or by  the  Company  or
Releasees,  or in connection with any ongoing or future investigation or dispute
or  claim  of any  kind  involving  the  Company  or  Releasees,  including  any
proceeding  before any arbitral,  administrative,  regulatory,  self-regulatory,
judicial,  legislative,  or other body or agency,  to the  extent  such  claims,
investigations  or  proceedings  relate to services  performed or required to be
performed by you, pertinent  knowledge  possessed by you, or any act or omission
by you, such  assistance and  cooperation to be reasonable in scope and duration
and consistent with your employment with the Company and shall not  unreasonably
interfere  with  your  business  or  job  responsibilities.  The  Company  shall
reimburse you for reasonable expenses incurred by you for your time in providing
such assistance and cooperation,  and, if more than nominal efforts are required
of you, the Company shall compensate you in an amount mutually agreed upon.

     13. This  Agreement  and  Release  may  not  be  changed  orally,  and   no
modification,  amendment  or waiver of any of the  provisions  contained in this
Agreement and Release,  nor any future  representation,  promise or condition in
connection  with the subject  matter of this  Agreement  and  Release,  shall be
binding upon any party hereto unless made in writing and signed by such party.

     14. This  Agreement  and  Release  shall be subject to and  governed by and
interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard
to conflicts of law principles.

     15. This Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon
(i) the Company and Releasees,  its successors and assigns, and any company with
which the  Company  may merge or  consolidate  or to which the  Company may sell
substantially  all its assets and (ii) you and your  executors,  administrators,
heirs and  legal  representatives.  You may not sell or  otherwise  assign  your
rights, obligations or benefits under this Agreement.



<PAGE>


David L. Yankey
August 8, 1997
Page 7


     16. This Agreement and Release contains the entire agreement between us and
supersedes and, except as specifically  provided herein,  terminates any and all
previous  agreements  between  us,  whether  written  or  oral.  All  prior  and
contemporaneous  discussions  and  negotiations  have  been and are  merged  and
integrated into, and are superseded by, this Agreement and Release. No waiver by
either party of any provision or condition of this  Agreement and Release at any
time shall be deemed a waiver of such  provision  or  condition  at any prior or
subsequent  time or of any other provision or condition at the same or any prior
or subsequent time.

     17. In the event of breach of any  provision of this  Agreement and Release
by either party,  the aggrieved  party shall be entitled to recover such damages
sustained as a consequence of such breach.

     18. In the event any provision of this  Agreement and Release shall be held
to be void, voidable, unlawful or, for any reason, unenforceable,  the remaining
portions shall remain in full force and effect.

     19. If this  Agreement  and Release  conforms to our  understanding  and is
acceptable  to you,  please  indicate  your  agreement by signing and dating the
enclosed copy of this Agreement and Release and returning it to the Company. YOU
WILL THEN BE PERMITTED TO REVOKE THIS  AGREEMENT  AND RELEASE AT ANY TIME DURING
THE PERIOD OF SEVEN DAYS FOLLOWING THE EXECUTION THEREOF, AND THIS AGREEMENT AND
RELEASE  WILL NOT BE  EFFECTIVE  OR  ENFORCEABLE  AND NO  PAYMENTS  WILL BE MADE
HEREUNDER UNTIL THE SEVEN-DAY  REVOCATION  PERIOD HAS EXPIRED.  IN THE EVENT YOU
FAIL TO EXECUTE AND RETURN THIS AGREEMENT AND RELEASE ON A TIMELY BASIS,  OR YOU
EXECUTE AND THEN ELECT TO REVOKE THIS AGREEMENT AND RELEASE,  THIS AGREEMENT AND
RELEASE WILL BE OF NO FURTHER FORCE AND EFFECT,  AND NEITHER YOU NOR THE COMPANY
WILL HAVE ANY FURTHER RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER.

     20. Any unresolved  dispute or  controversy  arising under or in connection
with this  Agreement  shall be settled  exclusively  by  arbitration,  conducted
before a panel of three (3)  arbitrators in New York, NY, in accordance with the
rules of the American  Arbitration  Association then in effect.  The arbitrators
shall not have the  authority to add to,  detract  from, or modify any provision
hereof nor to award  punitive  damages to any injured  party.  A decision by the
arbitration  panel shall be final and  binding.  Judgment  may be entered on the
arbitrators' award in any court having jurisdiction.

     21. You agree that you will not, either  directly or indirectly,  disparage
(whether  in writing  or orally)  the  Company  or the  Releasees  in any manner
whatsoever to the public,  the media,  customers,  suppliers or other persons or
entities who transact business with the Company,



<PAGE>


David L. Yankey
August 8, 1997
Page 8


or current or former  employees of the Company,  at any time. The Company agrees
that its officers and directors will not,  directly,  or  indirectly,  disparage
(whether in writing or orally) you in any manner  whatsoever to the public,  the
media,  customers,  suppliers or other persons or entities who transact business
with the Company,  or current or former  employees of the Company,  at any time,
provided,  however,  that you hereby  acknowledge and agree that no statement or
other disclosure  directly or indirectly relating to you set forth in any filing
(including but not limited to any registration  statements  filed) in connection
with the IPO  shall be  deemed  to cause  the  Company  to be in  breach  of its
obligations pursuant to this Section 21.

     22. All notices in connection with or provided for under this Agreement and
Release  shall be validly  given or made only if made in writing  and  delivered
personally or mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt  requested,
postage  prepaid,  to the party  entitled or  required  to receive the same,  as
follows:

     If to David L. Yankey, addressed to:

              Mr. David L. Yankey
              13500 Country Way Road
              Los Altos Hills, CA  94022

     If to the Company and Releasees, addressed to:

              Mr. Ronald P. Rafaloff
              RGR Financial Group
              1 Battery Park Plaza
              24th Floor
              New York, NY 10004-1405

     with a copy to:

              David W. Pollak, Esq.
              Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
              101 Park Avenue
              New York, New York   10178-0060

     23. The Company  represents and warrants that this Agreement and Release is
within its corporate  powers,  the  execution and delivery  hereof has been duly
authorized,  and that its provisions do not conflict with any other  agreements,
laws or regulations by which it is bound.



<PAGE>


David L. Yankey
August 8, 1997
Page 9


     24. Execution of this Agreement and Release with signatures transmitted via
facsimile shall be considered valid.

                                          Sincerely yours,

                                          COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                                          By: /s/ RONALD RAFALOFF
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                   Ronald P. Rafaloff, President

THIS  AGREEMENT  AND RELEASE ARE LEGAL  DOCUMENTS.  YOU SHOULD  CONSULT  WITH AN
ATTORNEY PRIOR TO SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT AND RELEASE.

BY SIGNING THIS  AGREEMENT AND RELEASE YOU  ACKNOWLEDGE  THAT YOU ARE COMPETENT,
THAT YOU WERE  AFFORDED A TIME PERIOD OF AT LEAST 21 DAYS TO REVIEW AND CONSIDER
THIS  AGREEMENT  AND RELEASE WITH AN ATTORNEY OF YOUR  CHOICE,  THAT YOU HAVE IN
FACT RETAINED COUNSEL IN THIS MATTER WHO HAS ASSISTED YOU IN THE NEGOTIATION AND
DRAFTING OF THE TERMS OF THIS  AGREEMENT,  THAT YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND AND
ACCEPT THESE DOCUMENTS AS FULLY AND FINALLY RESOLVING, WAIVING AND RELEASING ANY
AND ALL CLAIMS WHICH YOU MAY HAVE AGAINST THE COMPANY AND  RELEASEES (AS DEFINED
ABOVE),  INCLUDING ANY AND ALL CLAIMS UNDER THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT
ACT, THAT NO PROMISES OR  INDUCEMENTS  HAVE BEEN MADE TO YOU EXCEPT AS SET FORTH
IN THIS AGREEMENT AND RELEASE AND THE ATTACHMENTS, AND THAT YOU HAVE SIGNED THIS
AGREEMENT AND RELEASE KNOWINGLY, FREELY AND VOLUNTARILY, INTENDING TO BE LEGALLY
BOUND BY ITS TERMS.  THE  FOREGOING  PARAGRAPH IS A SUMMARY  DESCRIPTION  OF THE
GENERAL IMPORT OF THIS INSTRUMENT AND



<PAGE>


David L. Yankey
August 8, 1997
Page 10


DOES NOT ALTER OR IN ANY WAY AMEND THE DETAILED PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN THE BODY
HEREOF.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

 /s/ DAVID L. YANKEY                                       Date: August 8, 1997
- ----------------------------------                               ---------------
David L. Yankey

WITNESSED BY:



[SIG]
- ----------------------------------




                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
                       One Battery Park Plaza, 24th Floor
                            New York, New York 10004

David L. Yankey
13500 Country Way Road
Los Altos Hills, CA  94022

                                                                    July 8, 1998

Dear Mr. Yankey:

     Reference is made to the Agreement and Release,  dated as of August 8, 1997
(the "Release  Agreement"),  between  Collectibles USA, Inc. (the "Company") and
you. All  capitalized  terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings
set forth in the Release Agreement.

     Please be advised that the Company  proposes to amend  effective as of June
1, 1998 the Release Agreement as follows:

     (1)  The  $350,000  payment  that you are  entitled to receive  pursuant to
          paragraph 2 of the  Release  Agreement  shall be payable by  delivery,
          within three business days of the consummation of the Company's IPO of
          its Common Stock, of (A) a $250,000  lump-sum payment by wire transfer
          of  funds  to  an  account  designated  by  you  and  (B)  a  $100,000
          convertible  promissory  note (the "Note")  executed by the Company in
          the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

     (2)  Paragraph 3 of the Release  Agreement  is amended by: (A) deleting the
          reference to "104,580  shares" of Common  Stock in the first  sentence
          and  substituting  therefor a reference  to "79,580  shares" of Common
          Stock;   (B)  deleting  the  second   sentence  in  its  entirety  and
          substituting  therefor the  following,  "On the effective date of your
          acceptance of this letter, you shall surrender any rights in the stock
          certificate for the 104,580 shares of Common Stock,  which certificate
          was  issued  to you  (and is  currently  held  in  escrow)  upon  your
          surrender  of rights in the stock  certificate  for 174,580  shares of
          Common  Stock,  whereupon  the Company will deliver to you a new stock
          certificate (the "New Stock Certificates") for 79,580 shares of Common
          Stock.";  and (C)  deleting  the  reference to "100,000" in the fourth
          sentence and substituting therefor "75,000."

     (3)  Paragraph  8(a) of the Release  Agreement is amended by deleting it in
          its entirety and  substituting  therefor the  following:  "The Company
          shall  prepare  and  file  a



<PAGE>



          registration statement to effect the registration under the Securities
          Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities  Act"), of the 79,580 shares
          and any  shares  acquired  by you  upon  the  conversion  of the  Note
          (collectively,  the "Shares"),  all to the extent  requisite to permit
          the public resale of the Shares.  In connection with this registration
          process,  the Company  shall  furnish you with copies of a prospectus,
          enter  into  and  perform  its   obligations   under  an  underwriting
          agreement,  if any, cause the  registered  Shares to be listed on each
          securities  exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company
          are listed,  if any, and provide a transfer agent and CUSIP number for
          the registered  Shares . The Company shall initiate such  registration
          statement at least 90 days prior to the end of the Lock-Up  Period and
          shall use best efforts to cause the  registration  statement  which is
          the  subject  of  this  Section  8 to be  declared  effective  by  the
          Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") immediately upon
          the expiration of the Lock-Up Period."

     (4)  Paragraph  8(c) of the Release  Agreement  is amended by deleting  the
          last sentence and  substituting  therefor the following:  "The Company
          covenants  with you that it shall take such action as is  necessary to
          keep such  registration  statement  current and effective  through the
          longer of (i) at least the six month  anniversary of the expiration of
          the Lock-Up Period or (ii) the six month  anniversary of the date such
          registration statement was first declared effective."

     (5)  Paragraph  8(d) of the Release  Agreement  is amended by  inserting ",
          within three months of the IPO," after "If the Company".

     (6)  The following paragraph is added to the Release Agreement:
               "8. g. At all times while you retain the option to convert all or
          part of the Note into  shares  of  Common  Stock,  the  Company  shall
          reserve and keep available out of its  authorized but unissued  Common
          Stock such  number of its shares of Common  Stock,  which shall not be
          subject to preemption or any similar right,  as shall be sufficient to
          effect the conversion of the entire principal due under the Note."

     The  Company  also shall  reimburse  you,  by wire  transfer of funds to an
account  designated  by you, for the legal fees and expenses  incurred by you in
connection  with this amendment to the Release  Agreement;  provided,  that, the
Company's  reimbursement  obligation  shall  not  exceed  $2,000.00,   shall  be
contingent upon receipt by the Company of sufficient  documentation of such fees
and expenses,  and shall be made within 15 days of the Company's receipt of such
documentation.

     Furthermore,  the  Company  hereby  acknowledges  that your  ownership  and
operation  of Wings  America,  Inc.,  an operator of retail  clothing  stores in
Northern California,  which stores incidentally sell objects which may be deemed
collectible items to customers of the Company,  shall not constitute a violation
of any of the terms of your Employment Agreement with the Company.



<PAGE>



                                                       Sincerely,

                                                       COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                                                       By:/s/ SHONNIE BILIN
                                                          ----------------------
                                                          Name:
                                                          Title: CEO

The  foregoing is hereby agreed to as of
July 8, 1998.

By:/s/ DAVID YANKEY
   ---------------------------
       David L. Yankey




                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                           CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE "ACT").  NO INTEREST IN THIS NOTE MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT PURSUANT TO
(i) AN  EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  UNDER  THE ACT,  (ii) TO THE  EXTENT
APPLICABLE,  PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER THE ACT (OR ANY  SIMILAR  RULE UNDER THE
ACT), OR (iii) AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION  UNDER THE ACT WHERE THE HOLDER OF
THIS  NOTE  HAS  FURNISHED  AN  OPINION  OF  COUNSEL  THAT  AN  EXEMPTION   FROM
REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT IS AVAILABLE.

July ___, 1998                                                          $100,000
New York, New York

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., a Delaware  corporation with a
principal  address at One  Battery  Park Plaza,  24th  Floor,  NY, NY 10004 (the
"Company"),  DOES HEREBY UNCONDITIONALLY  PROMISE TO PAY to David L. Yankey (the
"Registered  Holder"),  on the  sixth-month  anniversary  of the  closing of the
initial public offering of the Company's  common stock, par value $.01 per share
(the "Common Stock"),  registered under the Act with the Securities and Exchange
Commission  pursuant to an  effective  registration  statement  on Form S-1, ONE
HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS  ($100,000),  together with interest accrued,  from the
date hereof  (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day  months),
on the unpaid  principal  amount hereof from time to time  outstanding,  in like
money, at a rate per annum equal to 5%.

     Interest  on Overdue  Principal  and upon  Events of  Default.  The Company
promises to pay interest, on demand, on any overdue principal and, to the extent
permitted  by law,  overdue  interest  from  their due dates at a per annum rate
equal to 7% or, if less, the maximum legal rate of interest. Additionally, while
any Event of Default  (as  hereinafter  defined)  exists or is  continuing,  the
Company  agrees that,  during such period,  interest  shall accrue on the unpaid
principal  amount at a rate per annum equal to 7% or, if less, the maximum legal
rate of interest

     Acceleration.  If any of the  following  conditions  or events  ("Events of
Default") shall occur and be continuing:

     a.   Failure to Make  Payments  When Due.  Failure to pay any  principal or
          interest on this Note when the same becomes due and payable; or

     b.   Default  in Other  Agreements.  Any  event or  condition  occurs  that
          results in any  indebtedness of the Company or any of its subsidiaries
          in excess of  $1,000,000  in the



<PAGE>



          aggregate becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables
          or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or
          both) the  holder or holders of such  indebtedness  or any  trustee or
          agent on its or their behalf to cause any such  indebtedness to become
          due,  or  to  require  the  prepayment,   repurchase,   redemption  or
          defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; or

     c.   Involuntary  Bankruptcy;  Appointment  of  Receiver,  Etc. (i) A court
          having  jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a decree or order for
          relief in respect  of the  Company  or any of its  subsidiaries  in an
          involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy,  insolvency or other
          similar law now or hereafter  in effect,  which decree or order is not
          stayed;  or any other  similar  relief  shall be  granted  and  remain
          unstayed  under  any  applicable  federal  or  state  law;  or (ii) an
          involuntary  case  is  commenced  against  the  Company  or any of its
          subsidiaries  under any  applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or other
          similar  law now or  hereafter  in  effect;  or a decree or order of a
          court having  jurisdiction  in the premises for the  appointment  of a
          receiver,  liquidator,   sequestrator,  trustee,  custodian  or  other
          officer  having  similar  powers  over  the  Company  or  any  of  its
          subsidiaries  or  over  all or a  substantial  part  of  any of  their
          respective  Assets  and  Properties,  shall have been  entered;  or an
          interim receiver,  trustee or other custodian of the Company or any of
          its  subsidiaries for all or a substantial part of its or their Assets
          and Properties is involuntarily appointed; or a warrant of attachment,
          execution or similar process is issued against any substantial part of
          the Assets and  Properties of the Company or any of its  subsidiaries,
          and the  continuance of any such events in this clause (ii) for thirty
          (30) days unless dismissed, bonded, stayed, vacated or discharged; or

     d.   Voluntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, Etc. The Company or any
          of  its  subsidiaries  shall  commence  a  voluntary  case  under  any
          applicable  bankruptcy,   insolvency  or  other  similar  law  now  or
          hereafter  in  effect,  or shall  consent to the entry of an order for
          relief in an involuntary  case, or to the conversion of an involuntary
          case to a voluntary case,  under any such law, or shall consent to the
          appointment  of or making  possession by a receiver,  trustee or other
          custodian  for all or a  possession  by a  receiver,  trustee or other
          custodian for all or a substantial  part of its Assets and Properties;
          the making by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any assignment
          for the benefit of  creditors;  the admission by the Company or any of
          its  subsidiaries in writing of its inability to pay its debts as such
          debts  become due; or the board of  directors of the Company or any of
          its subsidiaries  (or any committee  thereof) adopts any resolution or
          otherwise authorizes action to approve any of the foregoing; or

     e.   Judgments  and  Attachments.  Any money  judgment,  writ or warrant of
          attachment,  or similar process involving in any individual case or in
          the  aggregate  at any time an amount in  excess  of  $1,000,000  (not
          covered by insurance) for the Company or any of its subsidiaries shall
          be entered or filed against the Company or any of its  subsidiaries or
          any  of  its



                                        2

<PAGE>



          or  their  Assets  and  Properties  and  shall  remain   undischarged,
          unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of thirty (30) days or in
          any event  later than five (5) days prior to the date of any  proposed
          sale thereunder; or

     f.   Merger or Disposal of Assets.  The Company  merges with,  consolidates
          into or acquires  all or a  substantial  part of the assets of another
          person,  or the  consummation  of any sale,  lease,  transfer or other
          disposition of all or a substantial  part of the Company's  Assets and
          Properties; or

     g.   Representations.   Any  representation  or  warranty  by  the  Company
          hereunder shall prove to have been incorrect in any material  respect;
          or

     h.   Covenants.  The  Company  shall fail to  perform or observe  any term,
          provision,  covenant or agreement  hereunder  and such failure has not
          been remedied within twenty (20) days of the Company's  receipt of the
          Registered  Holder's  written notice to the Company of such failure or
          the  Company  shall fail to perform or observe  any term,  covenant or
          agreement under that certain  Agreement and Release dated as of August
          8,  1997 and as  amended  July 8, 1998  between  the  Company  and the
          Registered Holder (as amended, the "Agreement and Release");

     THEN,  (i) upon the  occurrence  of any Event of Default  described  in the
foregoing  subsections  (c) or (d), the unpaid  principal  amount of and accrued
interest on the Note shall  automatically  become  immediately  due and payable,
without presentment,  demand, protest, notice of acceleration,  notice of intent
to  accelerate  or other  requirements  of any  kind,  all of which  are  hereby
expressly waived by the Company, and (ii) upon the occurrence of any other Event
of  Default,  the  Registered  Holders  may, by written  notice to the  Company,
declare the Note to be, and the same shall  forthwith  become,  due and payable,
together with accrued interest thereon.

     Conversion.  At the Maturity Date, the  Registered  Holder,  at his option,
upon ten days' written  notice to the Company,  may convert all or a part of the
principal  amount of this Note into  Common  Stock at a price per share equal to
the initial public  offering price of the Common Stock.  Any shares  acquired by
the Registered  Holder upon the conversion of the Note shall be registered under
the Act pursuant to and in  accordance  with  Paragraph 8 of the  Agreement  and
Release. The Company shall pay to the Registered Holder (i) the principal amount
of the Note which was not converted into securities  pursuant to the immediately
preceding sentence and (ii) all accrued and unpaid interest hereon.



                                        3

<PAGE>



     Representations and Warranties.  The Company hereby represents and warrants
that as of the date of this Note:

     a.   Binding  Agreement.  The  execution,  delivery and  performance by the
          Company  of this Note and all  obligations  hereunder,  including  all
          obligations under the Agreement and Release, have been duly authorized
          by all necessary corporate action. This Note has been duly executed on
          behalf of the  Company  and  constitutes  a legal,  valid and  binding
          obligation of the Company  enforceable  in  accordance  with its terms
          except   as   limited   by    applicable    bankruptcy,    insolvency,
          reorganization,  moratorium  or  other  laws  of  general  application
          relating  to  or   concerning   equitable   remedies.   No   consents,
          authorizations,  licenses or exemptions, which have not been received,
          are necessary for the authorization,  execution or performance of this
          Note.

     b.   Organization.  The Company is a corporation  duly  organized,  validly
          existing and in good standing  under the laws of its  jurisdiction  of
          incorporation  and has all requisite  power to perform its obligations
          under this Note and to own and  operate  its assets  and  conduct  its
          business where currently conducted.

     c.   No Event of  Default.  No Event of  Default  (as herein  defined)  has
          occurred and is  continuing,  nor has any event occurred which but for
          the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both might  constitute an
          Event of Default.

     Definitions.  As used in this Note, the following  defined terms shall have
the meanings indicated below:

     "Assets and  Properties"  of any Person means all assets and  properties of
every kind, nature,  character and description (whether real, personal or mixed,
whether tangible or intangible,  and wherever situated),  including the goodwill
related thereto,  operated,  owned or leased by such Person,  including  without
limitation  cash,  cash  equivalents,  investment  assets,  accounts  and  notes
receivable,  chattel paper, documents,  instruments,  general intangibles,  real
estate, equipment, inventory, goods and intellectual property.

     "Person" means any natural person, corporation,  limited liability company,
general  partnership,   limited  partnership,   limited  liability  partnership,
proprietorship,  other  business  organization,  trust,  union,  association  or
governmental or regulatory authority.

     Loss  or  Destruction  of  Note.   Upon  receipt  of  evidence   reasonable
satisfactory  to the Company (an  affidavit  of any  Registered  Holder shall be
satisfactory) of the ownership and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of
this Note, and in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction,  upon receipt
of  indemnity  reasonably  satisfactory  to the Company  (provided  that if such
Registered Holder is a financial institution or other institutional investor its
own agreement shall be satisfactory) or, in the case of any such mutilation upon
surrender of this Note,  the Company shall (at its expense)  execute and deliver
in  lieu  of  such  Note,  a Note of like  kind  representing  the  same  rights
represented  by such lost,  stolen,  destroyed or mutilated Note and dated as of
the date to which interest has been



                                        4

<PAGE>



paid on the unpaid  principal amount of the Note so lost,  stolen,  destroyed or
mutilated,  or, if no interest has been paid thereon,  then dated as of the date
of the Note so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated.

     Payments.  The Company shall make all cash payments of principal,  interest
and all other amounts payable on this Note in money of the United States that at
the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. The
Company  shall make all cash  payments of principal and interest on this Note by
immediately  available  funds.  All payments  shall be made without  withholding
(whether on account of tax or otherwise)  deduction,  set-off,  counter claim or
other  defense.  Payments of principal  and interest and other  amounts  payable
hereunder are to be delivered at the following address:

                         David L. Yankey
                         13500 Country Way Road
                         Los Altos Hills, CA  94022

or to such other address or to the attention of such other  individual or entity
as  specified by prior  written  notice to the  Company.  All payments  shall be
applied,  first,  to all accrued and unpaid interest  hereon,  and,  second,  to
principal.

     Records.  The Company  shall  maintain at its principal  executive  offices
books for the  registration  and the  registration of transfer of this Note. The
Company may deem and treat the Registered  Holders as the absolute owners hereof
(notwithstanding  any  notation of ownership  or other  writing  thereon made by
anyone)  for all  purposes  and  shall  not be  affected  by any  notice  to the
contrary.

     No Rights as a  Stockholder.  Prior to  conversion of this Note as provided
herein,  the  Registered  Holder  shall  have no  rights  under  this  Note as a
stockholder of the Company.

     Waiver. Any term or condition of this Note may be waived at any time by the
party that is  entitled  to the benefit  thereof,  but no such  waiver  shall be
effective unless set forth in a written instrument duly executed by or on behalf
of the party waiving such term or condition.  No waiver by any party of any term
or condition of this Note, in any one or more  instances,  shall be deemed to be
or construed as a waiver of the same or any other term or condition of this Note
on any  future  occasion.  All  remedies,  either  under  this Note or by law or
otherwise afforded, will be cumulative and not alternative.

     Amendments.  This Note may be amended,  supplemented  or modified only by a
written  instrument duly executed by or on behalf the Registered  Holder and the
Company.

     Assignment. No obligation hereunder may be assigned (by operation of law or
otherwise) by the Company or assumed by another individual or entity without the
prior written consent of the Registered  Holder and any attempt to do so will be
void.  Subject to the preceding  sentence,  this Note is binding upon, inures to
the benefit of and is enforceable  by the Registered  Holder and the Company and
their respective successors and assigns.



                                        5

<PAGE>



     Expenses.  The Company  promises to pay all costs and expenses,  including,
without  limitation,  reasonable  attorneys'  fees and  costs,  incurred  by the
Registered Holders in connection with the Registered Holder's enforcement of his
rights hereunder.

     Governing  Law.  THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE DOMESTIC  LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK,  WITHOUT  GIVING EFFECT TO ANY
CHOICE OF LAW OR CONFLICT OF LAW  PROVISION OR RULE (WHETHER OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK OR ANY OTHER  JURISDICTION) THAT WOULD CAUSE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF
ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

     Interest  Limitations.  It is the  intention of the Company and  Registered
Holder to conform  strictly to all  applicable  usury laws now or  hereafter  in
force, and any interest payable under this Note shall be subject to reduction to
the  amount  not in  excess  of the  maximum  legal  amount  allowed  under  the
applicable  usury  laws  as now or  hereafter  construed  by the  courts  having
jurisdiction  over  such  matters.   The  aggregate  of  all  interest  (whether
designated as interest,  service charges,  points or otherwise)  contracted for,
chargeable,  or receivable under this Note shall under no  circumstances  exceed
the maximum legal rate upon the unpaid principal  balance of this Note remaining
unpaid from time to time.  If such  interest does exceed the maximum legal rate,
it shall be deemed a mistake  and such excess  shall be  canceled  automatically
and, if  theretofore  paid,  rebated to the Company or credited on the principal
amount of this Note, or if this Note has been repaid,  then such excess shall be
rebated to the Company.



                           [signature page to follow]



                                        6

<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Company has executed and delivered this Note as of
the date first above written.

                                                  COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                                                  By:
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                     Name:
                                                     Title:






ADMINISTAFF.

                     PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT SERVICE AGREEMENT

THIS  PERSONNEL  MANAGEMENT  SERVICE  AGREEMENT  ("the  Agreement"),  is between
Administaff Companies, Inc., ("Administaff"),  a Delaware corporation,  with its
principal  place of business at 19001 Crescent  Springs Drive,  Kingwood,  Texas
77339-3802, and Collectibles USA, Inc. ("Client").

                                  I. PERSONNEL

Administaff  agrees  to  furnish  Client,  and  Client  agrees  to  engage  from
Administaff,  worksite  employees  ("Staff")  for the job  functions  listed  in
Exhibit A ("Confidential Census").  Client warrants that information supplied to
Administaff on confidential  census is accurate.  Client will amend Exhibit A to
reflect  each change or addition of a Staff and his or her job  function  within
five days of such  change or  addition.  Client  warrants  that  information  on
worksite  employees  assigned by  Administaff  concerning  job  descriptions  is
current and accurate.  If such information is inaccurate,  Client shall promptly
so notify Administaff.

                             II. TERMS OF AGREEMENT

This Agreement  shall commence on the date this Agreement is executed and remain
in force until either  Administaff or Client  terminates the Agreement by giving
sixty (60) days prior written notice.

                               III. ADMINISTRATION

3.1  Administaff is responsible for the following:

     a.   reserving  a right of  direction  and control  over Staff  assigned to
          Client's  location,  although Client is responsible for the service or
          product provided or produced by Client;

     b.   payment  of  salaries  and  wages  and   compliance   with  rules  and
          regulations  governing  the  reporting  and payment of all federal and
          state taxes on payroll wages paid under this Agreement including,  but
          not limited to: (i) federal income tax  withholding  provisions of the
          Internal  Revenue Code;  (ii)  provisions of state and/or local income
          tax withholding  laws, if applicable;  (iii) provisions of the Federal
          Insurance  Contributions  Act (FICA);  (iv)  provisions of the Federal
          Unemployment  Tax Act (FUTA);  and, (v) provisions of applicable state
          unemployment tax laws;

     c.   providing  employee  benefits,  if any are  agreed to be  provided  by
          Administaff,  compliance with the Consolidated Omnibus  Reconciliation
          Act (COBRA) and


                                        1

<PAGE>



          Employee  Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) as to plans sponsored
          by Administaff.

     d.   procurement of workers'  compensation  insurance and administration of
          claims;

     e.   compliance  with the  Immigration  Reform and Control Act (IRCA);  the
          Consumer Credit Protection Act, Title III;

     f.   development and  implementation of policies and practices  relating to
          personnel   management  services   including,   but  not  limited  to,
          recruiting,   interviewing,   testing,   selecting,   orientation  of,
          training,   evaluating,    replacing,    supervising,    disciplining,
          reassigning and terminating Staff;

     g.   compliance   with  any  state  statute  or  regulations   governing  a
          professional employer organization.

3.2  Client is responsible for the following:

     a.   the service or product provided or produced by Client;

     b.   retaining  such  sufficient  direction  and  control  over Staff as is
          necessary to conduct Client's  business and without which Client would
          be  unable  to  conduct  its   business,   discharge   any   fiduciary
          responsibility  that  it may  have,  or  comply  with  any  applicable
          licensure, regulatory or statutory requirement of Client;

     c.   compliance with any  professional  licensing,  fidelity  bonding,  and
          professional liability insurance requirements;

     d.   compliance with Occupational Safety and Health  Administration  (OSHA)
          regulations;  Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regulations;  Fair
          Labor   Standards  Act  (FLSA);   Worker   Adjustment  and  Retraining
          Notification  Act (WARN);  compliance  with  governmental  contracting
          provisions; and any state and/or local equivalent of any of these;

     e.   liability for all obligations,  including organizing process expenses,
          related to Client's collective  bargaining  agreement and any benefits
          arising from such agreement;

     f.   the operation of Client's  business,  equipment or property  including
          motor vehicles.

3.3  Administaff and Client will be jointly responsible for the following:



                                        2


<PAGE>



     a.   all  federal,   state  and  local  employment   discrimination   laws,
          including, but not limited to, Title VII of the 1964 Civil Rights Act,
          Age  Discrimination  in  Employment  Act (ADEA),  and  Americans  with
          Disabilities Act (ADA), Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA),

     b.   authority to hire, discipline, reassign and terminate Staff,

     c.   selection of fringe benefits, including, but not limited to, holidays,
          vacation,  sick leave,  parental leave,  military leave,  and leave of
          absence.

3.4  Nothing in  paragraphs 3.1,  3.2 or 3.3 above shall be construed to require
either  Administaff or Client to provide any of the matters  referred to therein
except  as  provided  by law  or as  otherwise  specifically  provided  by  this
Agreement.

                         IV. SUPERVISION AND EMPLOYMENT

4.1  Administaff  shall  designate  one or more on-site  supervisors  from among
Staff.  On-site  supervisors  shall be responsible  for  facilitating  personnel
management services provided by Administaff.  Client retains  responsibility for
its products or services.

4.2  Staff are not authorized by Administaff to undertake any work  inconsistent
with the job functions  specified in Exhibit A. In no event shall Client request
Staff to perform any service outside of that  employee's  ability or training if
such service would expose the Staff or other persons to personal harm or danger.

                             V. EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

All Staff  furnished  by  Administaff  to Client and listed on Exhibit A and any
assigned in the future shall be required to execute an  Employment  Agreement as
set  forth in  Exhibit C  (Employment  Agreement)  before  such  employee  shall
commence the term of assignment with Client.

                            VI. SAFE WORK ENVIRONMENT

6.1  Client  agrees that it will comply, at its sole cost and expense,  with all
federal,  state  or local  health  and  safety  laws,  regulations,  ordinances,
directives and rules relating to workplace,  including all directives concerning
a safe work environment from Administaff or Administaff's  workers' compensation
insurance carrier.

6.2  Client shall provide and ensure use of all personal protective equipment as
required by federal, state or local laws, regulations, ordinances, directives or
rules,  or  as  deemed  necessary  by  Administaff  or  Administaff's   workers'
compensation insurance carrier.



                                        3

<PAGE>



6.3  Client  and  Administaff  agree to  immediately  report  to each  other all
accidents and injuries involving Staff assigned to Client.

6.4  Administaff and Administaff's workers' compensation insurance carrier shall
have the right to inspect Client's  workplace,  including but not limited to any
job  sites at  which  Staff  will be  assigned.  To the  extent  possible,  such
inspections shall be scheduled at mutually convenient times.

                                 VII. INSURANCE

7.1  Administaff  shall  keep in  force  at all  times  during  this  Agreement,
workers' compensation  insurance covering all Staff furnished to Client pursuant
to the terms of this  Agreement.  Upon  written  request by Client,  Administaff
shall request that its  insurance  carrier  furnish a  Certificate  of Insurance
verifying coverage.

7.2  Client  warrants and represents to Administaff  that it has in force at the
effective date of this Agreement and will maintain during this Agreement and any
extensions,  the  following  insurance  coverage  and limits as a minimum.  Such
coverage  shall be at the Client's sole cost and expense and provided by a state
approved insurance company, approved by Administaff and rated by Best's at A- or
better.

     a.   General  Liability.  Commercial  General Liability in standard form on
          "occurrence  basis" covering Client's  operations with minimum limited
          of:

          (1)   $2,000,000.00          General Aggregate
          (2)   $2,000,000.00          Products/Completed Operations Aggregate
          (3)   $1,000,000.00          Personal and Advertising Injury
          (4)   $1,000,000.00          Each Occurrence.

          Other   coverage  may  be  required  for  special   operations  to  be
          determined.

     b.   Automobile  Liability.  Comprehensive  automobile  liability insurance
          covering all owned, hired and non-owned vehicles,  with minimum limits
          of One Million and No/100 Dollars ($1,000,000)  combined single limits
          per occurrence for Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability. Client
          warrants  that  all  persons  operating  Client's  vehicles  are  duly
          licensed and covered under the Client's Automobile Liability insurance
          policy  without  exception.  Client agrees to furnish to Administaff a
          list of drivers upon request.

7.3  Policy  Requirements.  All insurance policies to be obtained and maintained
by Client shall provide for thirty (30) days written notice to Administaff prior
to alteration,  cancellation,  non-renewal or material  change by endorsement of
the coverage.  All such insurance  policies shall be endorsed to include,  at no
additional  cost to  Administaff,  Administaff  as an  additional  insured  with
respect  to  client's  business,  and  each of the  policies  shall  be  primary
insurance and



                                        4


<PAGE>



not excess over or  contributory  with any other valid,  existing and applicable
insurance carried by Administaff.  All automobile insurance policies obtained by
Client  pursuant to this  Agreement  shall also be  endorsed  to include,  at no
additional cost to Administaff,  Staff who shall be operating motor vehicles for
Client. In addition,  Client agrees to comply with all applicable  Department of
Transportation,   Interstate   Commerce   Commission   and  Motor   Carrier  Act
requirements  and regulations if Client uses Staff to operate motor vehicles and
agrees to indemnify,  defend and holds Administaff harmless from and against any
liability,  expense  (including  court  costs and  attorneys'  fees) and  claims
relating to the non-compliance or violation.

7.4  Client  shall  make  available,  if  requested,  copies  of  all  insurance
certificates required to this Section,  signed by authorized  representatives of
the insurance  companies,  to Administaff prior to the commencement date of this
Agreement and at any renewal or replacement.

7.5  Waiver of Subrogation. Each party to this Agreement hereby waives any claim
in its favor against the other party by way of subrogation  or otherwise,  which
arises during this Agreement, for any and all liability, loss or damage which is
covered by policies of  insurance,  to the extent that such  liability,  loss or
damage is recovered  under such policies of insurance.  Since the mutual waivers
will preclude the  assignment of any aforesaid  claim by way of  subrogation  or
otherwise  to an  insurance  company or any other  person,  each party agrees to
immediately give to each of its insurance carriers,  written notice of the terms
of said annual waiver, and to have its insurance policies properly endorsed,  if
necessary,  to prevent the invalidation of said insurance  coverage by reason of
said waiver.  Each arty shall cause its  insurance  carriers to provide  written
evidence of the acceptance of said waiver.

                              VIII. ENROLLMENT FEE

Client agrees to pay  Administaff  a  non-refundable  enrollment  fee in the sum
specified in Exhibit B (Client Service Application).  This enrollment fee is due
and payable at the time that this Agreement is signed by Client.

                                 IX. SERVICE FEE

In exchange  for the  personnel  management  services  provided by  Administaff,
Administaff and Client agree as follows:

9.1  The Administaff  fee rate  percentages  are set  forth in  Exhibit B and is
calculated  utilizing  the  data  submitted  by  Client  in  Exhibit  A. If such
information is inaccurate,  Client shall immediately agree to amend Exhibit A to
reflect the current  information and shall pay, within ten (10) days notice from
Administaff  of the error,  any  additional  costs  incurred by Administaff as a
result of the inaccuracy.



                                        5

<PAGE>



9.2 Each pay period,  Client shall pay Administaff its fee comprised of: (i) the
gross payroll of Staff during such pay period,  and, (ii) a service fee equal to
the  applicable  fee rate  percentage  specified in Exhibit B multiplied  by the
gross payroll of Staff during such pay period.

9.3  Exhibit B shall set forth the fees to be  charged by  Administaff  and such
exhibit will be signed by the parties.

9.4  Exhibit  B may be  changed  from  time to time  and the  changes  shall  be
effective  as stated on the Exhibit and agreed to by the Client as  evidenced by
the signature thereon.

9.5  Any increase in the fee will be billed with the next effective  payroll and
be kept current at all times except for retroactive  changes or statutory and/or
regulatory changes known at the time the payroll is billed.

9.6  The fee provided for by this Agreement  shall be due and payable on receipt
of the invoice for said fee.

9.7  Client shall use a method of payment approved in advance by Administaff.

9.8  Client or on-site supervisor shall report to Administaff all time worked by
all  Staff  each  pay  period  and  shall  provide   Administaff   with  written
verification of same including rate of pay for each.

9.9  Client shall notify Administaff within five (5) business days of receipt of
the payroll of any error in billing.

9.10 Client shall reimburse Administaff for services requested by Client and not
contemplated by this Agreement.

                                   X. DEFAULT

10.1 Acts of default by Client shall include, but are not limited to:

     a.   failure of Client to pay a fee when due;

     b.   failure of Client to comply  within  thirty (30) days of any directive
          of  Administaff,  when such directive is promulgated or made necessary
          by:  (i) a federal,  state or local  governmental  agency;  or (ii) an
          insurance carrier providing  coverage to Administaff and/or its Staff;
          (iii) specific circumstances which currently or potentially affect the
          safety or violate the legal rights of Administaff or Staff;

     c.   direct  payments  of  taxable  wages by Client  to Staff for  services
          contemplated by this Agreement;



                                        6

<PAGE>



     d.   commission  or omission of any act that usurps any right or obligation
          of Administaff as an employer of Staff covered by this Agreement;

     e.   violation by Client of any provision of this Agreement;

     f.   filing by or against Client for bankruptcy or reorganization or Client
          becomes  insolvent  or  has a  receiver,  supervisor,  liquidator,  or
          similar appointee appointed over its assets or property;

     g.   an assignment by Client for the benefit of creditors; or

     h.   a money  judgment  against Client which remains  unsatisfied  for more
          than thirty (30) days.

10.2 In the event Administaff incurs any expenses, fines and/or liabilities as a
result of an act of default by Client as set forth above, Client shall reimburse
Administaff for all actual expenses, fees and/or liabilities, including, but not
limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees, court costs and any related expenses.

10.3 In the event that this  Agreement is terminated due to a default by Client,
Client shall pay to  Administaff,  as liquidated  damages,  a sum  calculated in
accordance with the following formula:

     A sum equal to the average fee, as  calculated  pursuant to  Paragraph  9.2
     hereof for:  (i) the pay periods  that have  occurred  during the three (3)
     months  immediately  preceding  the date of  termination;  or,  (ii) if the
     Agreement is terminated  prior to the  expiration of three (3) months,  the
     pay periods that have occurred prior to the date of termination.

Such  payment  shall not release  Client from any other  obligations  under this
Agreement arising prior to or resulting from such termination.

10.4 Upon an act of default by Client, Administaff shall have the option, in its
sole and absolute discretion, of terminating this Agreement.

10.5 Notwithstanding  anything  herein  or in any other agreement or document to
the  contrary,   Client  expressly  agrees  that  Administaff   shall  under  no
circumstances be liable for any special,  incidental or consequential damages of
any nature whatsoever arising under or relating to this Agreement.

                                  XI. INDEMNITY

11.1 Client  hereby  further  agrees to indemnify,  defend and hold  Administaff
harmless  from and against any and all  liability,  expense  (including  cost of
investigation, court costs and



                                        7

<PAGE>



attorneys' fees) and claims for damage of any nature  whatsoever,  whether known
or unknown and whether  direct or indirect,  as though  expressly  set forth and
described herein which Administaff may incur, suffer, become liable for or which
may be asserted  or claimed  against  Administaff  as a result of the failure of
Client to follow the directives,  procedures and policies of Administaff as they
relate to Staff.

11.2 Client  hereby  further  agrees to indemnify,  defend and hold  Administaff
harmless  from and against any and all  liability,  expense  (including  cost of
investigation,  court  costs and  attorneys'  fees) and claims for damage of any
nature  whatsoever,  whether  known or unknown and whether  direct or  indirect,
arising  from  operation by Client,  Client's  employees or Staff of any form or
type of motor vehicle.

11.3 Client hereby  further  agrees to indemnify and hold  Administaff  harmless
from  and  against  any  and  all  liability,   expenses   (including   cost  of
investigation,  court  costs and  attorneys'  fees) and claims for damage of any
nature  whatsoever,  whether  known or unknown and whether  direct or  indirect,
arising from the product and/or services provided by Client.

11.4 Client hereby  further  agrees to indemnify and hold  Administaff  harmless
from and  against  any and all  claims,  losses,  causes of  action,  liability,
expense (including costs of investigation,  court costs and attorneys' fees) and
damages  of any  nature  whatsoever,  whether  known or  unknown,  arising  from
employee unionization and/or provision of union benefits.

11.5 The indemnities provided herein shall be deemed to be contractual in nature
and shall survive termination of this Agreement.

                       XII. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

12.1 Client agrees to comply with Administaff's  personnel  management  policies
and directives.

12.2 Client agrees to provide  Administaff with a copy of any notice,  complaint
or charge of a government  agency  and/or legal action  concerning  (i) Client's
workplace;  (ii)  Client's  compliance  with any  laws,  rules,  regulations  or
ordinances  relating to the  workplace;  or, (iii) any Staff  assigned to Client
immediately upon receipt of such notice, complaint, charge or legal action.

12.3 Client  agrees to cooperate  fully with  Administaff  in any  investigation
involving Staff assigned to Client whether such  investigation is initiated by a
government agency or by Administaff.

12.4 Administaff  reserves the right at its sole discretion to provide a defense
in any lawsuit arising from a claim involving Staff subject to its investigation
of the facts and circumstances of such a claim.



                                        8

<PAGE>




12.5 Client warrants and represents to Administaff  that, prior to entering into
this  Agreement,  Client has informed  Administaff of any pension and/or benefit
plans that  Client may  currently  provide or has  heretofore  provided  for any
owners,  partners,  shareholders,  directors,  officers,  employees or agents of
Client.  Client acknowledges that if Client currently provides or has previously
provided any pension or benefit plans to such  individuals or their  dependents,
certain  complex  rules under ERISA and the  Internal  Revenue Code may apply to
these plans, as well as to any plans  maintained by Administaff,  as a result of
this Agreement.  If Client currently maintains or has maintained any such plans,
Client  acknowledges  that  Administaff has advised Client to seek advice from a
qualified professional regarding the effect of this Agreement on such plans.

12.6 Client  acknowledges  that at the time of  termination  of this  Agreement,
Administaff will send Staff employment termination notices.

                                XIII. ARBITRATION

13.1 Administaff  and  Client agree and stipulate that all claims,  disputes and
other  matters in question  between  Administaff  and Client  arising out of, or
relating to this  Agreement or the breach thereof will be decided by arbitration
in accordance with the Federal  Arbitration Act (9 U.S.C.  ss.ss. 10 and 11) and
the Commercial  Arbitration Rules of the American  Arbitration  Association then
obtaining  subject to the limitations of this Article XIII. This agreement to so
arbitrate  and any other  agreement  or consent  to  arbitrate  entered  into in
accordance  herewith  as  provided  in this  Article  XIII will be  specifically
enforceable under the prevailing law of any court having jurisdiction.

13.2 Notice  of the demand  for  arbitration  will be filed in writing  with the
other party to the Agreement and with the American Arbitration Association.  The
demand for  arbitration  shall be made within a reasonable time after the claim,
dispute or other matter in question  has arisen,  and in no event shall any such
demand be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings
based on such claim,  dispute or other matter in question would be barred by the
applicable statute of limitations.

13.3 No arbitration arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement shall include
by consolidation,  joinder or in any other manner any other person or entity who
is not a party to this contract unless:

     a.   the  inclusion of such other person or entity is necessary if complete
          relief is to be afforded  among  those who are already  parties to the
          arbitration,  and/or  such  other  person or  entity is  substantially
          involved in a question of law or fact which is common to those who are
          already  parties  to the  arbitration  and  which  will  arise in such
          proceedings; and,



                                        9

<PAGE>



     b.   the  written  consent  of the  other  person  or  entity  sought to be
          included  and  Administaff  and  Client  has  been  obtained  for such
          inclusion,  which  consent  shall  make  specific  reference  to  this
          paragraph; but no such consent shall constitute consent to arbitration
          of any  dispute  not  specifically  described  in such  consent  or to
          arbitration  with  any  party  not  specifically  identified  in  such
          consent.

13.4 The  award  rendered  by the  arbitrators  will be final,  judgment  may be
entered  upon it in any  court  having  jurisdiction  thereof,  and  will not be
subject to modification or appeal except to the extent  permitted by Sections 10
and 11 of the Federal Arbitration Act (9 U.S.C. ss.ss. 10 and 11).

                               XIV. MISCELLANEOUS

14.1 Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is between Administaff and Client
and  creates  no  individual  rights of  Administaff,  Staff or any other  third
parties as against Client or Administaff.

14.2 Client agrees to comply, at its sole cost and expense,  with any applicable
specific directives  promulgated by: (i) a federal,  state or local governmental
body,  department or agency,  (ii) an insurance  carrier  providing  coverage to
Administaff  and/or  its  employees  affecting  this  Agreement,   and/or  (iii)
Administaff as made necessary by  circumstances  which currently or specifically
affect Administaff, Client or Staff.

14.3 Neither  party  shall  assign  this  Agreement  or  its  rights  and duties
hereunder,  or any interest  herein,  without the prior  written  consent of the
other party.

14.4 The prevailing  party in any enforcement  action arising in respect to this
Agreement  shall be entitled  to recover  from the other party all costs of such
enforcement action including,  without limitation,  reasonable  attorneys' fees,
court costs and related expenses.

14.5 EXCEPT FOR ARTICLE XIII OF THIS  AGREEMENT,  WHICH SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE
FEDERAL  ARBITRATION  ACT (9 U.S.C.  ss.ss.  10 AND 11), THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS.

14.6 This  instrument,  including  the Exhibits  attached  hereto,  contains the
entire  Agreement of the parties and  supersedes  all prior and  contemporaneous
agreements  or  understandings,  whether  written or oral,  with  respect to the
subject matter hereof. No amendment or modification hereto shall be valid unless
in writing and signed by both parties hereto.

14.7 If any provision of this  Agreement,  or any amendment  thereof,  should be
invalid,  the remaining  provision shall remain in effect and be so construed as
to  effectuate  the intent and  purposes of this  Agreement  and any  amendments
thereto.



                                       10

<PAGE>



14.8 All notices,  requests and  communications  provided  hereunder shall be in
writing, and hand delivered or mailed by United States registered, certified, or
express mail, return receipt  requested,  and addressed to the party's principal
place of business as set forth in this Agreement  adjacent the signature of each
party (or to such other address provided in writing by such party).

14.9 The waiver by either  party  hereto of a breach of any term or provision of
this  Agreement  shall not operate or be  construed  as a waiver of a subsequent
breach of the same  provision  by any party or of a breach of any other  term or
provision of this Agreement.

14.10 Force Majeure. Neither Administaff nor Client shall be required to perform
any term,  condition,  or covenant of this Agreement so long as such performance
is delayed or prevented by force majeure, which shall mean acts of God, strikes,
lockouts, labor restrictions by any governmental authority,  civil riot, floods,
and any other cause not  reasonably  within the control of Administaff or Client
and  which by the  exercise  of due  diligence  Administaff or Client is unable,
wholly or in part, to prevent or overcome.

                                  XV. EXHIBITS

The  following  exhibits  and  addendum  are  attached  to  this  Agreement  and
incorporated herein by reference for all purposes:

A.   Exhibit A ("Confidential Census");

B.   Exhibit B ("Client Service Application");

C.   Exhibit C ("Employment Agreement");

D.   Exhibit D ("State Specific Addendum").

THIS AGREEMENT is duly executed this  1  day of  April , 199 8 .
                                     ---        -------     ---

FOR CLIENT:    Collectibles USA, Inc.             ADMINISTAFF COMPANIES, INC.   
           ------------------------------------   19001 Crescent Springs Drive  
                   (Company Name)                 Kingwood, Texas  77339-3802   
                                                  (800) 237-3170                
By:        /s/ Neil J. DePascal Jr. EVP & CFO                                   
           ------------------------------------                                 
           (Signature)                  Title     By:  /s/ Jay E. Mincks
                                                    ----------------------------
               Neil J. DePascal Jr.                        Vice President       
           ------------------------------------   

         (Name - Typed or Printed)

Address:              6402 Rippling Hollow Dr.
           ------------------------------------

                     Spring, TX 77379
           ------------------------------------

Tel. No.:             281-370-6730
           ------------------------------------



                                       11


<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT D
                             STATE SPECIFIC ADDENDUM
                                      TEXAS

     THIS ADDENDUM amends the Personnel Management Service Agreement (Agreement)
between Administaff Companies, Inc. (Administaff),  a Delaware corporation,  and
Collectibles USA, Inc. (Client), dated 4/1/98.

     The parties  recognize  that  Administaff  is  regulated by the Texas Staff
Leasing  Services  Act,  Texas  Labor  Code,  Chapter  91.  Further,  that those
regulations  specify  certain  language  must  be  included  in  the  Agreement.
Therefore it is agreed that the following is hereby added to the Agreement.

     Administaff:

     1.   Reserves  a  right  of   direction   and  control  over  Staff  as  to
          administrative  policies and duties relating to the services performed
          by Staff;

     2.   Assumes  responsibility  for the  payment  of wages  to Staff  without
          regard to  payment by Client,  subject to the  termination  provisions
          hereof;

     3.   Assumes  responsibility for payment of payroll taxes and collection of
          taxes from payroll of Staff;

     4.   Retains a right to hire, fire, discipline and reassign Staff;

     5.   Retains  a right  of  direction  and  control  over  the  adoption  of
          employment policies and safety policies;

     6.   Retains  the  right to  manage  workers'  compensation  claims,  claim
          filings and related procedures.

     The parties agree that if the Client fails to pay Administaff's  invoice as
due, then in that event,  this  Agreement may be  terminated  instantly  without
further  notice at  Administaff's  sole  direction  with  Client  retaining  its
obligations under 3.2 of the Agreement.

     Client is hereby notified the address for the Texas Department of Licensing
and Regulation is P.O. Box 12157,  Austin,  Texas 78711,  telephone number (800)
252-8026.

     The parties recognize that Administaff has a right of direction and control
over Staff as it relates to personnel matters and that Client retains a right to
direction and control as to operational or product matters.



<PAGE>



     Chapter  91 as  amended,  also  provides  that  Administaff  is  not in the
unauthorized practice of an occupation, trade or profession which is licensed or
certified or otherwise  regulated by a governmental entity solely by entering an
Agreement.

     In all other aspects the Agreement remains as written. Any conflict between
this addendum and the Agreement shall be governed by this addendum.

DONE THIS 1  day of   April   , 199 8 , effective the same date as the Agreement
         ---        ---------      ---
was executed.

CLIENT:                                        ADMINISTAFF COMPANIES, INC.

By:        /s/ Neil J. DePascal Jr.            By:        /s/ Jay E. Mincks
   --------------------------------               ------------------------------
Title:     EVP & CFO                           Title:     VP
      -----------------------------                  ---------------------------



<PAGE>


              TEXAS STAFF LEASING AND CLIENT COMPANY CERTIFICATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTAFF COMPANIES, INC.                  (281) 358-8986
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name of Staff Leasing Firm                   Phone Number (Area Code & Number)

19001 CRESCENT SPRINGS DRIVE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Address (Street and Number, P.O. Box or
Route Number

KINGWOOD, TEXAS 77339-3802                   760487432
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
City, State, Zip Code                        Federal Identification Number

SLSRVC 00000 324
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
License Number Under Art. 9104 of the        Texas Sales & Use Tax Permit Number
Texas Labor Code

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


  Collectibles USA, Inc.                     (281) 370-6730
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name of Client Company Firm                  Phone Number (Area Code & Number)

           6402 Rippling Hollow Dr.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Address (Street and Number, P.O. Box or Route Number

          Spring, TX  77379                  13-3906920
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
City, State, Zip Code                        Federal Identification Number

The  employee  information  provided  in the  attached  listing is correct as of
4/1/98.
- ------
(effective date)

The parties  entering  into the contract are in  compliance  with the  exemption
criteria Rule 3.364.

Either party to this certification can be held responsible for the assessment of
sales  or use  taxes  which  may  become  due for  failure  to  comply  with the
provisions of the Tax Code:  Limited Sales,  Excise,  and Use Tax Act; Municipal
Sales  and Use  Tax  Act;  Sales  and  Use  Taxes  for  Special  Purpose  Taxing
Authorities;  County Sales and Use Tax Act; County Health Services Sales and Use
Tax; The Texas Health and Safety Code; Special Provisions  Retailing to Hospital
District, Emergency Services Districts, and Emergency Districts in counties with
a population of 125,000 or less.

STAFF LEASING COMPANY                           CLIENT COMPANY

   /s/ Jay E. Mincks                                 /s/ Neil J. DePascal Jr.
- ---------------------------------               --------------------------------
(Signature)                                       (Signature)

Jay E. Mincks                                          Neil J. DePascal Jr.
- ---------------------------------               --------------------------------
(Printed Name)                                    (Printed Name)

Vice President, Sales & Marketing                       EVP & CFO
- ---------------------------------               --------------------------------
(Title)                                           (Title)

    4/30/98                                         April 1, 1998
- ---------------------------------               --------------------------------
(Signature Date)                                  (Signature Date)



                            RGR FINANCIAL GROUP, LLC
                             ONE BATTERY PARK PLAZA
                                   24TH FLOOR
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004


May 31, 1998

Collectibles USA, Inc.
One Battery Park Plaza
24th Floor
New York, New York  10004

Dear Sir or Madam:

     Reference is hereby made to (A) Collectibles  USA, Inc.'s ("CUSA") offering
to accredited investors of $1,000,000 of shares of preferred stock designated as
the Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock (the "Preferred  Stock") of CUSA which
are convertible into shares of common stock of CUSA (the "Common Stock") and (B)
CUSA's  offering (the "Note  Offering")  to  accredited  investors of $1,550,000
aggregate  principal amount of 12% convertible  notes due February 28, 1999 (the
"Notes") which Notes are convertible into shares of Common Stock.

     In the event of the  consummation  of the  initial  public  offering of the
Common Stock, the undersigned hereby agrees to transfer 11,986 and 79,063 shares
of Common Stock  (assuming an $8.50 initial public  offering price of the Common
Stock) to certain holders of,  respectively,  the Preferred Stock and the Notes.
In the event that the initial public offering price of the Common Stock shall be
greater than or less than $8.50, the undersigned  agrees that the aforementioned
11,986 and 79,063 shares shall be appropriately adjusted.

     Please  indicate  your  acceptance  of the terms  hereof by  signing in the
appropriate space below.

                                                    Very truly yours,

                                                    RGR FINANCIAL GROUP, LLC

                                                    By /s/ Ronald Rafaloff
                                                      --------------------------
                                                       Name: Ronald Rafaloff
                                                       Title: Chairman

Accepted and agreed to as of the date hereof:

COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

By /s/ Neil J. DePascal Jr.
  --------------------------




<PAGE>



                            RGR FINANCIAL GROUP, LLC
                             ONE BATTERY PARK PLAZA
                                   24TH FLOOR
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004


July 29, 1998

Collectibles USA, Inc.
One Battery Park Plaza
24th Floor
New York, New York 10004

Dear Sir or Madam:

     Reference  is hereby  made to the 2nd  paragraph  of the Letter  Agreement,
dated as of May 31, 1998, between Collectibles USA, Inc. (the "Company") and RGR
Financial  Group LLC ("RGR"),  which  specifies that RGR shall  transfer  91,049
shares of common stock of the Company (the "Common Stock").

     We hereby affirm that in the event of such a transfer,  RGR will transfer a
total of 91,049  shares of Common  Stock to the  Company for  cancellation,  and
concurrently  therewith,  the Company  shall issue  11,986 and 79,063  shares of
Common Stock  (assuming an $8.50  initial  public  offering  price of the Common
Stock) to certain holders of,  respectively,  (i) preferred stock  designated as
the Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  and (ii) 12% convertible  notes due
February 28, 1999.

                                                    Very truly yours,

                                                    RGR FINANCIAL GROUP, LLC

                                                    By /s/ Ronald Rafaloff
                                                      --------------------------
                                                       Name: Ronald Rafaloff
                                                       Title:

Accepted and agreed to as of the date hereof:

COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

By /s/ Shonnie Bilin
  --------------------------
  Name:  Shonnie Bilin
  Title:




                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.1




                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

     As  independent  public  accountants,  we  hereby consent to the use of our
reports  and  to  all  references to our Firm included in or made a part of this
registration statement.



                                        ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP



   
Houston, Texas
July 29, 1998
    
 



                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.2



UNITY MARKETING
206 E.Church Street, Stevens, PA 17578

Tel 717-336-1600
Fax 717-336-1601

Collectibles USA, Inc.                                 September 30, 1997
One Battery Park Plaza, 24th Floor
New York, NY 10004

Dear Gentlemen:

Unity Marketing  consents to being named in the  registration  statement on form
S-1, and all amendments thereto,  prepared by Collectibles USA, Inc., and to the
citing of research material for market data therein.

Unity Marketing


By: /s/ Pamela N. Danziger
    ----------------------
Name: Pamela N. Danziger
Title: President/CEO, Unity Marketing



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission